Law & Management Handbook 2015

COLLEGE OF LAW AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES
HANDBOOK FOR 2015
Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Head of College

Professor JC Mubangizi
DipEd LLB (Makerere), Dip.L.P (LDC), LLM (UCT), LLD (UDW)
Dean and Head of School: Law

Professor M Reddi
BA, LLB(UDW), LLM(Natal), LLD(UDW)
Dean and Head of School: Accounting, Economics and Finance

Professor AM Singh
BA, MBA, DBA(UDW)
Dean and Head of School: Management, IT and Governance

Professor HF Wissink
BPRA (Parks and Recreation Administration) Hons B (Public Admin), MPA (Public Admin), PhD (Public
Admin) (UStel)
Dean and Head of School: Graduate School of Business and Leadership

Vacant
Dean: Research
Professor M Carnelley
BA, LLB(UStel), LLM(Unisa), PhD(Amsterdam)
Dean: Teaching and Learning

Professor K Pillay
BA(Hons)(UDW), Dip.Appl. Linguistics (Fort Hare), DPhil (UDW)
Director: College Professional Services

Dr KE Holland
MEd (Natal), PhD (UKZN)
Manager: College Academic Services

MSN Kisten
CORRESPONDENCE
College Management Support Office

4th Floor, L Block, Westville Campus
University of KwaZulu-Natal
Private Bag 54001
Durban
4000
Graduate School of Business & Leadership
University of KwaZulu-Natal
Private Bag X54001
Durban
4000
School of Accounting, Economics and Finance

Westville Campus: Pietermaritzburg Campus
University of KwaZulu-Natal University of KwaZulu-Natal
Private Bag X54001 Private Bag X01
Durban Scottsville
4000 3209
School of Law
Howard College Campus Pietermaritzburg Campus
Durban Private Bag X01
4044 Scottsville
3209
School of Management, Information Technology and Governance

Westville Campus: Pietermaritzburg Campus
Private Bag X54001 Private Bag X01
Durban Scottsville
4000 3209
e-mail: [email protected]
CONTENTS
VISION AND MISSION .............................................................................................................. 1
MESSAGE FROM THE DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR AND HEAD OF COLLEGE ............. 2
LIST OF SCHOOLS AND ACADEMIC STAFF ......................................................................... 3
THE UKZN TRANSFORMATION CHARTER ......................................................................... 12
SESSIONAL DATES 2015 ...................................................................................................... 17
ACADEMIC MONITORING AND EXCLUSION ...................................................................... 22
Calculation of Points for the National Senior Certificate ................................................... 26
Calculation of Points for the International students .......................................................... 27
GENERAL ACADEMIC RULES FOR DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES .......... 30
Definitions of Terms ..........................................................................................................30
General Rules .....................................................................................................................33
GR1 Changes in rules ...................................................................................................... 33
GR2 Degrees, diplomas and certificates ......................................................................... 34
GR3 Approval of curricula ................................................................................................ 34
GR4 College rules ............................................................................................................ 34
GR5 Application to study ................................................................................................. 34
GR6 Selection requirements ............................................................................................ 34
GR7 Selection for postgraduate studies .......................................................................... 35
GR8 Exemption from a module ........................................................................................ 35
GR9 Registration ............................................................................................................. 35
GR10 Payment of fees ..................................................................................................... 36
GR11 Concurrent registration .......................................................................................... 37
GR12 Period of attendance ............................................................................................. 37
GR13 Module registration ................................................................................................ 37
GR14 Ancillary, prerequisite and corequisite requirements ............................................. 37
GR15 Obsolete modules .................................................................................................. 37
GR16 Duly Performed (DP) certification .......................................................................... 37
GR17 DP certification - right of appeal ............................................................................ 38
GR18 Examinations ......................................................................................................... 38
GR19 External examination and moderation ................................................................... 38
GR20 Examination scripts ............................................................................................... 38
GR21 Examination sessions ............................................................................................ 39
GR22 Supplementary examinations ................................................................................ 39
GR23 Special examinations ............................................................................................. 39
GR24 Standard of supplementary and special examinations .......................................... 39
GR25 Limitation on awarding supplementary and special examinations ......................... 40
GR26 Completion of modules .......................................................................................... 40
GR27 Pass mark .............................................................................................................. 40
GR28 Completion requirements ...................................................................................... 40
GR29 Classification of results .......................................................................................... 40
GR30 Academic exclusion ............................................................................................... 41
GR31 Academic exclusion right of appeal .................................................................... 41
GR32 Ethics..................................................................................................................... 41
GR33 Reproduction of work ............................................................................................ 41
Rules for Bachelors Degrees ............................................................................................ 42
BR1 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 42
BR2 Criteria for admission to study ................................................................................. 42
BR3 Periods of attendance .............................................................................................. 42
BR4 Recognition of attendance ....................................................................................... 42
BR5 Progression under conditional exemption ................................................................ 43
BR6 Supplementary examinations .................................................................................. 43
BR7 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude ............................................... 43
BR8 Deans Commendation ............................................................................................. 44
BR9 Completion of isiZulu module .................................................................................. 44
Rules For Honours Degrees ............................................................................................. 44
HR1 Applicability.............................................................................................................. 44
HR2 Criteria for admission to study ................................................................................. 44
HR3 Attendance .............................................................................................................. 45
HR4 Curriculum ............................................................................................................... 45
HR5 Supplementary examinations .................................................................................. 45
HR6 Re-examination of prescribed project ...................................................................... 45
HR7 Progression ............................................................................................................. 45
HR8 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude ............................................... 45
Rules for Postgraduate Diplomas .................................................................................... 46
PR1 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 46
PR2 Criteria for admission to study ................................................................................. 46
PR3 Attendance............................................................................................................... 46
PR4 Curriculum ............................................................................................................... 47
PR5 Supplementary examinations .................................................................................. 47
PR6 Re-examination of research project ......................................................................... 47
PR7 Progression .............................................................................................................. 47
PR8 Award of diploma with distinction............................................................................. 47
Rules for Masters Degrees by Coursework .................................................................... 48
CR1 Applicability.............................................................................................................. 48
CR2 Criteria for admission to study ................................................................................. 48
CR3 Recognition of examinations ................................................................................... 48
CR4 Periods of registration .............................................................................................. 48
CR5 Recognition of attendance ....................................................................................... 48
CR6 Curriculum ............................................................................................................... 49
CR7 Proposed research topic .......................................................................................... 49
CR8 Supervision .............................................................................................................. 49
CR9 Supplementary examinations .................................................................................. 49
CR10 Failed coursework modules ................................................................................... 49
CR11 Progression ........................................................................................................... 49
CR12 Submission of dissertation ..................................................................................... 50
CR13 Format of dissertation ............................................................................................ 50
CR14 Supervisors report ................................................................................................. 50
CR15 Examination of dissertation .................................................................................... 50
CR16 Re-examination of dissertation .............................................................................. 50
CR17 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude ............................................. 51
Rules for Masters Degrees by Research .........................................................................51
MR1 Applicability ............................................................................................................. 51
MR2 Criteria for admission to study ................................................................................. 51
MR3 Periods of registration ............................................................................................. 51
MR4 Curriculum ............................................................................................................... 52
MR5 Proposed subject of study ....................................................................................... 52
MR6 Supervision .............................................................................................................. 52
MR7 Progression ............................................................................................................. 52
MR8 Submission of dissertation ...................................................................................... 52
MR9 Format of dissertation .............................................................................................. 53
MR10 Supervisors report ................................................................................................ 53
MR11 Examination ........................................................................................................... 53
MR12 Re-examination of dissertation .............................................................................. 53
MR13 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude ............................................. 53
Rules for the Doctoral Degree by Research ....................................................................54
DR1 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 54
DR2 Criteria for admission to study ................................................................................. 54
DR3 Periods of registration .............................................................................................. 54
DR4 Curriculum ............................................................................................................... 54
DR5 Proposed subject of study ....................................................................................... 55
DR6 Supervision .............................................................................................................. 55
DR7 Progression .............................................................................................................. 55
DR8 Submission of thesis ................................................................................................ 55
DR9 Format of thesis ....................................................................................................... 55
DR10 Supervisors report ................................................................................................. 56
DR11 Examination ........................................................................................................... 56
DR12 Defence of thesis ................................................................................................... 56
DR13 Re-examination of thesis ....................................................................................... 56
Rules for Senior (Unsupervised) Doctoral Degrees .......................................................56
DS1 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 56
DS2 Criteria for admission ............................................................................................... 57
DS3 Period of registration ................................................................................................ 57
DS4 Subject of study ....................................................................................................... 57
DS5 Submission of thesis ................................................................................................ 57
DS6 Format of thesis ....................................................................................................... 58
DS7 Assessment ............................................................................................................. 58
Rules for Certificates and Diplomas ................................................................................58
CD1 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 58
CD2 Admission ................................................................................................................ 58
CD3 Award of Certificate or Diploma with distinction ...................................................... 58
COLLEGE RULES FOR DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS .......................................................... 60
BACHELORS DEGREES ....................................................................................................... 62
Bachelor of Business Administration [BBADM] ............................................................. 62
Bachelor of Administration [BADMIN] ............................................................................. 64
Bachelor of Commerce (General) [B-COM] ..................................................................... 69
Bachelor of Commerce Law [B-COM] .......................................................................... 72
Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting [BCOA] .............................................................. 74
Bachelor of Commerce (Extended Curriculum) .............................................................. 76
Bachelor of Business Science [BBSC] ............................................................................ 81
Bachelor of Laws (4 Year Undergraduate Qualification) [LLB4] ................................... 87
GENERAL RULES FOR HONOURS DEGREES ................................................................... 91
Bachelor of Administration (Honours) ............................................................................ 92
1.. Public Administration (Westville) [BAHPA] ................................................................. 92
2.. Human Resource Management (Westville) BADHHM (May not be offered in 2015) 92
3.. Human Resource Development (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015) .................. 92
4.. Industrial Relations / Employment Relations (Westville) [BADHIR] (May not be offered
in 2015) ............................................................................................................................ 93
Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) (Accountancy & General) ....................................... 93
(i) Accounting (Westville) [BCHAC] ................................................................................. 93
(ii) Economics (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHE] ..................................................... 94
(iii) Finance (Pietermaritzburg and Westville) [BCHBF] ................................................... 95
(iv) Human Resource Management [BCHHRM] .............................................................. 95
Westville .......................................................................................................................... 95
(v) Information Systems & Technology (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCISTH] ........... 96
(vi) Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHM] ................................................ 96
(viii) Marketing Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHMM] .......................... 97
(ix) Small Business Development Studies (Pietermaritzburg) [BCHSBD] ....................... 97
(x) Supply Chain Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHSCM] ..................... 97
(xi) Marketing and Supply Chain Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHMSM]97
(xii) Industrial Relations (Westville) BCHIIR .................................................................... 98
(xiii) Human Resource Development (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015) BCHHRD98
(xviii) Public Administration (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015) .............................. 98
GENERAL RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS ...................................................... 99
1) Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [PDAC] ........... 100
2) Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management (PGDBM) (Westville) ................... 100
3) Postgraduate Diploma in Entrepreneurship [PGENTR] (Westville) ........................... 101
4) Postgraduate Diploma in Finance, Banking and Investment Management ............... 101
5) Postgraduate Diploma in Forensic Investigation and Criminal Justice (Howard
College) [DFORC] .......................................................................................................... 102
6) Postgraduate Diploma in Human Resource Management (Westville) [PGDHRM] ... 102
7) Postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Relations (Howard College) [PDIR] ................... 102
8) Postgraduate Diploma in Leadership (Westville) [PGD-LD] ...................................... 103
9) Postgraduate Diploma in Leadership & Management (Westville) [PGDLM] (May not be
offered in 2015) .............................................................................................................. 103
10) Postgraduate Diploma in Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)
[PGDMAN:MAJOR-MGT] .............................................................................................. 104
11) Postgraduate Diploma in Maritime Studies (Howard College) PGDMS .................. 104
12) Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing (Westville and Pietermaritzburg) [PDMM] ...... 105
13) Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing & Supply Chain Management (Pietermaritzburg
and Westville) [PGMSCM] ............................................................................................. 105
COLLEGE RULES FOR COURSEWORK MASTERS DEGREES ....................................... 106
Master of Accounting/Master of Taxation .....................................................................107
1) Master of Accounting - (Westville) [MACC] ............................................................... 107
2) Master of Taxation (Westville) [M-ACTX] ................................................................ 107
Master of Commerce .......................................................................................................107
1) Master of Commerce in Human Resource Management (Westville) [MCMC] .......... 107
2) Master of Commerce in Human Resource Development (Westville) (May not be
offered in 2015) [MCMC] ................................................................................................ 108
3) Master of Commerce in Industrial Relations (Westville) [MCMC] .............................. 108
4) Master of Commerce in Economics (Westville) [MCMC] ........................................... 108
5) Master of Commerce in Information Systems & Technology (Pietermaritzburg &
Westville) [MCMC] ......................................................................................................... 109
6) Master of Commerce in Leadership Studies (Westville) [MCLS] ............................... 109
7) Master of Commerce in Maritime Studies (Howard College) [MCLS] ........................ 110
8) Master of Commerce in Management Westville) (May not be offered in
Pietermaritzburg in 2015) [MCMC] ................................................................................ 110
9) Master of Commerce in Marketing Management (Westville) [MCMC] ....................... 110
Master of Public Administration [MPACW] ...................................................................111
Master of Business Administration Part time [MBAD] ..............................................111
Master of Laws .................................................................................................................114
(i) LLM in Advanced Criminal Justice (Howard College & Pietermaritzburg) [LLMCJ] .. 114
(ii) LLM in Business Law (Howard College & Pietermaritzburg) [LLMBL] ...................... 115
(iii) LLM in Child Care & Protection Law (Howard College) [LLMCP] ............................ 115
(iv) LLM in Constitutional Theory, Law & Litigation (Howard College) [LMCTLL] .......... 115
(v) LLM in Environmental Law (Howard College & Pietermaritzburg) [LLMEL] ............. 116
(vi) LLM in Labour Studies (Howard College) [LLMLS] .................................................. 116
(vii) LLM in Maritime Law (Howard College) [LLMML] ................................................... 116
(viii) LLM in Medical Law (Howard College) [LLMMED] ................................................. 116
(ix) LLM IN Taxation Law (Howard College) [LLMTX] ................................................... 117
Masters in Child Care and Protection (Interdisciplinary) [MCHPR] (LAW and SOCIAL
WORK) ..............................................................................................................................117
RESEARCH MASTERS AND DOCTORAL DEGREES ....................................................... 118
SYLLABI ............................................................................................................................... 119
Accounting ....................................................................................................................... 119
Auditing ............................................................................................................................ 124
Business Administration ................................................................................................ 125
Economics........................................................................................................................ 130
Teaching and Learning Unit ........................................................................................... 140
Entrepreneurship ............................................................................................................. 140
Finance Banking and Investment Management............................................................ 143
Finance ............................................................................................................................. 147
Financial Reporting ......................................................................................................... 150
Graduate School of Business and Leadership ............................................................. 150
Human Resource Management ...................................................................................... 157
Information Systems and Technology........................................................................... 169
Law .................................................................................................................................... 178
Leadership........................................................................................................................ 196
Managerial Accounting and Finance ............................................................................. 205
Marketing Management ................................................................................................... 207
Management ..................................................................................................................... 215
Marketing and Supply Chain Management ................................................................... 223
Maritime Law and Maritime Economics......................................................................... 227
Public Governance .......................................................................................................... 232
Supply Chain Management ............................................................................................. 238
Tax and Estate Planning ................................................................................................. 240
MODULES FROM OTHER COLLEGES ............................................................................... 242
In the College of Agriculture, Engineering & Science...................................................... 242
Computer Science ........................................................................................................... 242
Mathematics ..................................................................................................................... 244
Statistics ........................................................................................................................... 247
In the College of Humanities .............................................................................................. 248
Applied Language Studies.............................................................................................. 248
English Language Development .................................................................................... 248
Isizulu Studies.................................................................................................................. 249
Vision and Mission 1
VISION AND MISSION

VISION
Shaping global leaders through African scholarship
MISSION
Excellence in the generation and dissemination of knowledge for transforming society
2 Message from DVC
MESSAGE FROM THE DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR

AND HEAD OF COLLEGE
Dear Students
It is with great enthusiasm that we welcome you to the College of Law and Management Studies at the
University of KwaZulu-Natal. We trust that you will enjoy your University career in a College that is
committed to creating a supportive academic environment for all its students.
This Handbook is designed as a guide to enable you to achieve your academic goals and to fully
participate in academic life in the College of Law and Management Studies. The Handbook contains
essential information including the University Academic Rules that guide all academic processes and
decision making. Please make sure that you become familiar with the rules contained in this handbook.
A number of other important aspects are also covered, including the UKZN Transformation Charter, the
UKZN Pact, the Colleges vision and mission statements, the names of all academic staff in the College
and information on the Universitys Academic Monitoring and Exclusions policy and procedure. The
curricula of the programmes contained in the Handbook are designed to provide our graduates with the
skills and values necessary for success in a variety of careers and the ability to serve their communities
as competent professionals and problem-solvers.
The College of Law and Management Studies is one of four Colleges that form the University of
KwaZulu-Natal. In turn, it consists of four Schools, namely:
The Graduate School of Business and Leadership;
The School of Accounting, Economics and Finance;
The School of Law; and
The School of Management, Information Technology and Governance.
In order to ensure your success, the College has instituted a number of initiatives to guide, assist and
support you during your time at the UKZN. These include, but are not limited to:
Setting up consultation times in the various College and School Offices;
Ensuring access to academic staff during consultation times outside of lecture or tutorial times;
Providing access to specialised counselling staff within the College, where you can be guided
on financial, housing, personal and/or psychosocial issues that you might be experiencing; and
Establishing a College Teaching and Learning Unit that seeks to develop academic literacy and
the research skills of students, and also assisting students generally with their learning. The Unit
runs a very successful Writing Centre where students receive individual assistance with written
projects and assignments.
You are encouraged to make use of these College-based support mechanisms, and when in need, to
please seek the necessary assistance on offer. We are here to support and guide you, as one of our
goals is to ensure that you have an enjoyable, successful and productive time at university.
We wish you every success in your studies and look forward to your graduation!
Yours sincerely
Professor John C Mubangizi
Deputy Vice Chancellor and Head of College
Staff of the College of Law and Management Studies 3
LIST OF SCHOOLS AND ACADEMIC STAFF
Graduate School of Business and Leadership

Dean and Head of School
Vacant
Professor
Migiro SO BCom (MU), MBA (MKU), DCom (UZ)
Associate Professors
Pillay K BA(Hons)(UDW), Dip.Appl. Linguistics (Fort Hare), DPhil (UDW)
Senior Lecturers
Bodhanya SA BScEng(Natal), JMDP, GMP, MBA(Nyenrode University), PhD (UKZN)
Munapo E PG Cert. (UNISA), BSc(Hons), MSc., PhD (NUST)
Lecturers
Chasomeris MG BSocSc(Hons), MCom(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Chikandiwa CT BBS (Hons) (UZ), MCom (Fort Hare), MBA (WHU, Germany)
Houghton JA BA(Natal), MA(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Hoque, ME BSc(UDW) BSc Hons, MSc(UKZN)
Proches CN BCom(UPE), BCom(Hons)(NMMU), MCom(UKZN)
Developmental Lecturers
Nkwanyana N BBA (Brenau Univ), N.Dip (Agric) (Cedar Coll. Of Agriculture), M-Com (Wits)
Ndlovu J B.Tech (UNISA), N.Dip (HR Mgt) (DUT), N.Dip (Trans. Mgt) (RAU), MDP (Wits), MBA
(UKZN)
Gumbi L B.Soc.Sc, PG Dip(App. Human Sc.), B.Soc.Sc (Hons), M.Soc.Sc. (UKZN)
Vilakazi M BA, BA (Hons) (UJ), M.Com (UKZN)
Majola X BA, BA (Hons) (UNISA), M.Com (UKZN)
Yalezo B B.Com B.Com (Hons) (UKZN), MA (NMMU), MBA (Mancosa)
Ngwenya T B-Com, PG Dip (Marketing), MBL (UNISA)
Mashau P B.Com, B.Com (Hons), M-Com (UKZN)
Khumalo N N.Dip (HRM), B.Tech (HRM & M) (MUT), M.Com (UniZul)
Kakaza N B.Econ (Ed), Econ (Hons) (UWC), PG Dip (Telecom & Info Policy) (UNISA), M.
(Dev.Stud) (UKZN)
Mtembu V BA, PGDM (UWC), PGCE, B.Com (Hons) (UNISA), MA (UKZN)
Luthuli N B.(Com.Dev) (UKZN), B.Soc.Sc (Hons) (UCT),M.Com (UKZN)
Honorary Appointments
Honorary Research Fellows

Allen GJ B.Ed (Dudley College Edu), B. Ed Economics (Birmingham), MA Economics and Ed
(London)
Averweg URF MTech(MLST), MSc(Natal), MCom(UKZN)
Farquharson FMF BA(Hons)(Natal) MA(York)
4 Law and Management Studies
School of Accounting, Economics and Finance

Professor AM Singh
BA, MBA, DBA(UDW)
Professors
Vally IAS BAcc, MAcc(Natal), CA(SA), ACMA
Stainbank LJ BA, BCom(Hons), MCom(Natal), DCom(Unisa), CA(SA)
Fairburn JA BA(Oxon), MSc, PhD(Southampton)
Mahadea D BA(Hons)(Lanchester), MBA(Bradford), PhD(UDW)
Singh AM BA, MBA, DBA(UDW)
Stegen PK BCom(Hons), PGDip(Tax (Natal), CA(SA)
Wood NA BCom(Natal), MBL(Unisa), CA(SA), ACMA, CGMA
Senior Lecturers
Baldavoo K BCom(Hons)(Natal), CA(SA)
Bargate K BCom, HDE, PGDip(ManAcc)(Natal), BCom(Hons)(Unisa), MCom(UCT),
MEd(UKZN), PhD(UKZN), ACMA,
Deodutt J BAcc, MCom(UDW)
Galt H BAcc, MCom CA(SA)
Kohler M BCom(Hons), MCom(Natal)
Lathlieff C BCom(Natal), BCompt(Hons)(Unisa), MBA(UKZN), CA(SA)
Muller C BA(Unisa), BCom(Hons), MCom(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Ngalawa H BSocSc, MA(Malawi), PhD(UCT)
Razak MHY BAcc(UDW), CA(SA)
Rhodes B BA(Hons)(Nottingham Polytechnic), MSc(London), PhD(East Anglia)
Schroenn Goebel J MCom(Natal)
Strydom B BCom(Hons), MBA(Natal)
Lecturers
Algu A BComAcc(Hons)(Natal), MCom(Tax)(NWU), (CA)(SA)
Arhondonis M BCom(Natal), BComAcc(Hons)(UKZN), CA(SA)
Bhogal V BCompt (Unisa), BComAcc(Hons)(UKZN), CA(SA)
Bokana KG BCom(Hons) (Maths)(Unikin), BCom(Hons), MCom, PhD(UKZN)
Charteris A BBuSc, MCom(UKZN)
de Lange AJ BSocSc(Hons)(Natal), MCom(UKZN)
Dhai R BBus Sci (UCT,) MCom (Fin. Mgnt), CA (SA), CIPA (AAIOFI)
Dlamini L BCom, MCom (UKZN)
Dobreva R BCom(Hons), MCom(Wits)
Donnelly S BAgricAdmin (US), BCom(Hons)(Unisa)
Essa S BCom(Hons)(UKZN), CA(SA)
Gani G BCom, DipAcc, PGDip(Tax)(Natal), CA(SA)
Gurr K BCom(Acc), PGDA(UKZN), CA(SA)
Hatch MD BSocSc(Hons), BCom(Natal), MCom(UKZN)
Khumalo, T BCom, MCom (UKZN),(SA)

Kuperman C BCom, BAcc(Wits), BCom(Hons)(Tax)(UCT), CA(SA)
Kwenda F BSc(Hons), MSc(NUST, Bulawayo)
Lavangee F BComAcc Hons(Natal), CA(SA)
Mahomedy AC BA, HED(Unisa), MCom(Natal)
Marais A BCom(Acc) (Hons) (UKZN) CA(SA)
Mbonigaba J BCom(Hons) (N.U. Rwanda) MCom(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
McCollough K BCom (Hons) MCom (Finance) (UKZN)
Mowat S BSocSc(Hons), MSocSc(Rhodes)
Mukorera S BSc(Hons) AGEC (UZ, Zim), BCom, MCom (UCT)
Naicker Y BCom, PG Dip Acc(Natal), CA(SA)
Nomlala B BCompt(UNITRA), PGCFA(UPE), BCom(Hons)(Natal), MCom(NWU), CFA(SA)
Nyatanga P BSc Econ(Univ of Zimbabwe), MAEcon(Univ. of Denver USA), PhD, AgricEcon
(Tottori Unv. Japan)
Otten VM BCom(Hons)(Acc)(UKZN), CA(SA)
Peerbhai F, BCom, BCom(Hons)(Finance), MCom(Finance), UKZN
Pillay S BCom(Hons)(Acc)UND, MCom(Taxation) NWU,CA(SA),PhD (Taxation)NWU
Rajaram R BAcc(Natal), MCom(UKZN) CA(SA)
Rossouw KL BCom(Hons)(Acc)(UKZN), CA(SA)
Sewparsadh N BCom(Hons)(UKZN), CA(SA), CIMA
Shewell P BCom, PGDip(ManAcc)(Natal), BCompt(Hons)(Unisa), MTech CMA, ACMA
Sibanda M BSc(Hons), MSc(NUST, Bulawayo), PhD(UKZN)
Tang V BCom(Hons)(UPE), M Phil(US)
Tipoy C, BCom(Hons)(Univ. of Kinshasa), MCom(Univ. of Pretoria)
Vanker S BCom(Unisa), BCom(Hons)(UKZN), CA(SA)
Vermaak C BSc, BCom(Hons)(Natal), MCom, PhD(UKZN)
Walker AH BCom(Natal), BCompt(Hons)(Unisa),CA(SA)
Wichlinski M BCom, BCom(Hons)(Acc)(Natal), CA(SA)CFA
Windvogel DUC MA(Glasgow)
Gumede S, BCom, PGDip(Maritime), MCom(Maritime) UKZN
Mqadi S, Bcom(Acc)(UniZul), Msc(IAF)(Liverpool)
Emeritus Professor
Harris G BCom, Dip Ed (Melbourne), M Ec (La Trobe), PhD (New England)
Contogiannis T BSc (Hons) (Athens), M A Econ (Manchester), PhD (Kent)
Whiteside A, BA(Hons), M A Dev Econ (East Anglia), DEcon (Natal)
School of Law
Professor M Reddi
BA, LLB(UDW), LLM(Natal), LLD(UDW)
Professors
Carnelley M BA, LLB(UStel), LLM(Unisa), PhD(Amsterdam)
Govender K LLB(London), LLB(Natal), LLM(Michigan)
Hoctor SV BA, LLB, LLM(UCT), DJuris(Leyden)
Kidd MA BCom, LLB. LLM, PhD(Natal)
Mubangizi JC Dip.Ed, LLB(Makerere), Dip.L.P.(LDC), LLM(UCT), LLD(UDW)
Sharrock RD BCom, LLB(Natal)
Williams RC BA, LLB(UCT), LLM(London), Higher Dip in Tax Law(Wits),PhD (Macquarie)
Woker TA BA, LLB, LLM(Natal), PhD(Rhodes)
Zaal FN BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(UDW), LLM(Columbia), PhD(Wits)
Cohen TJA BA, LLB, LLM(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Du Plessis M BJuris(Unisa), LLB(Natal), LLM(Cantab) PhD(UKZN)
Freedman DW BCom, LLB(Witwatersrand), LLM(Natal)
Ntlama N BIuris, LLB(Fort Hare), LLM (Public Law)(UStel), LLD(Unisa)
Pet SA BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(UCT), MPhil(Cantab)
Reddi M BA, LLB(UDW), LLM(Natal), LLD(UDW)
Steyn L BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(Unisa), LLD(Pretoria)
Vawda YA BA(UDW), BProc(Unisa), LLM(UDW), LLD(UKZN)
Senior Lecturers
Bellengre AH BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(Aberdeen)
Bhamjee S LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Bosch SJ BA(Hons), LLB(Natal), LLM(Cantab), PhD(UKZN)
Couzens MM Dip.(Legal Sciences)(Babes-Bolyai), MA(Bucharest), LLM(London), MChPr(UKZN)
Holness DR BA, LLB, PGDip in Higher Education(Rhodes), LLM(NMMU)
Hulme DH BA, LLB, LLM(Natal)
Mofokeng LL BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(Georgetown)
Parker J BA, LLB(Natal)
Perumal D BA(Hons), MA(UDW), LLB(Natal)
Schembri CC BA, LLB, LLM(Natal)
Strode AE BA, LLB, LLM(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Whitear-Nel NJ BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Wood-Bodley MC BCom, LLB, LLM(Natal)
Lecturers
Balogun V LLB(Lesotho), LLM(UFS)
Banoobhai W BA, LLB(Natal)
Baqwa D BProc(UDW), LLM(Georgetown)
Bernard R LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Buthelezi MC BProc, LLM(UDW)
Crocker AD BSc, LLB, LLM(Natal)
Easthorpe JA LLB, LLM(UKZN)
Gevers CC LLB(UKZN), MSc(LSE), Int. Prac. Dip.(IBA and College of Law, London)
Goosen S LLB, LLM(UPE), PhD(UKZN)
Holness WA BA, LLB(Rhodes), LLM(UKZN)
Khan F LLB, LLM(UKZN)
Kruger S BCom, LLB, LLM(Pretoria)
Linscott JA BA, HBA, MA, LLB(Natal), LLM(Cantab)
Lotz LC BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Maduramuthu D BA(Natal), LLB(UDW), LLM(Unisa)
Maqutu, LN BA, LLB, LLM, LLM(UKZN)
Osman-Hyder M BA, LLB(UDW), LLM(UKZN)
Ramdhin A LLB, LLM(UKZN)
Raphulu, TN LLB(Venda), LLM(Ustell)
Singh A BProc, LLB, LLM(UDW)
Singh PP BCom, LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Singh S BProc, LLB, LLM(UDW)
Soni S LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Stevens CE LLB, LLM(UCT)
Subramanien DC LLB, LLM(UKZN)
Surbun V LLB, LLM(UKZN)
Swanepoel P MA(Hons) (St Andrews), LLB(UND), MSC, PhD(Edinburgh)
Van der Merwe E BSocSc, PGDip in SocSc, MSocSc, LLB(Natal)
Walker SA BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(UKZN)
Zondi K LLB, MCom(UKZN)
Monyamane, PL LLB, LLM(UNISA)
Mpya MN LLB, LLM(UNISA)
Phungula, S LLB, LLM(UKZN)
Sibiya, Z LLB(UNIZUL), LLM(Pretoria)
Emeritus Professor
Lupton ML BA(Hons), UED, LLB(UOFS), PhD(Natal)
Milton J BA, LLM, PhD(Natal)
McLennan JS BCom, LLB(Rhodes), LLM(Wits)
Ohmesdahl MCJ BA, LLB(Natal)
Devenish GE BSc(Wits), LLB, LLD(Unisa), PhD(Natal)
Honorary Professor
Wallis MJD BCom, LLB (Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Plaskett C BA, LLB, LLM(Natal), PhD(Rhodes)
Senior Research Associates
McQuoid-Mason DJ BCom, LLB(Natal), LLM(London), PhD(Natal)
Luiz SM BA, LLB(Natal), LLM(Cantab), LLD(Unisa), HDCompany Law(Wits)
Honorary Research Fellows

Baker B BA(Harvard), BLaw(Northeastern)
Blackmore AC BSc (Hons), MSc(Wits), LLM(UKZN), Dip.Multilateral Agreements(Finland)
Buckenham KE BSc(Toronto), MA(Natal), PhD(UKZN)
Dancaster L Bcom(Hons), LLM(UKZN), PhD(Sydney)
De Haas ME BSocSc(Unisa), HSocSc, MSocSc(Natal)
Du Plessis A BIuris, LLB, LLM(Unisa)
Grant B BA, LLB, LLM, PGDip in Taxation(Natal)
Kreston S BA(Michigan), LLM(Notre Dame), JD(Mississippi)
Lewis M LLB, LLM(Rhodes), LLM(Lewis & Clark Law School)
Madonsela T BA(Law)(UNISWA), LLB(Wits)
Melville N BL(Zim), LLB, LLM(Natal)
Naidoo SR MBChB(Natal), DforMed(SA),MMed Forensic Pathology(Natal)
Palmer RW BA, LLB (Wits), LLM, PGDip (Maritime Law)(Natal)
Pillay D BProc, LLB(Unisa), LLM(Natal)
Pudifin SF BA(Hons), LLB(UKZN), LLM, MPhil(Cantab)
UKZN Law Clinic (Howard College Campus)

Director
Holness DR BA, LLB, PGDip in Higher Education (Rhodes), LLM(NMMU)
UKZN Law Clinic (Pietermaritzburg Campus)
Director
Badul C BA, LLB, LLM(Natal)
School of Management, IT and Governance

Professor HF Wissink
BPRA (Parks and Recreation Administration) Hons B (Public Admin), MPA (Public
Admin), PhD (Public Admin) (UStel)
Senior Professors
Reddy PS BAdmin(Hons), MAdmin, DAdmin (UDW)
Professors
Brijball Parumasur S BAdmin(Hons), MAdmin, DAdmin(UDW), Regd. Ind Psych
HPCSA
Wissink HF BPRA (Parks and Recreation Administration) Hons B (Public Admin), MPA (Public
Admin),PhD (Public Admin) (UStel)
Maharaj MS BSc(Hons)(UDW), MSc(Witwatersrand), PhD(Natal)
McArthur BW BSc(Unisa), BA(Hons), MA(Natal), MBL, Dip Datametrics Unisa),HDE(Natal)
Mubangizi BC BScAgric(Makerere), DipTertiaryEduc(Unisa), MSc(Agric Rural Devt)(London),
D Admin(UKZN), SAQA Accredited Assessor & Moderator(ETDP & LGSETA)
Naude MJ BBA, BCom(Hons)(Natal), MCom(UKZN), DCom(Unisa)
Vigar-Ellis DA BBuSc, MBuSc(UCT)
Senior Lecturers
Blewett C MCom(Natal)
Dassah MO BA(Hons)(English)(UG,Legon, Acera),
MBA(WIU,London), MA(Linguistics)(Stellenbosch), DTech(CPUT), SAQA Accredited Assessor
(ETDP)
Govender I JSED(SCE), BSc(Unisa), BSc(Hons)(UDW), MSc, PhD(Unisa)
Naidoo K BSc(Unisa), BSc(Hons)(UDW), MCom(UKZN), Dip.Datametrics(Unisa), Dip.Ed(UDW)
Nzimakwe TI BAdmin(Hons)(UNIZUL), MA(Potch Univ), DAdmin(UKZN), PGDip(IR)(Natal),
PGDip Pers Mgnt(Natal), Dip Road Transport(RAU)
Padayachee I BA, UHDE, BEd, BSc(UDW), BSc(Hons), MSc, PhD Unisa)
Quilling R BSc(Hons)(Natal), MCom(IS&T)(UKZN)
Ruffin FA Juris Doctor(USA), Mediation Certificate(Rutgers Newark,USA), BDM Cert. (Rutgers,
USA), PhD(Rutgers-Newark)
Ruggunan S BA(Hons), MA(Natal), PhD (UKZN)
Vajeth TAA BCom(Hons), MCom(UDW)
Lecturers
Ajayi N BSc(Hons)(LASU), MCom (UKZN)
Ako-Nai SMA PGDip(Business Administration)(Natal), BSc(Hons)(Ghana), MBA(UKZN)
Arbee A BCom(Hons), MEd(Natal), PhD (UKZN)
Chiweshe NTF BSocSci (Hons) (UKZN), MA (UKZN)
Dlamini DV BSocSc, PG Dip(IR), BSocSc(Hons)(Natal), LLM(UPE)
Fields Z BA (Hons) (NWU), Dipl Mgnt Stud, MBA(MANCOSA), PhD(NWU)
Govender P BA(Hons)(Unisa), MA(UDW), DAdmin(UKZN)
Kumar D BSc(CCSU, Meerut), Masters in Computer Application(MDU, Rohtak)
Maharaj A BA (Natal), HED(Unisa), H.BAdmin(UKZN), MBA(MANCOSA)
Majola BK NDip(HRM)(Natal Tech), BTech(HRM)(Technikon SA), BTech (IR)(Unisa),
MCom(UKZN), MSc(Manchester)
Marimuthu M BAcc(UKZN), NDip IT(DIT), MSc(UDW)
Mbhele P BCom(Hons)(UDW), Adv Dip Fin Mgt(Natal), MCom(UKZN), PhD (UKZN)
Naidoo V BCom(Hons)(UDW), MCom(UNIN), PhD(UKZN)
Ndamase ZV BSc, HDE(UNITRA), FDE(Rhodes), MA(UKZN)
Oodith D BCom(Hons), MBA(UDW), PhD(UKZN)
Oodith PD BCom(Hons)(UDW), MBA(UKZN)
Phiri MA BSocSc(UCT), Dip. in Journalism(Evelyn Hone College Lusaka),
(Dip RadioProgramming(BBC Training Unit England), MBA, DBA(UKZN)
Pillay D BCom(Hons)(Natal), MTech(Natal Tech)
Prabhakar RS BSc), MPhil(Bharathiar), MSc (Bharathidasan), PhD (Bharathiar)

Price CS BSc(Hons)(Wits), MSc(UKZN)
Qwabe BR BSocSc(Hons)(UCT), MAdmin(UDW), (MPFA)
Ramsaroop A BAdmin(Hons), MAdmin(UDW), Regd Ind Psychologist(HPCSA)
Ramasamy-Gurayah J BSocSc, BCom(Hons), MCom(Natal)
Ramchander M PG Cert. in Mngt, Dip.(Mngt Stud)(Buckinghamshire College), BPaedSc(UDW)),
NDip.Electro-Mech. Eng., MBA (Buckinghamshire Chilterns), D.Com(UZ)
Ranjeeth S BSc(Hons)(Natal), MTech(DUT), UHDE(UDW)
Subban M,BAdmin(Hons), MAdmin(UDW), DAdmin(UKZN)
Salisbury RHT BSc(Agric)(Natal), MBA(UKZN)
Singh UG BCom(Hons)(Natal), MCom(UKZN)
Soni SS BCom(Hons), MCom(Natal), CEA
Williamson M BCom, PGDip(Marketing) (Unisa), MBA (Heriot-Watt), PhD (UKZN)
Dlamini M BSocSc (Hons) (UKZN)
Gamede VW BA Hons, MA (Unitra), PGDip (Management) (Natal), MBA, PhD (UKZN)
Kubheka Z B Soc Sci (Industrial Psychology and Industrial & Labour Studies) (University of Natal),
MBA (UKZN), Cert in Project Management (Natal Technikon)
Myeni S N BAdmin (HRM) (NWU), BCom (Hons) (HRM) (UNISA), MCom (HRM) (UKZN)
Mzingelwa M BSc (Computer Science) (Walter Sisulu University), International Master in Business
Administration (University of Ljubljana)
Ncube E D BCom (UDW), BCom (Hons)(UKZN), MBA (UKZN)
Ntombela L L BSocSc (IOLS) (UKZN), BSocSc (Hons) (IR) (UKZN), MCom (IR) (UKZN)
Zondi, S BA(Hons)(UDW), MA(UKZN)
Senior Tutors
Beharry A BCom(Law)(UDW), BCom(Hons)(Natal), MCom(UKZN), PG Dip HeD(UKZN)
Naicker D BAdmin(Hons)(UDW), MCom (Industrial Psychology) (UKZN)
Perumal K BCom(Hons), MBA(UKZN)
Tooray J BCom(UDW), BCom(Hons)
Tutors
Civilcharran S BCom(Hons)(Natal), MCom(UKZN)
Dyili NF BCom(UDW), BCom(Hons)(UKZN)
Engelbrecht SD BCom(Hons)(Natal)
Kunene L BSocSc(Natal), BCom(Hons)(UKZN)
Narsai N BCom(Hons)(UKZN)
Raghavjee R BSc(Hons)(UKZN)
Emeritus Professor:
Sing D B Admin(Hons), M Admin, D Admin(UDW), BA (Hons) (Unisa)
Senior Research Associate:
Penceliah Y BA, MPA, D Admin(UDW), SAAPAM, SABPP (Education & Research)
Perumal S BCom(Hons)(UNISA), M Com(UNISA), D Com(UDW)
Coldwell D BSc (London) BA, BA honours (Economics) M.A D.Litt et Phil (UNISA) and FCIPD
(London)
Honorary Research Fellow:
Govender KK BPaed (UDW), BCom (Hons) (UNISA), MCom (UN-P), PhD (UCT)
Chitakunye P BCom(Hons)(NUST, Zimbabwe), MSc (Cranfield, UK), PhD(Keele, UK),
PGCE(Huddersfield, UK), QTS (UK), CM(UK), FHEA (UK)
Klopper R Dip Th(SA), BA(SA), BA(Hon) (SA), MA(Stel), D Lit (Pret)
Ortlepp K BSocSc(Hon),MSocSc(Natal),Phd(Witwaterstrand),Regd. Industrial Psychologist
Van Niekerk B BScEngineering (Electronic)(Natal) ,MScEngineering(Electronic)(UKZN) ,PhD
(Information Systems)(UKZN)
Teaching and Learning Unit

Dean
Professor K Pillay
BA(Hons)(UDW), Dip.Appl. Linguistics(Fort Hare), DPhil(UDW)
Head
Dr Annah Vimbai Bengesai
BEd (English and Communication) (Solusi); CELTA (Cambridge); MEd(UKZN); DPhil(UKZN)
Coordinator: Access
Vacant
Coordinator: Academic Monitoring and Support

Naidoo P Speech & Hearing Therapy(UDW), MEd(UKZN), PED(RAU), ESL Certificate(VCC,
Canada)
Unit of Maritime Law and Maritime Studies

Director
Vacant
Co-ordinator
Jones TB BA(Hons), MA (Natal)
Lecturer
Dlamini L BCom, MCom (UKZN)(SA)
12 UKZN Transformation Charter
THE UKZN TRANSFORMATION CHARTER
OUR VISION
The vision of the University of KwaZulu-Natal (the University) is to be the Premier University of
African Scholarship. The achievement of this vision is dependent on the transformation of the
University.
The notion of transformation which the University embraces is deeper and broader than a narrow
categorization based on race and gender representation. . It means changing the identity and
culture of the University in every aspect of its mission.
Transformation is profoundly advanced by improving the quality of human relationships, and
meaningful behavioural change can best bring the identity and culture of the University into
alignment with its vision.
OUR ASPIRATIONS
We ASPIRE TO BE a transformed university which:
Heals the divisions of our nations past, bridges racial and cultural divides, and lays the
foundations for a university that is united in its diversity;
Promotes high quality research, excellent teaching and learning, and responsible community
engagement;
Promotes African scholarship in every discipline and uBuntu/Botho in its organisational
culture;
Embraces socially and contextually relevant curricula that reflect the Universitys location in
South Africa, Africa and the World;
Recognises the importance and value of African languages as academic languages;
Prioritises the well-being and growth of every individual student and staff member;
Reflects race and gender representation in its management structures, personnel profile, and
student population;
Is socially cohesive and inclusive;
Is free of discrimination on the basis of ethnicity, race, gender, class, nationality, religion
sexual orientation and disability;
Nurtures collegiality, recognises and respects difference, and celebrates diversity;
Reflects a new and refreshing culture of tolerance, understanding and vibrant engagement
within the University community.
Law and Management Studies 13
OUR CURRENT CONTEXT

We RECOGNISE that:
Our transformation has already begun, and that considerable progress has been made;
The University nevertheless still has much to achieve to realize its transformation objectives.
OUR COMMITMENT
We COMMIT ourselves:
to the principles and values enshrined in the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa,
notably:
(i) Human dignity, the achievement of equality and the advancement of human rights and
freedoms; and
(ii) Non-racialism and non-sexism.
to the principles of efficiency, integration and devolution that underpin the Statute of the
University;
to the UKZN PACT, which promotes mutual respect, responsibility, and excellence in
teaching and learning;
to work together until the objectives set out below are manifested in our University.
Therefore, we the staff and students of the University of KwaZulu-Natal

adopt this Transformation Charter.
OUR CHARTER
The University shall be a place where:

Research, Teaching, Learning and Scholarship are a Vocation for All
Access to learning will continue to be promoted to advance social transformation and
redress;
Scholars will pursue their studies in accordance with the principle of freedom of inquiry and
research;
Scholars will advance knowledge and culture through globally-competitive research and
scholarship, and research-led teaching and learning;
Research and curricula will be socially and contextually relevant;
African languages will be promoted as academic languages;
The University will be student-centred and provide a caring environment for every student;
A holistic approach to education, characterized by excellence in teaching and learning, will

produce skilled self-confident and socially responsible graduates, conscious of their role in
contributing to the national development effort and social transformation.
Race and Gender Representation is Evident in All Structures
The staff profile of the University at all occupational levels will reflect the demographics of our
province and country;
Gender equity within the management levels of the University will be ensured, and women
will be adequately represented in all management structures;
The implementation of employment equity and the advancement of designated groups within
the University structures will be part of the performance management requirements of all line
managers;
Mentorship programmes that develop, support and nurture black and female academic staff
members will be provided;
Mentorship and professional development programmes that attract and retain staff of the
highest calibre, develop all staff to their full potential, and meet equity objectives will be
developed.
A Socially Cohesive and Inclusive Institutional Culture Thrives
Social cohesion will be valued and promoted through engagement and understanding,
tolerance and respect for diversity in all its forms;
Every individual will be encouraged to promote social interaction among diverse social
groupings, whether among or between staff and students;
The University will adopt, implement and monitor policies and procedures that aim to
eliminate discrimination in all its manifestations including ethnicity, race, gender, nationality,
class, religion, sexual orientation and disability;
Processes will be devised in such a way as to break a code of silence around instances of
discrimination in any form;
Structures and procedures for problem-solving and dispute resolution will be strengthened to
handle grievances in a fair and constructive manner;
The University will enhance on-going education and training for staff and students that
sensitises the University community to the lived experiences of its diverse constituencies. It
will in this way foster understanding and tolerance, and promote the celebration of diversity;
The social and personal well-being of staff and students, and an enabling environment for the
realization of their full human potential, will be actively promoted.
Good Modes of Governance are Enshrined
Good corporate governance will be ensured through commitment to democratic
representation, devolution, consultation, accountability and transparency;
Law and Management Studies 15
Governance, leadership and management will be practiced in a manner that encourages and
facilitates positive, proactive, and continuous institutional transformation;
The University leadership and management will be responsible and directly accountable for
creating an environment that cherishes diversity and equity, and which is conducive to
respect, tolerance and understanding.
The Right to Freedom of Expression is Guaranteed
Every individual whether student or staff is a valued member of the University community,
and each voice will have the right to be heard;
Ongoing debate and dialogue on all aspects of transformation and organisational culture will
be fostered;
The University will enhance its role as a leader in transformation by holding regular debates
and discussions that will broaden understanding, and identify trends that inhibit and obstruct
transformation;
These engagements will be conducted according to commonly developed rules of debate
appropriate to a university that espouses critical thinking and well-founded argument;
Members of Senate will participate actively in debates and discussions and will assume a
responsibility in preparing the University for the advent of the broader transformational
challenges inherent in global change and the achievement of the Universitys vision;
The right to freedom of expression will be counterbalanced by responsibility, accountability
and the limitations spelt out within the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa.
Advancement of the Transformation Agenda is the Responsibility of All
All members of the University community will understand the meaning of transformation and
accept individual and collective responsibility for its advancement;
Leaders within all stakeholder groupings will play a critical role in advancing the
transformation agenda;
Leaders will develop a shared understanding of transformational leadership behaviour, and
practice it;
Key stakeholder groupings will commit to the process of transformation, and contribute
actively to it by clearly defining their roles and responsibilities, and improving interpersonal
stakeholder relationships at all levels;
Academics will embrace the notion that universities are places of reflection to extend the
boundaries of human existence and will acknowledge the centrality of human relationships in
meeting the challenges of our times, and in realising the vision and strategic objectives of the
University;
Students will recognise that they have individual and collective responsibilities to participate
in the building of an institutional identity based on mutual respect and tolerance;
Staff members will take pride in making the University an institution where courtesy;
accountability; mutual respect and efficiency are core values.
University of KwaZulu-Natal Pact

We, the staff and students
of the University of KwaZulu-Natal
agree to treat each other with respect,
to abide by the rules and regulations of the institution
and to commit ourselves to excellence in research-led
teaching and learning
Isivumelwano seNyuvesi yaKwaZulu-Natali

Thina, singabasebenzi nabafundi
baseNyuvesi yaKwaZulu-Natali
sivumelana ngokuthi siphathane ngenhlonipho,
silandele yonke imithetho nemigomo yesikhungo
futhi sizibophezela ekufundeni nasekufundiseni
okuholwa ucwaningo nokunobunyoningco
Sessional Dates 17
SESSIONAL DATES 2015

HOWARD COLLEGE, PIETERMARITZBURG AND WESTVILLE CAMPUSES
FIRST SEMESTER Monday, 9 February Wednesday, 24 June

EASTER VACATION Saturday, 28 March Monday, 6 April
WINTER VACATION Thursday, 25 June Tuesday, 21 July
SECOND SEMESTER Wednesday, 22 July Tuesday, 1 December
PRE-SEMESTER:
Thu, 01 Fri, 02 Jan Thu, 01 Jan New Years Day (Public Holiday)
Fri, 02 Jan University Offices open
Mon, 05 Fri, 09 Jan Tue, 06 Jan Self-help registration system opens
Wed, 07 Jan Deadline for applications for re-marks
Deadline for submission of Exclusion
Appeals
Mon, 12 Fri, 16 Jan On or before CEACOM meetings (College
Wed, 14 Jan Exclusion Appeals Comm.)
Mon, 19 Fri, 23 Jan Tue, 20 AEACOM meeting
Mon, 26 Sat, 31 Jan Sat, 31 Jan Parents Day
Mon, 02 Feb Fri, 06 Feb Mon, 02 Feb Orientation and On-Campus
Fri, 06 Feb Registration of students
SEMESTER 1:
1 Mon, 09 Fri, 13 Feb Mon, 09 Feb First Semester commences
Lectures commence
2 Mon, 16 Fri, 20 Feb Fri, 20 Feb Final date for capturing and confirming
module choices (academic
registration) for all students including
those unable to meet financial
obligations to conclude registration.
Final date for submitting curriculum
changes.
Final date for requests for extended
DPs; Concessions.
3 Mon, 23 Fri, 27 Feb Fri, 27 Feb Closing date for registration of all
returning research post-graduates
(Research Masters & Doctoral).
Final date for payment of all fees

required for 1st semester registration
(financial registration).
4 Mon, 02 Fri, 06 Mar Fri, 06 Mar Final day for capturing graduation
decisions onto ITS for the students
who had outstanding requirements.
(Honours, PGDips, Bachelors,
Diplomas and Certificates)
5 Mon, 09 Fri, 13 Mar
6 Mon, 16 Sat, 21 Mar Fri, 20 Mar Final day for capturing graduation
decisions onto ITS (Doctoral and
Masters Studies)
Sat, 21 Mar Human Rights Day (Public Holiday)
7 Mon, 23 Fri, 27 Mar
EASTER VACATION (STUDENT MID-TERM BREAK)
Sat, 28 Mar Mon, 06 Apr Fri, 03 Apr Good Friday (Public Holiday)
Mon, 06 Apr Family Day (public Holiday)
8 Tue, 07 Fri, 10 Apr Tue, Apr 07 Compensatory: Follows Monday
Timetable
Wed, Apr 08 Compensatory: Follows Friday
Timetable
Fri, 10 Apr Final date for withdrawal from a
module
Final date for withdrawal from the
University (Semester 1)
Final timetable for main &
supplementary exams released
9 Mon, 13 Sat, 18 Apr Mon, 13 Graduation Ceremonies (WVL)
Sat, 18 Apr
10 Mon, 20 Fri, 24 Apr Mon, 20 Graduation Ceremonies (PMB)
Tue, 21 Apr
11 Mon, 27 Apr Fri, 01 May Mon, 27 Apr Freedom Day (Public Holiday)
Thu, 30 Apr Final date for full payment of 1st
Semester Fees
Fri, 01 May Workers Day (Public Holiday)
12 Mon 04 Fri, 08 May
13 Mon, 11 Fri, 15 May
14 Mon, 18 - Fri, 22 May Tue, 19 May DP refusals published
Wed, 20 May Lectures end
Thu, 21 Study period
Sessional Dates 19
Mon, 25 May
Thu, 21 May Final date for submission of DP
Appeals to School Offices
15 Mon, 25 Sat, 30 May Tue, 26 May First Semester Exams commence
(incl. Saturdays)
16 Mon, 01 Jun Sat, 06 Jun Exam week
17 Mon, 08 Fri, 12 Jun Wed, 10 Jun First Semester Exams end
Thu, 11 Break between exams
Tue, 16 Jun
18 Mon, 15 Sat, 20 Jun Tue, 16 Jun Youth Day (Public Holiday)
Wed, 17 Jun 1st Semester Supplementary Exams
commence
19 Mon, 22 Fri, 26 Jun Wed, 24 Jun Supplementary Exams end
First Semester ends
Semester 1:
Teaching days: Monday 12 , Tuesday 14 , Wednesday 14 , Thursday 13 , Friday 12 :
65 days
Study leave: 5 days; Examinations: 14 days; Supp. exams: 7 days; Compensatory days:
Tue,07 Apr & Wed, 08 Apr
Thu, 25 Jun Tue, 21 Jul MID-YEAR BREAK (Winter Vacation)

Fri, 03 Jul Supplementary Exam marks to be
captured on SMS by 12h00
Fri, 10 Jul Release of 1st semester results after
Exam Boards at 00:01 am
Fri, 17 Jul Eid-Al-Fitr (condoned absence)
SEMESTER 2:
1 Mon, 20 Fri, 24 Jul Wed, 22 Jul Second Semester commences
Lectures commence
Thu, 23 Jul Deadline for submission of Exclusion
Appeals
Deadline for applications for re-
marks
2 Mon, 27 Fri, 31 Jul On or before CEACOM meetings (College
Tue, 28 Jul Exclusion Appeals Comm.)
3 Mon, 03 Fri, 07 Aug Mon, 03 Aug AEACOM meeting
Tue, 04 Aug Final date for 2nd semester
registration of ALL qualifications
(except first entry research Masters
and PhDs).
Final date for submitting curriculum

changes
Final date for requests for extended
DPs; Concessions
4 Mon, 10 Fri, 14 Aug Mon, 10 Aug Womens Day (Public Holiday)
observed
5 Mon, 17 Fri, 21 Aug
6 Mon, 24 Fri, 28 Aug
7 Mon, 31 Aug Fri, 04 Sep Mon, 31 Aug Final date for payment of fees for the
2nd Semester
8 Mon, 07 Fri, 11 Sep Fri, 11 Sep Final date for withdrawal from a
module
Final date for withdrawal from the
University (Semester 2)
Final timetable for main and
supplementary examinations
released
9 Mon, 14 Fri, 18 Sep Mon, 14 Sep Rosh Hashanah (Condoned
absence)
Sat, 19 Sep Sun, 27 Sep STUDENT MID-TERM BREAK
Wed, 23 Sep Yom Kippur (Condoned absence)
Eid-Al-Adhah (Condoned absence)
Thu, 24 Sep Heritage Day (Public Holiday)
10 Mon, 28 Sep Fri, 02 Oct
11 Mon, 05 Fri, 09 Oct
12 Mon, 12 Fri, 16 Oct
13 Mon, 19 Sat, 24 Oct
14 Mon, 26 Oct Sun, 01 Nov Mon, 26 Oct DP refusals published
Tue, 27 Oct Lectures end
Wed, 28 Oct Study period
Sun, 01 Nov
Wed, 28 Oct Final date for submission of DP
Appeals to School Offices
Fri, 30 Oct Final date for submission of College
handbooks for 2016
15 Mon, 02 Sat, 07 Nov Mon, 02 Nov Second Semester Exams commence
(incl. Saturdays)
16 Mon, 09 Sat, 14 Nov Mon, 09 Exam week
Sat, 14 Nov
Wed, 11 Nov Diwali/Deepavali (Condoned
Sessional Dates 21
absence)
(No exams scheduled)
17 Mon, 16 Sat, 21 Nov Wed, 18 Nov Second Semester Exams end
Thu, 19 Mon, Break between Exams
23 Nov
18 Mon, 23 Sat, 28 Nov Tue, 24 Nov 2nd Semester Supplementary Exams
commence
19 Mon, 30 Nov Fri, 04 Dec Tue, 01 Dec 2nd Semester Supplementary Exams
end
Second Semester ends
Fri, 04 Dec Last day for submission of
theses/dissertations to the Post-
Graduate Administrative Offices for
possible April 2016 Graduation
Semester 2:
Teaching days: Monday 12 , Tuesday 13 , Wednesday 13 , Thursday 13 , Friday 13 : 64
days
Study leave: 5 days; Examinations: 14 days; Supp. exams: 7 days; Compensatory day:
0
YEAR-END BREAK:
Mon, 07 Fri, 11 Dec Thu, 10 Dec Supplementary marks to be captured
on SMS by 12h00
Mon, 14 Fri, 18 Dec Wed, 16 Dec Day of Reconciliation (Public Holiday)
Fri, 18 Dec Release of 2nd semester results after
Exam Boards
(00:01 am)
Mon, 21 Sat, 26 Dec 24 Dec University Offices close at 16h30
(24/12/2015) and re-opens on the 02nd
January 2016
Fri, 25 Dec Christmas Day (Public Holiday)
Sat, 26 Dec Day of Goodwill (Public Holiday)
Please note:
The University of KwaZulu-Natal reserves the right to change any of the said Sessional Dates,
solely in its discretion, and without any liability for inconvenience and/or loss occasioned
thereby.
ACADEMIC MONITORING AND EXCLUSION
INFORMATION for STUDENTS
INTRODUCTION
The Academic Monitoring and exclusions Policy applies to all students registered in
undergraduate degrees across all Colleges. An extract from the policy is included below for
the information of students.
The Academic Monitoring and Exclusion Policy is based on a system of classifying student
academic performance as good academic standing; at risk or severely underperforming
with appropriate interventions and actions for each category. Every undergraduate students
performance is assessed at the end of each semester and their status, based on their
academic performance at the end of the semester or subsequent supplementary exams, is
determined and reflected on the student administration system as green, orange or red.
The aim of this policy is to enable underperforming students to be identified early and offered
academic, personal and careers counselling. Appropriate interventions and systems of support
are expected to reduce dropout rates and exclusions and to improve throughputs and
completion rates.
Specifically the implementation of this policy means that no academically underperforming
student will be excluded from the university in their first year of study. However, it also means
that if a student does not respond to support interventions and continues to underperform,
s/he will be required to appeal for readmission to the same or a different College after three
semesters at university. If readmitted and does not meet set probation requirement while on
final probation, then the student will be excluded after four semesters and no further appeals
allowed.
Appeals are first considered at College level (CEACOM). All unsuccessful appeals will be
referred to a university wide committee (AEACOM) for final decision.
Students will finally be excluded from the university on account of poor academic performance
after all other avenues have failed to restore their academic performance to the required level.
Exclusion holds for a minimum period of one year unless otherwise stipulated. Thereafter a
student may apply for admission to the same or another College at UKZN if s/he is able to
demonstrate that s/he has achieved a level of competence satisfactory to the relevant College
or has resolved the personal circumstances that led to poor performance. Admission or
readmission will be at the discretion of the College to which the student applies and according
their admission requirements. Colleges will specify broad guidelines for what will be deemed
satisfactory competence level for readmission.
Academic Monitoring and Exclusion 23
CLASSIFICATION OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE

Each College defines minimum progression requirements, either on a College-wide basis or
per qualification or group of qualifications. These are used in categorising academic
performance. The categories of academic performance and the consequent interventions and
actions are as follows:
Good academic standing (Green)
New students who register for the first time and have not transferred from another College of
the university are initially deemed to be of good academic standing and coded green. A
student remains coded green provided s/he has passed at least 75% of the maximum
expected credit load to date and also has passed 70% or more of the normal credit load this
semester. These are regarded as acceptable performance levels; however optional
counselling and support is available if requested.
At risk (Orange)
A student who is at risk is required to participate in a compulsory developmental programme
including academic counselling, a possible modified curriculum as well as student counselling
for personal, life skills and/or career counselling.
A student may be deemed at risk when:
his/her performance is above the applicable minimum progression requirements for
that qualification or College but is not at the level of green, that is, s/he has not
passed 75% of the maximum expected credits to date;
fewer than 70% of the normal credit load has been passed in the current semester.
credits are below the applicable minimum progression requirements for that
qualification or College but the student has been registered for 1 semester only, the
student is placed on academic probation with specific and realistic conditions. Even
if such a student is performing below the applicable minimum progression
requirements s/he will remain at risk (orange) provided s/he continues to meet the
set probation requirements which are reviewed each semester
Underperforming (Red)
A student will be coded red when his/her performance falls below the applicable minimum
progression requirements for that qualification or College and s/he has been registered for 2
semesters or more. The first time a student becomes red s/he is placed on strict academic
probation. After compulsory academic and personal or career counselling s/he may be
permitted to continue in the same qualification or may be advised to redirect to another
qualification in the same or another College.
A student will become red for a second time if s/he does not achieve the probation conditions
set in the previous semester or if, after improving performance for a period, the student again
drops below the required levels. In this case, the student must appeal to be readmitted to the
same or a different qualification or College. If a student is readmitted following a successful
appeal, s/he is placed on final probation with specific conditions to be met and continued
academic support.
If a student who was severely underperforming (red) responds to interventions, achieves
probation requirements and eventually works back to good academic standing (green), s/he
will be deemed to be rehabilitated and the previous period as red will not be considered
should s/he subsequently lapse.
If a student does not respond to such interventions and s/he continues to underperform s/he
must appeal for readmission and may or may nor be readmitted on final probation. If
readmitted and still does not respond to interventions while on final probation the student will
be excluded. No further appeals are allowed.
Students who transfer between qualifications carry their history and academic status with
them. Students will normally only be accepted into a new qualification if they are able to
complete the new degree in the maximum time permitted for this degree, which includes the
semesters they have already spent at UKZN and for which they may have generated credits
towards the new degree.
The implementation of the policy is illustrated in the flow diagram overleaf.

Calculation of Points for the National Senior Certificate 25
Calculation of Points for the National Senior Certificate
Points for the NSC are calculated according to the table below:
NSC Rating NSC Percentage NSC Points Rating for UKZN
7 80% to 100% 7
6 70% to 79% 6
5 60% to 69% 5
4 50% to 59% 4
3 40% to 49% 3
2 30% to 39% 2
1 0% to 29% 1
Note that the points will be calculated from six Subjects excluding Life Orientation.
Calculation of Points for the International students 27
Calculation of Points for the International students

Student must refer to the Conversion Table for the calculation of the Admission Point Score
(APS).
HIGCSE IGCSE/
SC HG SC SG
/ GCSE AS- A- IB IB
APS NSC M- M- APS
NSSC NSSC / Level level HL SL
Score Score
HL O-Level
Gr-11
10 A 7 10
9 9
80% to
8 A B 6 8
100%
7 7 (80-100%) B 1 A A C 5 7 7
6 6 (70-79%) C A 2 B B D 4 6 6
5 5 (60-69%) D B 3 C A C E 3 5 5
4 4 (50-59%) E C D B D 2 4 4
3 3 (40-49%) F D 4 E C E 1 3 3
2 2 (30-39%) G E F D/E 2 2
1 1 (0-29%) H F G F/G 1 1
KEY:
NSC National Senior Certificate (completed Grade 12 in and after 2008)
SC HG Senior Certificate Higher Grade (completed Grade 12 before 2008)
SC SG Senior Certificate Standard Grade (completed Grade 12 before 2008)
HIGCSE Higher International General Certificate of Secondary Education
IGCSE International General Certificate of Secondary Education
NSSC Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate
A-Level Advanced Level
O-Level- Ordinary Level
AS Advanced Subsidiary Level
IB International Baccalaureate Schools- Higher Levels (HL) & Standard Levels (SL)
Maths entry requirements
Please note:
Advanced level and International Baccalaureate- are higher than NSC
Advanced Subsidiary level and Higher International General Certificate of Secondary Education- on
the same level as NSC (grade 12) Ordinary level and International General Certificate of Secondary
Education- only are not sufficient.
This calculated score is the minimum score required for consideration and an applicant just meeting
this minimum cannot be assured of admission.
Calculation of Points for the International Students 29
GENERAL ACADEMIC RULES FOR DEGREES,

DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
(These Rules have been made by the Senate and approved by the Council in terms of the
Higher Education Act (Act No. 101 of 1997), as amended.)
PREAMBLE:
(a) The Council and/or the Senate may from time to time amend, alter or delete any rule,
whether a General Rule or a rule relating to a specific module or qualification.
(b) Where applicable, the interpretation of these Rules is informed by the Definitions of
Terms preceding them.
(c) The provisions of these Rules, as applied in particular colleges, may be restricted in
circumstances provided for in the rules of those colleges as approved under Rule GR4.
(d) Except as otherwise stated or prescribed by the Senate and the Council, Rules GR1 to
GR33 shall be applicable to every student of the University of KwaZulu-Natal (hereinafter
referred to as the University).
Definitions of Terms
academic exclusion means termination of a students registration on academic grounds,
resulting in exclusion from the university.
admission means the act by which the university admits person to study, after acceptance
by an applicant of an offer of a place at the University.
ancillary module means a module required as a corequisite or prerequisite to a proposed
module. All such modules must have been passed before the relevant qualification may be
awarded. Note: if module A is an ancillary for module B and B is an ancillary for C, then A is
necessarily an ancillary for C.
assessment means the evaluation and grading of work, supervised or unsupervised,
carried out by a student in satisfying the requirements of a module.
credit points are a measure of the volume of learning required for a qualification, quantified
as a number of notional study hours.
credit-weighted average is the average mark of a set of modules weighted in proportion to
the credit value of the modules concerned.
college academic affairs board means the board established in each college as provided
for in the statute and is responsible for the academic and research functions of the school in
the college.
General Academic Rules 31
corequisite module means a module for which a student must register in the same
semester as the proposed module, unless the ancillary module has already been passed or
attempted with satisfaction of the DP requirements.
Council means the Council of the University of KwaZulu-Natal.
coursework modules refers to the taught components of all coursework degrees specified
in the curriculum and does not include the dissertation or project modules.
curriculum means the combination of modules which together comprise the programme of
study leading to a qualification. An individual student's curriculum refers to the specific
selection of modules within the broad framework of the curriculum prescribed for a
qualification, which enables the student to meet the requirements for the qualification.
degree credits are used to satisfy the requirements for qualifications. Unless otherwise
stated credits means degree credits and the term degree credits is used only when it is
necessary to distinguish them from foundation credits.
dissertation means a work involving personal research, that is (a) capable of being recorded
in any form or medium, and (b) capable of being evaluated, that is submitted for a degree and
satisfies degree specific requirements (for doctoral degrees, see thesis).
duly performed (DP) requirements means those college-approved requirements for a
module which must be met to permit a student to be eligible for final assessment in that
module.
elective module, means a module that a student selects according to preference from a
specified list of module options.
examination means a formal assessment, conducted within an officially designated
examination session, usually invigilated, and bound by time constraints.
exit-level module means a module at the highest level required by the Higher Education
Qualifications Framework (HEQF) for a qualification.
external examination means examination by a person, external to the university, who has
not been involved with teaching including supervision at the University during the previous
three (3) years.
foundation credits are a measure of the amount of formal foundational material in the
curriculum, and may not be used in lieu of degree credits to satisfy the requirements of
qualifications.
full-time student is a student who is able to devote at least 40 hours a week to their studies
and undertake a full credit load of coursework and/or research in each semester.
"independent moderation" means examination by a person, internal or external to the
university, who has not been involved with the teaching of the relevant module in that
semester.
internal examination means examination by a person or persons involved with the

teaching of the relevant module in that semester or, in the case of postgraduate qualifications,
is a member of the University academic staff including persons who hold honorary
appointments in the University other than the supervisor(s).
major means completion of at least 64 credits at exit level and at least 32 credits in the
preceding year in that discipline or in any other closely related specified discipline.
matriculation certificate means evidence to the satisfaction of Senate of having obtained a
National Senior Certificate (NSC) endorsed for Bachelors degrees OR a Matriculation
Certificate of the Matriculation Board OR a Matriculation Board Certificate stating that the
candidate has satisfied the conditions prescribed by the Board for exemption from the
Matriculation Examination.
module means any separate course of study for which credits may be obtained and may
comprise a dissertation or thesis.
qualification means a degree, diploma or certificate.
part-time student is one who is unable to devote the required time to their studies and
spreads their degree over a longer period, taking fewer credits than the required credit load of
a full-time student in each semester.
prerequisite module means a module which must have been passed, with at least the
minimum mark required, before registration for the proposed module is permitted.
prerequisite requirement means that requirement, whether a prerequisite module, a
specified mark in a module or any other condition, which must have been met before
registration for the proposed module is permitted.
programme means a purposeful and structured curriculum leading to a qualification.
project means a substantial assignment, whether comprising a single module or part of a
module, and which requires research or equivalent independent work by a student.
registered student means a student who is registered to study in one or more modules
offered by the University. Such registration will lapse on the date of the following registration
session or earlier should the student cease to be an admitted student.
registration means completion by a student, and acceptance by the University, of a
registration form, physical or electronic, and compliance with such other conditions as are
required for entitlement to a current student card.
Senate means the Senate of the University of KwaZulu-Natal.
special examination means an examination awarded by the Senate to a student who has
not been able to attempt or complete the original examination by reason of illness or any other
reason deemed sufficient by the Senate. Only the component of the examination which has
not been attempted or completed shall be re-written.
student means a person who has been admitted to the University for the purpose of
studying or who has registered for a qualification. A student remains a student until such time
as that person graduates or otherwise completes studies, or withdraws from the University, or
fails to attend or register in any semester, or is excluded and all appeal processes for
readmission have been exhausted.
supplementary examination means an examination awarded by the Senate to a student,
based on the students performance in the original module assessment. All examination
papers which constitute the module shall be re-written.
suspended registration means an agreement by which the University holds a students
registration in abeyance for a specified period of time.
tertiary institution means any institution that provides post-school education on a full-time,
part-time or distance basis.
thesis means a work involving personal research, that is (a) capable of being recorded in
any form or medium, and (b) capable of being evaluated, that is submitted for a doctoral
degree and satisfies the requirements specified in the relevant rules.
the University means the University of KwaZulu-Natal.
year of study means the level at which undergraduate students are registered
academically.
(a) foundation year: applies to students who are registered in the first year of a foundation
programme for a preparatory certificate
(b) first year of study: applies to students who have not yet obtained at least 96 (degree)
credits
(c) final year of study: applies to students in a programme who have registered for such
modules as will, if passed, lead to the completion of the qualification.
working days means any day of the week but excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public
holidays.
General Rules
GR1 Changes in rules
(a) The University may revise or add to its rules from time to time, and any such alteration or
addition shall become binding upon the date of publication or upon such date as may be
specified by the Council and the Senate, provided that no change in rules shall be
interpreted so as to operate retrospectively to the prejudice of any currently registered
student.
(b) Any authority granted to colleges under these rules may be further delegated.
GR2 Degrees, diplomas and certificates
The University may confer or award such degrees, diplomas and certificates as approved by
the Senate and the Council.
Note: (a) The list of degrees, diplomas and certificates is available from the Registrars
Office on request.
(b) Rules for specific qualifications will be found in the relevant college
handbooks.
GR3 Approval of curricula
The Senate, after consultation with the relevant college academic affairs board, shall approve
the curricula for all qualifications of the University.
GR4 College rules
Subject to the provisions of the Higher Education Act, the Statute of the University, and the
following Rules, the Senate may make or amend rules for each college relating to:
a) the eligibility of a student as a candidate for any qualification and/or module, which may
include recognition of prior learning (RPL);
b) the selection process;
c) the period of attendance;
d) the curriculum, work and other requirements for each qualification;
e) progression and academic exclusion; and
f) any other matter relating to the academic functions of the University.
GR5 Application to study
a) Applications to study must be made in such manner as prescribed, and must include
presentation of the Matriculation Certificate where this is required.
b) An applicant who has studied at any other tertiary education institution must, in addition,
present an academic record and a certificate of conduct from that institution.
GR6 Selection requirements
All applicants shall produce evidence satisfactory to the Senate of their competence to work
for the qualification sought. The Senate may decline to admit as a candidate for the
qualification any person whose previous academic attainments are, in its opinion, not
sufficiently high to warrant such admission.
GR7 Selection for postgraduate studies

a) Graduates of any other recognised university (whether in the Republic of South Africa or
elsewhere) may, for the purpose of proceeding to a postgraduate qualification of the
University, be admitted by the Senate to a status in the University equivalent to that which
they possess in their own university by virtue of any degree held by them.
b) An applicant who has graduated from another tertiary institution or who has in any other
manner attained a level of competence which, in the opinion of the Senate, is adequate
for the purpose of postgraduate studies or research, may be admitted as a student of the
University.
GR8 Exemption from a module
a) Exemption from a module may be granted without credit, where an applicant can
demonstrate an equivalent level of competence through prior learning.
b) Exemption and credit for a module may be granted where an applicant has already
obtained credit for an equivalent module at this or another university.
c) Credit cannot be obtained for more than one module where the contents of the modules
overlap or are partially or substantially the same.
GR9 Registration
a) In order to pursue their studies in any semester, all students of the University shall
complete the applicable registration procedure, thereby affirming their acceptance of the
rules of the University.
b) The Council, on the recommendation of the Senate, may impose conditions for the
registration of any student.
c) Except as provided for hereunder, a student shall register in consecutive semesters.
(i) On application in advance to the relevant college and with the approval of the
college academic affairs board, a students registration may be suspended for a
period of time not exceeding 2 semesters. Under exceptional circumstances, a
further such suspension of 2 semesters may subsequently be applied for and
approved.
(ii) The deputy vice chancellor and head of college may require that a student suspend
his/her studies for a maximum of 1 semester should the student be unable to
register for a valid curriculum that will allow satisfactory progress to be made
towards the attainment of the qualification.
(iii) A student with a suspended registration remains subject to the rules of the
University, and may return to register before or at expiry of the period of suspension.
The period during which registration is suspended shall not be included in and
calculation towards the minimum and maximum periods prescribed for any
qualification in terms of Rule GR12, nor for the evaluation of eligibility for the award
of degrees cum laude or summa cum laude in terms of Rules BR6, HR8, CR17 and
MR13.
d) Should a student fail to register for a semester:
(i) In the case of a postgraduate student who has not been granted suspension as
provided for in (c) (i) or (ii) above the student must apply to the relevant college for
readmission should she/he subsequently wish to return to resume studies. Such
readmission shall only be approved under the conditions, rules and curricula
applicable at the time of readmission and, in the case of a postgraduate research
student, provided that supervisory capacity is available.
(ii) In the case of an undergraduate student, should the break in studies exceed one
semester and the student has not been granted suspension as provided for in (c)(i)
or (ii) above, the student must apply to the relevant college for readmission should
he/she subsequently wish to return to resume studies. Such readmission shall only
be approved under the conditions, rules and curricula applicable at the time of
readmission.
e) (i) A student may register as a full-time or part-time student (see definitions); such initial
registration status shall persist for a minimum period of two semesters after first
registration.
(ii) A part-time student may not register for more than 65% of the normal full-time credit
load of coursework modules in each semester unless otherwise provided for in the
College rules.
(iii) In the case of a full-time student who subsequently changes registration status to
part-time, the full-time criteria for award of degree cum laude or summa cum laude
shall apply;
(iv) In the case of a student who changes registration status from full-time or vice-versa,
the semesters allowed for completion of the qualification will be prorated
accordingly.
GR10 Payment of fees
a) Save by special permission of the Senate and the Council:
(i) An applicant shall not be registered until all relevant prescribed fees are paid;
(ii) A student shall not be entitled to admission to an examination, nor to receipt of
examination results, until all relevant prescribed fees are paid.
b) A student shall not be entitled to the conferral or award of a qualification until all monies
due to the University have been paid.
GR11 Concurrent registration

Save by special permission of the Senate:
a) no student shall be registered for more than one qualification at the same time; nor
b) shall any student, while registered at any other tertiary institution, be registered
concurrently at the University.
GR12 Period of attendance
Every candidate for a qualification shall meet the relevant attendance and performance
requirements for each module and qualification as prescribed by the relevant college and
approved by the Senate, in order to obtain the requisite credit.
GR13 Module registration
a) Subject to Rule GR14, no student shall be registered for any module unless his or her
curriculum has been approved by the Senate. An approved curriculum may be modified
only with the consent of the Senate.
b) Save by special permission of the Senate, no student may attend a module for which he
or she is not registered.
GR14 Ancillary, prerequisite and corequisite requirements
a) A college may prescribe ancillary modules in any curriculum.
b) A college may specify the attainment of a minimum mark of more than 50% in a
prerequisite module, a specified mark in a module or any other requirement before
registration for the proposed module is permitted.
c) Registration for a module will be conditional on meeting all corequisite and prerequisite
requirements for that module.
GR15 Obsolete modules
In readmitting a student, the Senate may withhold recognition, for the purposes of a
qualification, of credits previously obtained in modules which have subsequently become
obsolete.
GR16 Duly Performed (DP) certification
a) Students shall not present themselves for examination in any module unless the module
co-ordinator / lecturer has certified that they have met the DP requirements for the
specified module.
b) Such DP certification shall be valid only for the examinations, including supplementary
examinations, of the semester in which it is issued.
c) With the consent of the school board concerned, in exceptional circumstances, the DP
certification may be extended to the relevant subsequent semester, in which case the
board may allow the student to retain the relevant class mark.
d) The DP requirements for each module shall be published in the college handbook and in
any other manner deemed appropriate by the college.
e) Save as may otherwise be provided by the college, for each module a list of those
students refused DP certification shall be published, in a manner deemed appropriate by
the college on or before the last day of teaching in each semester.
GR17 DP certification - right of appeal
a) Students have the right to appeal against the refusal of a DP certification in terms of Rule
GR16.
b) An appeal must be lodged with the relevant school, in the prescribed manner, on or
before the date specified in the sessional dates which shall be no less than three (3)
working days after the last day of notification of DP refusals.
c) Such appeal shall be considered by an appropriate committee, the composition of which
shall be approved by the Senate.
d) The decision of the committee shall be final.
GR18 Examinations
a) An examination may be written and/or oral, and may include practical work.
b) With the approval of the college academic affairs board, a written examination may, for a
particular student, be replaced or supplemented by an oral examination.
GR19 External examination and moderation
a) Except with the permission of the Senate, all modules, other than exit-level modules,
shall be subject to internal examination and independent moderation.
b) Except with the permission of the Senate, all exit-level modules shall be subject to
internal and external examination.
c) The portion of the total assessment subject to independent moderation or external
examination, in terms of (a) or (b) above, shall be at least 50%.
GR20 Examination scripts
a) To aid academic development, students may view their examination scripts under
supervision.
b) (i) A student may, on formal application and after payment of the applicable fee, have
all his/her examination scripts for a module re-marked, normally by the original
examiners, in accordance with the policies approved by the Senate and the
Council.
(ii) Such application shall be lodged with the relevant school office, in the prescribed
manner, on or before the date in the sessional dates.
(iii) The students final mark for the module shall be that determined by the re-mark.
(iv) The fee shall be refunded only if the re-mark causes an improvement in the class
of result as reflected in Rule GR29(a).
c) Re-marking as contemplated in (b) above shall not be permitted for honours and
equivalent projects, masters dissertations and doctoral theses.
d) Examination scripts shall be stored by the University for a maximum period of one (1)
year or such longer period required by contractual or professional obligations.
GR21 Examination sessions
All examinations shall be held in the prescribed sessions approved by the Senate.
GR22 Supplementary examinations
Supplementary examinations may be awarded in terms of these rules and the relevant college
rules. Supplementary examinations shall not be awarded for any continuously assessed
modules or components of modules.
GR23 Special examinations
a) An undergraduate student may elect to write all the examination papers for a particular
module in either the main or supplementary examination session, provided that such a
supplementary examination is scheduled. The provisions of rule GR25(b) shall apply.
b) A student who has not been able to complete the original final examination by reason of
illness or any other reason deemed sufficient by the Senate, may, on application, be
granted permission to sit a special examination, during the next applicable supplementary
examination session.
c) An application for a special examination shall be made on the prescribed form,
accompanied by all relevant documentation, and lodged in the relevant college within five
(5) working days of the date of the examination concerned. It is the responsibility of the
student to ascertain whether or not the special examination has been granted.
d) If an application for a special examination is approved, the examination result, if any, from
the original examination shall be regarded as null and void. If such an application is not
approved the original examination result shall stand.
GR24 Standard of supplementary and special examinations
To pass supplementary and special examinations, students must demonstrate a level of
academic competence equivalent to that required in the original examination.
GR25 Limitation on awarding supplementary and special examinations

a) A supplementary or special examination shall not be granted in respect of any
supplementary examination awarded in terms of Rule GR22.
b) A supplementary or special examination shall not be granted in respect of any special
examination awarded in terms of Rule GR23.
GR26 Completion of modules
Every module shall be completed by passing the Senate-approved assessment in that
module.
GR27 Pass mark
The pass mark for all modules in the University shall be 50%, provided that any sub-minima
required in certain components of the Senate-approved assessment have been met.
GR28 Completion requirements
Save by special permission of the Council, upon the approval of the Senate, a qualification
shall not be conferred or awarded until:
a) credit has been obtained for all prescribed modules, including prerequisite and
corequisite modules;
b) all other Senate and college requirements have been met; and
c) all monies due to the University have been paid.
GR29 Classification of results
a) Results may be classified as follows:
75% upward = 1st class;
70 74%. = 2nd class, upper division;
60 69% = 2nd class, lower division;
50 59% = 3rd class;
less than 50% = fail.
Based on the credit weighted average of all modules passed.
b) For Bachelors and Honours degrees, the academic record of the student shall reflect the
class of pass if the student has obtained a pass in the first class or in the second class
upper division.
c) On the recommendation of the school board, a module may be passed with such
distinctions as may be prescribed by the Senate.
d) On the recommendation of the college academic affairs board, a qualification may be
conferred or awarded with such distinctions as may be prescribed by the Senate.
GR30 Academic exclusion

a) The Council may, with the approval of the Senate, after each examination session
exclude or refuse to renew or continue the registration of a student who has failed to
meet the academic requirements for continued registration.
b) The Senate may cancel the registration of a student in all or one or more of the modules
for which the student is registered in a semester if, in the opinion of the Senate, the
academic achievement of the student is such that the student may not at the end of the
semester obtain credit in such module or modules.
c) The Council may, with the approval of the Senate, refuse readmission to a student who
fails to satisfy the minimum requirements for readmission.
d) Subject to Rule GR31, students excluded or refused re-registration may not be
readmitted to the University until they are able to demonstrate that they have achieved a
level of competence satisfactory to the relevant college and the Senate.
GR31 Academic exclusion right of appeal
a) Students have the right to a single appeal against academic exclusion in terms of Rule
GR30.
b) Such appeal shall be lodged with the college of registration, in the prescribed manner, on
or before the date in the sessional dates.
c) The process for consideration of such an appeal shall be approved by the Senate.
GR32 Ethics
All academic activities and research in particular, shall comply with the relevant University
policies on ethics and any related requirements as determined by the Senate and the Council.
GR33 Reproduction of work
Subject to the provisions of the Universitys policy on intellectual property rights and any
limitations imposed by official contractual obligations:
a) In presenting an assignment, prescribed project, dissertation, thesis or any such work for
assessment, a student shall be deemed by so doing to have granted the University a
perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free licence to digitise, reproduce, share, disseminate
and/or publicly distribute copies thereof for research and study purposes only, in whole or
in part and in any format the University deems fit, provided that the University may waive
its rights under this licence if the work in question has been or is being published in a
manner satisfactory to the University.
b) Students shall forward master copies and electronic copies of all treatises, dissertations
and theses to the University libraries by the date, in the numbers and in the format
stipulated by the libraries in their policies existing at the time of creation of the treatise,
dissertation or thesis concerned.
c) The work of students shall not be included in publications by academic staff without their
express permission and acknowledgement; provided that such work may be included and
acknowledged if all reasonable attempts to trace such students have been unsuccessful.
Rules for Bachelors Degrees

Note: The following Rules are additional to the preceding General Rules GR1 GR33.
BR1 Applicability
The following Rules, BR2 to BR6 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a
Bachelors Degree.
BR2 Criteria for admission to study
a) Applicants for a first or primary degree for which the Matriculation Certificate is a
prerequisite, shall produce evidence to the satisfaction of the Senate that they have
obtained such a certificate, or obtained a certificate of conditional exemption issued by
the Matriculation Board to applicants from countries outside the Republic of South Africa,
or satisfied the conditions of any alternative admission process approved by the Senate.
b) In addition to the requirements of a) above, the minimum requirements for admission to
study in any college may include the requirement to have attained such minimum
standard in a specified subject or subjects or such aggregate of points scored according
to subjects passed in the Matriculation Examination, or in an examination recognised for
the purpose by the Matriculation Board, or such other qualifications as may be
prescribed. The selection process will be based on these requirements and may include
academic ranking and other criteria as approved by the Senate and the Council.
BR3 Periods of attendance
Every candidate for a first or primary degree, shall be registered as a matriculated student,
except as provided in Rule BR2, and have completed subsequent to the date of validity of the
Matriculation Certificate or of the certificate of full exemption from the matriculation
examination issued by the Matriculation Board, the minimum period of attendance prescribed
by the rules of the relevant college.
BR4 Recognition of attendance
For the purpose of Rules GR12 and BR3, the Senate may accept as part of the attendance of
a student for a degree of Bachelor, periods of attendance as a registered matriculated student
at any other university or tertiary institution or in any other college in the University: provided
that students shall not have the degree of Bachelor conferred unless:
a) their periods of attendance are together not less than the complete period prescribed for
such degree; and
b) they attended at the University:
(i) for a degree of Bachelor, the term of which is six semesters, at least three
semesters which shall include the completion of at least half of the total number of
credits prescribed for the degree and which, except with the approval of the Senate,
shall include all those at the exit level; or
(ii) for a degree of Bachelor, the term of which is eight semester, at least four semesters
which shall include the completion of at least half of the total number of credits
prescribed for the degree and which, except with the approval of the Senate, shall
include all those at the exit level; or
(iii) for a degree of Bachelor, the term of which is ten or twelve semesters, at least six
semesters which, except with the approval of the Senate, shall include the
completion of all modules prescribed for the final six semesters of the curriculum.
BR5 Progression under conditional exemption
Applicants who are accepted with an ordinary conditional exemption that requires completion
of additional credits to qualify for exemption, shall not be permitted to register for any module
at level 3 or above before the requirements for exemption have been satisfied.
BR6 Supplementary examinations
Provided that the rules of any college do not prohibit this for a particular module:
a) a student who fails a module with a mark of at least 40%, or who obtains a passing mark
less than that prescribed for registration for another module, shall be awarded a
supplementary examination;
b) under exceptional circumstances, and with the permission of the college academic affairs
board, a student who has failed a module with a mark of less than 40% may be awarded
a supplementary examination.
BR7 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude
a) A degree of Bachelor may be conferred cum laude in accordance with the rules of the
relevant college, provided that, subject to exceptions as approved by the college
academic affairs board, the student has:
(i) obtained a credit-weighted average of at least 75% in those modules required for
the qualification; and
(ii) successfully completed all modules in the curriculum at the first attempt and
without recourse to supplementary examinations; and
(iii) completed the degree in the prescribed minimum time.
b) A degree of Bachelor may be conferred summa cum laude in accordance with the rules
of the relevant college, provided that, subject to exceptions as approved by the college
(ii) successfully completed all modules in the curriculum at the first attempt and
without recourse to supplementary examinations; and
(iii) completed the degree in the prescribed minimum time.
BR8 Deans Commendation
A student who is registered for the full load required for that qualification in a particular
semester and passes all these modules at the first attempt, with no individual module mark of
less than 60% and a credit-weighted average mark of at least 75%, will be awarded a Deans
commendation for that semester.
BR9 Completion of isiZulu module
For a degree of Bachelor, a student must either pass an approved module in isiZulu; or obtain
exemption from the module under GR8a (competence through prior learning) in which case
any shortfall in credit for the degree shall be made up; or obtain exemption and credit for the
module under GR8b (an equivalent module has been passed).
Rules For Honours Degrees

HR1 Applicability
The following Rules, HR2 to HR8 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a degree
of Honours.
HR2 Criteria for admission to study
a) Applicants may be registered for the qualification of Honours provided that they
have:
(i) completed a Bachelors degree regarded as appropriate by the college concerned;
or
(ii) been admitted to the status of that degree in terms of Rule GR7(a); or
(iii) attained a level of competence as defined in Rule GR7(b).
b) A college may prescribe further minimum criteria for admission to study.
HR3 Attendance
a) Every student for a qualification of Honours shall attend an approved course of study as a
registered student of the University for a period of at least two consecutive semesters
after admission in terms of Rule HR2.
b) Except with by permission of the college academic affairs board, all modules shall be
completed at the University.
HR4 Curriculum
The curriculum for a qualification of Honours shall include a prescribed research project as
one of the modules which shall account for a minimum of 25% of the credits for the degree.
HR5 Supplementary examinations
Provided that the rules of a college do not prohibit this for a particular module:
a) a student who fails a module other than the research prescribed project with a mark of at
least 40% shall be awarded a supplementary examination; and
board, a student who has failed a module other than the research project with a mark of
less than 40% may be awarded a supplementary examination.
HR6 Re-examination of prescribed project
Provided that the rules of a college, do not prohibit this, a research project that is assessed as
unsatisfactory may be referred back once for revision and resubmission before the last day of
examinations in that semester.
HR7 Progression
a) A student may repeat a failed module not more than once, provided that this does not
apply to the prescribed project described in Rule HR4 and HR6 above.
b) A student who, after four semesters as a fulltime student or six semesters as a part-time
student, has not completed the requirements for the degree, shall be excluded.
HR8 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude
a) A degree of Honours may be conferred cum laude in accordance with the rules of the
relevant college, provided that, subject to exceptions as approved by the college
(ii) a mark of at least 75% for the prescribed project; and
(iii) successfully completed all modules in the curriculum without recourse to
supplementary examinations; and
(iv) completed the degree in the prescribed minimum time for a full-time student, or
minimum time plus two semesters for a part-time student.
b) A degree of Honours may be conferred summa cum laude in accordance with the rules of
the relevant college, provided that, subject to exceptions as approved by the college
(ii) a mark of at least 80% for the prescribed project; and
(iii) successfully completed all modules in the curriculum without recourse to
(iv) completed the degree in the prescribed minimum time for a full-time student, or
Rules for Postgraduate Diplomas

PR1 Applicability
The following Rules, PR2 to PR8 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a
Postgraduate Diploma
PR2 Criteria for admission to study
a) Applicants may be registered for the qualification of Postgraduate Diploma provided that
they have:
(i) completed a Bachelors degree regarded as appropriate by the college concerned;
or
c) A college may provide in its rules for an appropriate Advanced Diploma to be accepted
for entry to a Postgraduate Diploma in accordance with the HEQF.
PR3 Attendance
a) Every student for the qualification of Postgraduate Diploma shall attend an approved
course of study as a registered student of the University for a period of at least two
consecutive semesters after admission in terms of Rule PR2.

b) Except with the permission of the college academic affairs board, all modules shall be
completed at the University.
PR4 Curriculum
The curriculum for the Postgraduate Diploma will contain advanced reflection, practice and
research methods in the area of specialisation and may include a sustained research project
in accordance with college rules.
PR5 Supplementary examinations
a) a student who fails a module other than the research prescribed project with a mark of at
least 40% shall be awarded a supplementary examination; and
board, a student who has failed a module other than the research project with a mark of
less than 40% may be awarded a supplementary examination.
PR6 Re-examination of research project
Provided that the rules of a college do not prohibit this, a research project that is assessed as
unsatisfactory may be referred back once for revision and resubmission before the close of the
applicable supplementary examination session.
PR7 Progression
a) A student may repeat a failed module not more than once, provided that this does not
apply to the research project described in Rule PR4 and PR6 above.
b) A student who, after four semesters as a full-time student or six semesters as a part-time
student, has not completed the requirements for the diploma, shall be excluded.
PR8 Award of diploma with distinction
A qualification of Postgraduate Diploma may be conferred with distinction in accordance with
the rules of the relevant college, provided that, subject to exceptions as approved by the
college academic affairs board, the student has:
(i) obtained a credit-weighted average of at least 75% over all modules required for
(ii) successfully completed all modules in the curriculum without recourse to
(iii) completed the diploma in the prescribed minimum time for a full-time student, or
Rules for Masters Degrees by Coursework

CR1 Applicability
The following Rules, CR2 to CR17 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a
degree of Master by coursework.
CR2 Criteria for admission to study
a) An applicant shall not be registered for the degree of Master by coursework unless the
applicant has:
(i) satisfied the requirements for a relevant prerequisite degree as specified in the
college concerned; or
CR3 Recognition of examinations
The Senate may accept examinations passed or certificates of proficiency completed in any
module by a student of the University or of any other university or institution recognised by the
Senate for this purpose, or accept demonstration of an equivalent level of competence through
prior learning, in terms of Rule GR7(b), as exempting the student from examination in
module(s) prescribed for a degree of Master by coursework, provided that:
a) no more than 50% of the required credits for the degree may be so exempted, provided
that such credits shall be awarded for coursework modules only; and
b) students shall not have the degree of Master conferred unless the conditions laid down in
Rules CR4 and CR5 are satisfied.
CR4 Periods of registration
A student registered for the degree of Master by coursework shall be so registered for a
minimum period of two consecutive semesters before the degree may be conferred.
CR5 Recognition of attendance
The Senate may accept as part of the attendance of a student for a degree of Master by
coursework, periods of attendance as a registered or graduated student at any other university
or institution or in any other college, provided that students shall not have the degree of
Master conferred unless:
a) their periods of attendance are together not less than the complete period prescribed for
conferral of the degree; and
b) the research component is completed at the University.

CR6 Curriculum
a) A student shall complete all prescribed modules, at least one of which shall be a
dissertation module comprising research on a particular topic approved by the college
academic affairs board, and comply with such other conditions as may be prescribed by
the Senate and the rules of the college concerned.
b) Except with the permission of Senate, the dissertation module shall comprise 33% to
50% of the total credits for the degree.
CR7 Proposed research topic
a) The college academic affairs board may, at its discretion, decline to approve a research
topic if in its opinion:
(i) it is unsuitable in itself; or
(ii) it cannot effectively be undertaken under the supervision of the University; or
(iii) the conditions under which the student proposes to work are unsatisfactory.
b) Ethical approval in terms of Rule GR32 is required where applicable.
CR8 Supervision
The school board shall, in terms of the policies of the Senate, appoint one or more appropriate
supervisors, at least one of whom shall be a member of the University academic staff, to
advise a student whose research topic is approved, and the student shall be required to work
in such association with the supervisor or supervisors.
CR9 Supplementary examinations
a) a student who fails a module other than the dissertation with a mark of at least 40% shall
be awarded a supplementary examination;
board, a student who has failed a module other than the dissertation with a mark of less
than 40% may be awarded a supplementary examination.
CR10 Failed coursework modules
Failed coursework modules may not be repeated, except with the permission of the College
Academic Affairs Board.
CR11 Progression
A student who, after four semesters as a full-time student or six semesters as a part-student,
has not completed the requirements for the degree shall be required to apply for re-
registration, which will only be permitted on receipt of a satisfactory motivation.
CR12 Submission of dissertation
At least three months before the dissertation is to be submitted for examination, a student
shall give notice, in writing, of their intention to submit such dissertation and the title thereof,
provided that, in the event of a student failing to submit the dissertation for examination within
six months thereafter, the notice will lapse and a further notice of intention shall be submitted.
CR13 Format of dissertation
a) Every dissertation submitted shall include a declaration to the satisfaction of the Senate
stating that it has not previously been submitted for a degree in this or any other
university, and that it is the student's own original work.
b) Every dissertation submitted shall be in such format as prescribed by the Senate and the
rules of the relevant college; provided that each dissertation shall include an abstract in
English not exceeding 350 words.
c) A dissertation may comprise one or more papers of which the student is the prime author,
published or in press in peer-reviewed journals approved by the relevant college
academic affairs board or in manuscripts written in a paper format, accompanied by
introductory and concluding integrative material.
d) A dissertation submitted under (c) above shall include a detailed description of the
students own distinct contribution to the papers.
e) All dissertations are subject to full examination in terms of these rules, the rules of a
college and the normal policies and procedures applicable to dissertations.
CR14 Supervisors report
Upon submission of the dissertation, the supervisor or supervisors shall furnish a report on the
conduct of the student's work; the report shall not include an evaluation of the quality of the
dissertation.
CR15 Examination of dissertation
a) The college academic affairs board shall appoint for each dissertation two examiners, at
least one of whom shall be responsible for external examination.
b) A supervisor or co-supervisor shall not be appointed as an examiner.
c) The names of the examiners shall not be known to either the candidate or to one another.
CR16 Re-examination of dissertation
A failed dissertation may not be re-examined.
CR17 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude

The degree of Master by Coursework may be awarded cum laude or summa cum laude on the
recommendation of the examiners of the dissertation and, in accordance with rules of the
college provided that, subject to exceptions approved by the college academic affairs board,
a) For cum laude:
i) the student has obtained a credit weighted average of at least 75% in the
coursework component of the degree at the first attempt and without recourse to
ii) the degree was completed in the prescribed minimum time plus two semesters for a
full-time student, or minimum time plus four semesters for a part-time student.
b) For summa cum laude:
i) the student has obtained a credit weighted average of at least 80% in the
coursework component of the degree at the first attempt and without recourse to
ii) the degree was completed in the prescribed minimum time for a full-time student, or
Rules for Masters Degrees by Research

MR1 Applicability
The following Rules, MR2 to MR13 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a
degree of Master by research.
MR2 Criteria for admission to study
a) An applicant shall not be registered for the degree of Master by research unless the
applicant has:
MR3 Periods of registration
A student registered for the degree of Master by research shall be so registered for a minimum
period of two consecutive semesters before the degree may be conferred.
MR4 Curriculum
a) A student for the degree of Master by research shall be required to pursue an approved
programme of research on some subject falling within the scope of the studies
represented in the University.
b) A student shall also comply with such other conditions as may be prescribed by the
Senate and the rules of the college concerned.
MR5 Proposed subject of study
a) Before registration, an applicant for the degree of Master by research shall submit for the
approval of the college academic affairs board a statement of the proposed subject of
study.
b) The college academic affairs board may, at its discretion, decline to approve such subject
if, in its opinion:
(i) it is unsuitable in itself, or
(ii) it cannot profitably be studied or pursued under the supervision of the University,
or
(iii) the conditions under which the applicant proposes to work are unsatisfactory.
c) Ethical approval in terms of Rule GR32 is required where applicable.
MR6 Supervision
The school board shall, in terms of the policies of the Senate, appoint one or more appropriate
supervisors, at least one of whom shall be a member of the University academic staff, to
advise a student whose research topic is approved, and the student shall be required to work
in such association with the supervisor or supervisors.
MR7 Progression
A student who, after four semesters as a full-time student or six semesters as a part-time
student, has not completed the requirements for the degree shall be required to apply for re-
registration, which will only be permitted on receipt of a satisfactory motivation.
MR8 Submission of dissertation
a) Every student for the degree of Master by research shall be required to submit a
dissertation embodying the results of their research.
b) At least three months before the dissertation is to be submitted for examination, a student
shall give notice, in writing, of their intention to submit such dissertation and the title
thereof, provided that, in the event of a student failing to submit the dissertation for
examination within six months thereafter, the notice will lapse and a further notice of
intention shall be submitted.
MR9 Format of dissertation

a) Every dissertation submitted shall include a declaration to the satisfaction of the Senate
stating that it has not previously been submitted for a degree in this or any other
university, and that it is the student's own original work.
b) Every dissertation submitted shall be in such format as prescribed by the Senate and the
rules of the relevant college; provided that each dissertation shall include an abstract in
English not exceeding 350 words.
c) A dissertation may comprise one or more papers of which the student is the prime author,
published or in press in peer-reviewed journals approved by the relevant college
academic affairs board or in manuscripts written in a paper format, accompanied by
introductory and concluding integrative material.
d) A dissertation submitted under (c) above shall include a detailed description of the
students own distinct contribution to the papers.
e) All dissertations are subject to full examination in terms of these rules, the rules of a
college and the normal policies and procedures applicable to dissertations.
MR10 Supervisors report
Upon submission of the dissertation, the supervisor or supervisors shall furnish a report on the
dissertation.
MR11 Examination
a) The college academic affairs board shall appoint for each dissertation two examiners, at
least one of whom shall be responsible for external examination.
b) A supervisor or co-supervisor shall not be appointed as an examiner.
c) the names of the examiners shall not be known to either the candidate or to one another.
MR12 Re-examination of dissertation
A failed dissertation may not be re-examined.
MR13 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude
The degree of Master by research may be awarded cum laude or summa cum laude on the
recommendation of the examiners, and in accordance with rules of the relevant college
provided that the degree was completed:
a) For cum laude: in the prescribed minimum time plus two semesters for a full-time
student, or minimum time plus four semesters for a part-time student.
b) For summa cum laude, in the prescribed minimum time for a full-time student, or
Rules for the Doctoral Degree by Research

DR1 Applicability
The following rules, DR2 to DR13 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a
Doctoral degree.
DR2 Criteria for admission to study
a) An applicant shall not be registered for a Doctoral degree unless the applicant has:
c) Candidates, registered for a research Masters degree, who have completed the
requirements for the Masters degree, may apply to have their registration converted to a
Doctoral degree registration before the Masters degree is awarded. The time allowed for
the Doctoral degree would be reduced by two semesters. The material from the Masters
dissertation may then be used towards the Doctoral degree. If the Doctoral degree is not
completed, the Masters degree will be awarded.
DR3 Periods of registration
A student registered for a Doctoral degree shall be so registered for a minimum period of four
semesters before the degree may be conferred.
DR4 Curriculum
a) A student for a Doctoral degree shall be required to pursue an approved programme of
research on some subject falling within the scope of the studies represented in the
University.
b) Such programme shall make a distinct contribution to the knowledge or understanding of
the subject and afford evidence of originality shown either by the discovery of new facts
and/or by the exercise of independent critical power.
c) A student shall also comply with such other conditions as may be prescribed by the
Senate and the rules of the college concerned.
DR5 Proposed subject of study

a) Before registration, an applicant for a Doctoral degree shall submit for the approval of the
college academic affairs board a statement of the proposed subject of study.
b) The Senate may, at its discretion, decline to approve such subject if, in its opinion:
(i) it is unsuitable in itself, or
(ii) it cannot profitably be studied or pursued under the supervision of the University,
or
(iii) the conditions under which the applicant proposes to work are unsatisfactory.
c) Ethical approval in terms of Rule GR32 is required where applicable.
DR6 Supervision
The school board shall appoint one or more appropriately qualified supervisors, at least one of
whom shall be a member of the University staff, to advise a student whose research topic is
approved, and the student shall be required to work in such association with the supervisor or
supervisors.
DR7 Progression
A student who, after eight semesters as a full-time student or ten semesters as a part-time
student, has not submitted a thesis for examination shall be required to apply for
reregistration, which will only be permitted on receipt of a satisfactory motivation.
DR8 Submission of thesis
a) Every student for a Doctoral degree shall be required to submit;
(i) a thesis embodying the results of their research, together with
(ii) one (1) published paper or an unpublished manuscript that has been submitted to an
accredited journal, arising from the doctoral research unless the thesis is in the
format as described in DR9 c).
b) At least three months before the thesis is to be submitted for examination, a student shall
give notice, in writing, of their intention to submit such thesis and the title thereof,
provided that, in the event of a student failing to submit the thesis for examination within
six months thereafter, the notice will lapse and a further notice of intention shall be
submitted.
DR9 Format of thesis
a) Every thesis submitted shall include a declaration to the satisfaction of the Senate stating
that it has not previously been submitted for a degree in this or any other university, and
that it is the student's own original work.
b) Every thesis submitted shall be in such format as prescribed by the Senate and the rules
of the relevant college; provided that each thesis shall include an abstract in English not
exceeding 350 words.
c) A thesis may comprise one or more original papers of which the student is the prime
author, published or in press in peer-reviewed journals approved by the college academic
affairs board, accompanied by introductory and concluding integrative material.
d) A thesis submitted under c) above shall include a detailed description of the students
own distinct contribution to the papers.
DR10 Supervisors report
Upon submission of the thesis, the supervisor or supervisors shall furnish a report on the
thesis.
DR11 Examination
a) The college academic affairs board shall appoint for each thesis three examiners, at least
two of whom shall be responsible for external examination.
b) Except with the permission of the college academic affairs board, at least one of the
external examiners shall be based external to the country.
c) A supervisor or co-supervisor shall not be appointed as an examiner.
d) The names of the examiners shall not be known to either the candidate or to one another.
DR12 Defence of thesis
As part of the examination process, a student may be required to defend a thesis.
DR13 Re-examination of thesis
A failed thesis may not be re-examined.
Rules for Senior (Unsupervised) Doctoral Degrees

Note: The following Rule is additional to the preceding General Rules GR1 GR33.
DS1 Applicability
a) The following rules, DS2 to DS7 and DR 12 and DR13 inclusive shall also be applicable
to every candidate for a senior (unsupervised) Doctoral degree.
b) Additional rules governing the requirements for senior Doctoral degrees in particular
colleges may be prescribed by the Senate and the Council.
DS2 Criteria for admission

a) An applicant shall not be registered for the Senior (unsupervised) Doctoral degree
through research unless the applicant:
(i) has a doctoral degree, and
(ii) is a graduate of this or another University of not less than 10 years standing.
b) With the permission of the college academic affairs board, a candidate who does not
meet the requirements in a) above may be admitted in terms of Rule GR7(b).
c) A college may prescribe further minimum criteria for admission.
DS3 Period of registration
A candidate for the degree of Senior Doctoral must register for at least two semesters.
DS4 Subject of study
a) A candidate for the senior (unsupervised) Doctoral degree shall submit for the approval of
the college academic affairs board a summary in not more than 500 words, specifying the
field of research covered by the published works and their appropriateness for the
degree.
b) The senate may, at its discretion, decline to accept the published works if, in its opinion:
(i) they are unsuitable in themselves, or
(ii) the published work does not fall within the colleges of the University.
DS5 Submission of thesis
a) Every candidate for the senior (unsupervised) Doctoral degree through research shall be
required to submit a thesis or a portfolio embodying a collection of published work,
representing a significant contribution of knowledge and showing evidence of originality
and clarity of thought, and of application of research methods appropriate to the particular
field of study.
b) The published work submitted by a candidate may range over a number of different
topics, but these should normally relate in a coherent way to a body of knowledge within
a field recognized by the college. The amount of work submitted should be substantial,
and concluded over a significant period of time having regard to the contribution to the
discipline.
c) Candidates may not submit work previously submitted as a thesis for the Doctoral
degree.
d) The college academic affairs board may appoint an appropriately qualified academic who
is a member of the University staff, to advise the candidate on how to present the
material for submission.
DS6 Format of thesis

a) Every thesis submitted shall include a declaration to the satisfaction of the Senate stating
that it has not previously been submitted for a degree in this or any other university.
b) Every thesis submitted shall be in such format as prescribed by the Senate and the rules
of the relevant college; provided that each thesis shall include an introduction in English
linking the published work and explaining its significance and coherence.
c) Every thesis submitted shall include a signed statement indicating the level of contribution
to each publication and role of the candidate as sole author, senior/principal author or co-
author.
d) A thesis may comprise of published books and monographs, chapters in books, edited
works, refereed conference proceedings, papers in peer-reviewed journals, accompanied
by a comprehensive concluding integrative chapter.
DS7 Assessment
a) The Senate shall appoint for each thesis five persons to act as examiners, at least three
of whom shall be responsible for external assessment.
b) Except with the permission of the Senate, at least two of the external examiners shall be
based external to the country.
Rules for Certificates and Diplomas

CD1 Applicability
The following Rules, CD2 CD3 inclusive, shall be applicable to every candidate for a
Certificate and/or Diploma.
CD2 Admission
Applicants may be registered for a Certificate or Diploma provided that they have met the
minimum criteria for admission to study as prescribed by the college.
CD3 Award of Certificate or Diploma with distinction
A qualification of Certificate or Diploma may be conferred with distinction in accordance with
the rules of the relevant College, provided that, subject to exceptions as approved by the
College Academic Affairs Board, the student has:
(i) obtained a credit-weighted average of at least 75% over all modules required for the
qualification; and
(ii) successfully completed all modules in the curriculum without recourse to

(iii) completed the certificate or diploma in the prescribed minimum time.
COLLEGE RULES FOR DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS

Note:
The General Academic Rules of the University shall, where applicable, also apply to the
qualifications offered in the College
Students are advised that not all modules listed in this handbook will necessarily be
offered and that the University reserves the right to withdraw modules at short notice if
and when necessary
All first entry undergraduate students from 2014 must pass a module in isiZulu in order
to be degree complete; or obtain exemption from the module under rule GR8a.
COLLEGE OF LAW AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES RULES FOR

DEGREES AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
LM-U1 Qualifications
The following undergraduate qualifications are offered:
Bachelor of Administration (B Admin)
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)
Bachelor of Commerce (BCom)
Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting (BCom (Acc))
Bachelor of Business Science (BBuSc) (May not be offered in Pmb for 2015)
Bachelor of Laws (LLB)
LM-U2 Part-Time Students
The minimum prescribed period for any qualification taken part time shall be the minimum prescribed
period of full time study plus two additional semesters.
LM-U3 Completion of Qualifications
GR28 applies, save that, in exceptional cases, a student may be permitted to substitute a module for a
prescribed module.
LM-U4 Module Limitations
Except with the permission of the relevant School Board, and provided that the outstanding modules(s)
are offered in the semester in question, a student shall not:
1) register for any level 2 module unless the student simultaneously registers for any level 1 prescribed
or elective modules which may be outstanding in terms of the curriculum prescribed for the
qualification for which the student is registered;
2) register for any level 3 module unless the student simultaneously registers for any level 1 or 2
prescribed or elective modules which may be outstanding in terms of the curriculum prescribed for the
qualification for which the student is registered.
3) obtain credit for more than one of the following pairings:
a) ACCT102 & ACCT103
College Rules for Degrees and Diplomas 61
b) FINR104 & ACCT101

c) ISTN100 & ISTN101
d) ISTN102 & ISTN103
e) COMP100 & ISTN101
f) COMP100 & ISTN100
g) COMP101 & ISTN101
h) COMP101 & ISTN100
i) COMP100 & COMP101
LM-U5 Limit on Number of Module Enrolments

1) Part-time students shall not register for modules totalling more than 48 credits in any one semester and
96 credits in any one year.
2) Full-time students in good standing, and not subject to specific probationary limitations, shall not register
for modules exceeding those specified in the programmes set out below in any one semester or year,
save that in exceptional circumstances such students may be granted permission to register for
additional modules carrying a credit weight of no more than 16 credits per semester.
LM-U6 Supplementary Examinations
1) A student may, at the discretion of the Board of the School in which (s)he is registered, be permitted to
write supplementary examinations in all modules for which the student obtained a mark of at least 30%
provided that passing all those supplementary examinations will result in the student fulfilling all the
requirements for the completion of the qualification.
2) A student may, at the discretion of the Board of the School in which (s)he is registered, be permitted to
write supplementary examinations in all modules for which the student obtained a mark of at least 30%
provided that passing all those supplementary examinations will result in the student being able to fulfil
all the requirements for the completion of the qualification in the subsequent semester, assuming an
acceptable credit load in terms of rule LM-U5.
LM-U7 Progression and Exclusion
To maintain their good standing, and to avoid either warning of slow academic progress or exclusion
from the University, students must maintain minimum rates of acceptable progression through their
qualifications. Minimum rates of acceptable progression vary from qualification to qualification, and are
set out in the programmes detailed in this handbook.
LM-U8 Duly Performed Certificates

Conditions for the attainment of a duly performed certificate are reflected in the syllabi for the relevant
modules and will be applied in all these modules.
BACHELORS DEGREES
Bachelor of Business Administration [BBADM]
LM-U9 Eligibility
Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Business Administration if
they have previously:
1) obtained a NSC degree, and
2) a minimum of 28 NSC points (excluding Life Orientation), Level 3 Mathematics, Level 4 English (home
or first additional language) and Level 4 Life Orientation or equivalent, or
3) a) been awarded the UKZN Certificate in Business Administration or an equivalent qualification as

approved by the School; and
b) achieved for the Certificate, or equivalent qualification, a weighted average of at least 60% as well as
a final mark of at least 55% for the Introduction to Management Science module (CBAP0MS) or
equivalent Maths module as approved by the School.
LM-U10 Structure
Students shall complete the following programme, which is offered on an evenings only basis:
Curriculum for Bachelor of Business Administration (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)
Code Name of Module Credits Semester
Level 1
BBAP1M1 Business Management 101 16 1
BBAP1E1 Economics 101 16 1
BBAP1CB Communication in Business 101 16 1
BBAP1MS Management Science 101 16 1
BBAP112 Business Accounting 112 16 2
BBAP1E2 Economics 102 16 2
BBAP1C2 Computing 102 16 2
BBAP1BL Business Law 102 16 2
Total credits: level 1 128
Level 2
BBAP2H1 Human Resource Management 16 1
BBAP2M1 Business Management 201 16 1
BBAP2IM Information Management 202 (to be taken by 16 1
students who have been exempted from an
approved isiZulu module in terms of Rule BR9)
Or
Basic isiZulu Language Studies A
ZULN101
An approved 16 credit isiZulu module must be
taken by students who have not been 16 1
exempted, to comply with Rule BR9
BBAP2H2 Human Resource Management 212 16 2
BBAP2SC Supply Chain Management 202 16 2
BBAP2MM Marketing Management 202 16 2
Level 3
BBAP3MK Marketing Management 301 16 1
BBAP311 Business Management 311 16 1
BBAP3HR Human Resource Management 311 16 1
BBAP3SM Supply Chain Management 302 16 2
BBAP3BT Business Tax 313 16 2
Total credits for degree 384
LM-U11 Progression and exclusion

from the University, students must maintain the following minimum rates of progression:
Bachelor of Business Administration

Number of Minimum Minimum progression Normal
semesters progression to avoid for good academic progression
exclusion standing
1 16 32 64
2 32 64 128
3 48 96 192
4 64 128 256
5 96 160 320
6 128 192 384
7 168 224
8 208 256
9 248 288
10 288 384
11 336
12 384
Bachelor of Administration [BADMIN]
LM-U12 Eligibility
Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Administration if they have
previously:
1) obtained a NSC degree, and
2) a minimum of 28 NSC points (excluding Life Orientation), Level 3 Mathematics, Level 4 English (home
or first additional language) and Level 4 Life Orientation or equivalent, or
3) a) been awarded the UKZN-UEL Certificate in Public Administration or an equivalent qualification as
approved by the School; and
b) achieved for the Certificate a weighted average of at least 60% as well as a final mark of at least 55%
for the Introduction to Management Science module (CBAP0MS) or equivalent Mathematics module as
approved by the School.
LM-U13 Structure
Students shall complete one of the following programmes:
(A) Public Administration (Westville)
Curriculum for Bachelor of Administration [BADMIN]
Level 1
Core
PADM1CO Introduction to Public Administration 16 1

ECON1CO Elementary Microeconomics 16 1
Or, if majoring in Economics
ECON101 Principles of Microeconomics 16 1
MGNT102 Management 120 16 1
Elective: Choose one elective from the following
HRMG1A0 Introduction to Individual Behaviour and HRM 16 1
FINR104 Financial Reporting 1 A 16 1
PADM1B0 Introduction to Public Management 16 2
ECON1D0 Elementary Macroeconomics 16 2
Or, if majoring in Economics
ECON102 Principles of Macroeconomics 16 2
ISTN100 End User Computing 16 2
Electives: Choose one elective from the following
HRMG1C0 Principles of Social Behav.& Group Dynamics 16 2
ACCT103 Accounting 103 16 2
ZULN101 Basic isiZulu Language Studies A 16 2
taken by students who have not been
Level 2
PADM2A0 Introduction to Local Government 16 1
PADM2C0 Intro. to Public Sector Financial Management 16 1
Electives: Choose 32cps electives from the following
HRMG2KO Career Management 16 1
HRMG2AO Research Methodology: Statistical Methods and 16 1
Analysis
ECON201 Intermediate Macro. & Applications 16 1
HRMG2HR Introduction to HR 8 1
MARK2MK Introduction to Marketing 8 1
ISTN211 Systems Analysis and Design 16 1

PADM2B0 Introduction to Public Sector HRM 16 2
PADM2EO Introduction to Public Policy Mngt. 16 2
Electives: Choose 32cps electives from the following:
HRMG2JO Managing Workforce Diversity 16 2
HRMG2HO Employee Wellness 16 2
ECON202 Intermediate Micro & Applications 16 2
ENTR2EN Introduction to Entrepreneurship 8 2
SCMA2OP Introduction to Operations Management 8 2
ISTN212 Databases and Programming 16 2
Level 3
PADM3A0 Development Policy and Project Management 16 1
PADM3EO Organisational Change and Leadership 16 1
PADM3B0 Public Service Delivery: Principles & Process 16 2
PADM3DO Global & Regional Trends in Public Admin 16 2
64 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline 64 1 and 2
within Management Studies
B) Human Resource Management (Westville) [BAHRM]

Curriculum for Bachelor of Administration (Human Resource Management)
Level 1
HRMG1A0 Introduction to Individual Behaviour and HRM 16 1
PADM1CO Introduction to Public Administration 16 1
ISTN101 IS&T for Business 16 1

OR
ISTN100 if not majoring in IS & T 16 1
End User Computing
HRMG1C0 Principles of Social Behaviour and Group Dynamics 16 2
PADM1BO Introduction to Public Management 16 2
ECON1DO Elementary Macroeconomics 16 2
LAWS2LC Introduction to Commercial Law 16 2
Choose ONE of the following Modules:
ISTN10 IS&T Development Fundamentals 16 2
Or
ISTN103 Development & Applications 16 2
Level 2
HRMG2EO Managerial Ethics in the Workplace 16 1
HRMG2AO Research Methodology: Statistical Methods and 16 1
Analysis
HRMG2HO Employee Wellness 16 2
Choose one of the following electives per semester
PADM2CO Introduction to Public Sector Financial Management 16 1
PADM2AO Introduction to Local Government 16 1
PADM2BO Introduction to Public Sector HRM 16 2
PADM2EO Introduction to Public Policy Management 16 2
Choose one of the following electives:
HRMG2DO Intro to Human Resource Information Systems 16 2
ZULN101 Basic isiZulu Language Studies A 16 1 or 2
An approved 16 credit isiZulu module must be taken
by students who have not been exempted, to comply
with Rule BR9
Level 3
HRMG3IE Individual Employment Relations & Law 16 1

HRMG3ER Employment Resourcing 16 1
PADM3AO Development Policy and Project 16 1
PADM3EO Organisation Change and Leadership 16 1
HRMG3OD Individual & Organisational Development 16 2
HRMG3CE Collective Employment Relations and Law 16 2
PADM3BO Public Service Delivery: Principles & Process 16 2
PADM3DO Global & Regional Trends in Public Admin 16 2

Public Administration : [BADMIN]

exclusion standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 144
3 96 176 208
4 128 208 272
5 168 256 336
6 208 304 400
7 248 336
8 288 400
9 352
10 400
Human Resource Management: [BAHRM]

exclusion standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 160
3 96 176 224
4 128 208 288
5 168 256 352

6 208 304 416
7 248 336
8 288 416
9 352
10 416
Bachelor of Commerce (General) [B-COM]

LM-U15 Eligibility
Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Commerce if they have
obtained a NSC Degree and in addition obtained a minimum of 30 NSC points (excluding Life
Orientation), Level 4 Mathematics, Level 4 English (home or first additional language) and Level 4 Life
Orientation or equivalent.
LM-U16 Structure
Students for the B Com degree, excluding those students who have been accepted onto the B COM 4
programme (see LM-U26 below), shall complete the following programme:
Curriculum for Bachelor of Commerce (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)
Level 1
or, if majoring in Accounting
MATH134 Quantitative Methods 1 16 1
or if not majoring in IS & T
or, if majoring in Accounting

STAT130 Introduction to Statistics 16 2
or,
ISTN103 Development & Applications Fundamentals 16 2
Level 2
ECON201 Intermediate Macro.& Applications 16 1
An approved 16 credit isiZulu module must
be taken by students who have not been
OR
An approved Level 1 module to
the value of 16 credits from
Electives in either semester
SCMA2OP Intro to Operations Management 8 2
Three approved level 2 electives from either 48 1 or 2
semester
Level 3
64 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline 64 1&2
from within the Schools of Accounting,
Economics & Finance or Management, IT &
Governance
64 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline 64 1&2
from within the Schools of Accounting,
Economics & Finance or Management, IT &
Governance; or an approved discipline

Notes:
1) To complete a major in Economics, students must pass ECON314.
2) Students majoring in IS&T must register for the following core modules: ISTN 31A, 31B, 31D, 31E,
32A, 32B, 32E, 32F. Students who take the double major in IS&T must register for additional
modules from the list of approved IS&T modules on offer in that particular year
3) To complete a major in Finance, students pass three 16 credit level 3 modules in Finance and
ECON 314. Students also majoring in Economics must select an additional 16 credit level 3
module in Economics in place of ECON 314.
4) ISTN100 or ISTN101 is compulsory for the degree.
5) ISTN102 or ISTN103 is compulsory for the degree.
Bachelor of Commerce Law [B-COM]
Curriculum for Bachelor of Commerce (Law) (Pietermaritzburg)
Level 1
Or
LAWS1LS Introductory Legal Studies 16 1
Or
LAWS1AS Aspects of SA Law 16 2
Level 2
ECON201 Intermediate Macro.& Applications 16 1
LAWS2LP Law of Persons 8 1
LAWS2LR Legal Research, Writing & Reasoning 8 1
SCMA2OP Intro to Operations Management 8 2
LAWS2HR Human Rights 8 2

LAWS2LW Interpretation of Law 8 2
An approved 16 credit isiZulu module must be taken by
students who have not been exempted, to comply with
Rule BR9, Or
an approved Level 2 module
Level 3
LAWS3CR Criminal Law 16 1
LAWS3FM Family Law 16 1
32 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline within the 32 1
Schools of Accounting, Economics and Finance, or
Management, IT and
Governance.
LAWS3DL Delict 16 2
LAWS3CS Constitutional Law 16 2
32 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline within the 32 2
Schools of Accounting, Economics and Finance, or
Management, IT and
Governance.
Total credits for level 3 128
Total credits for the Degree 416
LM-U17 Progression and exclusion:


exclusion standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 160
3 96 176 224
4 128 208 288
5 168 256 352
6 208 304 416
7 248 336
8 288 416
9 352
10 416
Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting [BCOA]

LM-U18 Eligibility
Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Commerce if they have
obtained a NSC Degree and in addition obtained a minimum of 32 NSC points (excluding Life
Orientation, or equivalent.
LM-U19 Structure
Students for the qualification of B Com (Acc) shall complete the following curriculum in order to qualify for
the award of the degree:
Curriculum for Bachelor of Commerce Accounting (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)

Level 1

Level 2
ECON201 Intermediate Macroeconomic & Applications 16 1
MGNT2BE Intro to Ethics & Bus Ethics for Acct & Management 16 1
LAWS2CA Business Enterprises Law 16 1
LAWS2CB Special Topics in Business Law 16 1
Or
An approved 16 credit isiZulu module must be taken by
students who have not been exempted, to comply with Rule
BR9
ECON202 Intermediate Microeconomics & Applications 16 2
MAFM200 Managerial Accounting and Financial Mgnt 200 16 2
AUDT200 Auditing 200 16 2
Level 3
TAXA300 Tax & Estate Planning 300 32 0
MAFM301 Managerial Accounting & Financial Mgnt 300 32 0
Note:
The above modules are required for students who wish to attain the status of CTA and students
requiring admission to either the B Com (Hons) in Accounting or the PG Dip in Accounting.


exclusion standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 160
3 96 176 224
4 128 240 304
5 168 240 304
6 216 304 432
7 296 336
8 368 368
9 400 400
10 432 432
Bachelor of Commerce (Extended Curriculum)

Bachelor of Commerce Extended Curriculum (BCOM4)
The Foundation provisioning initiative curriculum provides access to students who do qualify for
admission to the College on the grounds of their matriculation results, but are one point short of the Math
requirement for that particular programme, namely BCO4G and BCO4A. Students from Quintile 1-3
Schools, will be accepted into the programme and offered foundation modules in Foundation year of
study. The Foundation modules will be a pre-requisite for entering into the mainstream programme.
LM-U21 Eligibility
21 (a) Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Commerce
Extended Curriculum (General), if they have obtained a NSC Degree and in addition, obtained
a minimum of 28 NSC points (excluding Life Orientation), Level 4 English, Level 4 Life
Orientation, Level 3 Mathematics and are from Quintile 1-3 Schools.
21(b) Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Commerce
Extended Curriculum (Accounting), if they have obtained a NSC Degree and in addition,
obtained a minimum of 30 NSC points (excluding Life Orientation), Level 4 English, Level 4
Life Orientation, Level 4 Mathematics and are from Quintile 1-3 Schools.
21 (c) Students who have attended the University or any other tertiary institution, whether in a
degree or access programme of any kind for a complete semester, will not be admitted to the
Bachelor of Commerce Extended Curriculum (General) or (Accounting)
LM U22 Structure
Students for the B Com Extended Curriculum shall complete one of the following programmes (note that
the curriculum may include different, though equivalent modules in certain cases):
A: Curriculum for BCOM4 (General) (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCOF-G]

Level 1
MATH194 Foundation Mathematics 32 1 and 2
ELDV1C1 Business Language Development A 16 1
ISTN Workshops 1
MGNT1SL Service-Learning 16 2
ELDV1C2 Business Language Development B 16 2
Total credits: Level 1 112
Level 2
FINR104 Financial Reporting 1A, 16 1
or or, if majoring in Accounting,
ECON101 Principals of Microeconomics 16 1
or, if not majoring in IS & T
ACCT103 Accounting 103, 16 2
or or, if majoring in Accounting
ECON102 Principals of Macroeconomics 16 2
or or, Development & Application Fundamentals
ISTN103 16 2
Level 3
ECON201 Intermediate Macroeconomics.& Applications 16 1
taken by students who have not been exempted,
to comply with Rule BR9
OR
An approved Level 1 module to
the value of 16 credits from
Electives in either semester
Three approved level 2 electives from either 48 2
semester
Year 4
64 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline from 64 1 and 2
within the Schools of Accounting, Economics &
Finance or Management, IT & Governance
64 credits of 3rd year modules in a discipline from 64 1 and 2
within the Schools of Accounting, Economics &
Finance or Management, IT & Governance; or an
approved discipline.
Total credits: Year 4 128
Notes:
1) To complete a major in Economics, students must pass ECON314.
2) Students majoring in IS&T must register for the following core modules: ISTN 31A, 31B, 31D, 31E,
32A, 32B, 32E, 32F. Students who take the double major in IS&T will register for additional modules
from the list of approved IS&T modules on offer in that particular year.
3) To complete a major in Finance, students must pass three 16 credit level 3 modules in Finance and
ECON 314. Students also majoring in Economics must select an additional 16 credit level 3 module
in Economics in place of ECON 314
B: Curriculum for BCOM4 (Accounting) (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCOF-A]

Year 1
MATH194 Foundation Mathematics 32 1 and 2
ELDV1C1 Business Language Development A 16 1
ISTN Workshops 1
MGNT1SL Service-Learning 16 2
ELDV1C2 Business Language Development B 16 2
Level 2
Level 3
ECON201 Intermediate Macroeconomic & Applications 16 1
MGNT2BE Intro to Ethics & Bus Ethics for Acct & Management 16 1
LAWS2CA Business Enterprises Law 16 1
LAWS2CB Special Topics in Business Law 16 1
Or
An approved 16 credit isiZulu module must be taken
by students who have not been exempted, to comply
with Rule BR9
MAFM200 Managerial Accounting and Financial Mgnt 200 16 2
Level 4
TAXA300 Tax & Estate Planning 300 32 0
MAFM301 Managerial Accounting & Financial Mgnt 300 32 0
Note:
The above modules are required for students who wish to attain the status of CTA and students
requiring admission to either the B Com (Hons) in Accounting or the PG Dip in Accounting.
To maintain their good standing, and to avoid either warning of slow academic progress or
exclusion from the University, students must maintain the following minimum rates of progression:
a) In the Foundation year, students must pass all modules at the first attempt to avoid exclusion from
the BCOM4-General and BCOM4-Accounting programmes.
b) BCOM4 General: (after successful completion of the foundation year). [BCOF-G]

exclusion standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 160
3 96 176 224
4 128 208 288
5 168 256 352
6 208 304 416
7 248 336
8 288 416
9 352
10 416
c) BCOM4 Accounting (after successful completion of the foundation year). [BCOF-A]

exclusion standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 160
3 96 176 224
4 128 240 304
5 168 240 304
6 216 304 432
7 296 336
8 368 368
9 400 400
10 432 432
Bachelor of Business Science [BBSC]

LM-U24 Eligibility
Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification of Bachelor of Business Science if they
have obtained a NSC Degree and in addition obtained a minimum of 33 NSC points (excluding Life
Orientation, or equivalent.
LM-U25 Structure
1) Students can specialise in Finance, Economics, Statistics, Information Systems and Technology,
Computer Science, Management, Marketing, Supply Chain Management or Human Resources
Management and must structure their curriculum accordingly.
2) A Bachelor of Business Science student who does not meet the requirements for progression to the
fourth year of study, or who elects not to proceed to the fourth year, and who meets the
requirements for the Bachelor of Commerce, shall be deemed to have qualified for the Bachelor of
Commerce degree.
Curriculum for Bachelor of Business Science (Westville)

Level 1 (for all specialisations) 2015 intake
FINR104 Financial Reporting 1A 16 1
or or
MATH130 Introduction to Calculus 16 1
EDUN103 Integrated Business Studies 16 1
ISTN101 Info Systems & Technology 1A 16 1
or, if specialising in Comp Sci:
COMP100 Computer Science 100 16 1
or, if specialising in HRM:
HRMG1AO Introduction to Individual Behaviour & HRM 16 1
or, if specialising in Statistics:
or or
MATH140 Calculus and Linear Algebra 16 2
or or
ISTN103 Developmental Applications Fundamentals 16 2
or, if specialising in Comp Sci

COMP102 Computer Programming 16 2
or, if specialising in HRM
HRMG1CO Principles of Social Behaviour & Group Dynamics 16 2
or, if specialising in Statistics:
STAT140 Statistical Methods 16 2
Level 2 (for all specialisations except Comp Sci and HRM) Pre-2015 students
ECON201 Intermediate Macroeconomics and Applications 16 1
FINA201 Finance 201 16 1
STAT130 Introduction to Statistics 16 1 or 2
ECON202 Intermediate Microeconomics and Applications 16 2
Two approved level 2 electives in the same 32 1 or 2
discipline
Level 2 (for Comp Sci specialisation) Pre-2015 students
STAT130 Introduction to Statistics 16 1 or 2
ISTN211 Systems Analysis and Design 16 1
COMP200 Object Oriented Programming 16 1
MATH236 Discrete Mathematics with Applications 16 1
ISTN212 Database Programming 16 2
COMP201 Data Structures 16 2

or Or, if exempt in terms of Rule BR9, then:
Level 2 (for HRM specialisation) Pre-2015 students
HRMG2HR Introduction to HR Management 8 1
Level 3 (all specialisations)
64C of level 3 modules in a discipline from within 64 1 or 2
the Schools of Accounting, Economics & Finance,
or Management, IT & Governance
64C of level 3 modules in a discipline from within 64 1 or 2
the Schools of Accounting, Economics & Finance,
or Management, IT & Governance; or an approved
discipline from another College
Notes: At level 3, students majoring in Economics & Finance, or Economics & Statistics, or
Finance & Statistics must select a 16 credit level 3 module in Economics in place of
ECON314. Students specialising in Comp Science must select 64C of level 3 modules in
ISTN and 64C of level 3 modules in Comp Science.
Level 4 (all specialisations)

MGNT7AP Corporate Strategy 16 1
Various Research Methodology 16 1 or 2
Six 16C honours level modules as per 96 1 or 2
specialisation

To maintain their good standing, and to avoid either warning of slow academic progress or
exclusion from the University, students must maintain the following minimum rates of progression:
1) Students for the Bachelor of Business Science:
a) shall, subject to b) below, obtain credit for all compulsory and optional modules prescribed for
each year of study before proceeding to the next year of study;
b) who meet minimum rates of progression specified in the table below, may be permitted to
proceed to the next year of study on a revised curriculum, up to the third year of study,
approved by the relevant School.
Number of Minimum progression to Minimum Normal

semesters avoid exclusion progression for progression
good academic
standing
1 16 64 80
2 64 128 160
3 112 208 240
4 160 240 320
5 208 288 384
6 256 336 448
7 304 384 512
8 352 448 576
9 384 512
10 448 576
11 512
12 576
2) Students must have obtained credits for all level 1, 2 and 3 modules before proceeding to fourth-
year modules. In addition,
(a) Students in all specialisations must obtain a minimum overall mark of 55%, on a credit-
weighted average basis, for all the level 3 modules in the relevant discipline specialisations,
and
(b) Students specialising in Economics or Finance must obtain a minimum of 60% for Quantitative
Economics (ECON314).
LM-U27Elective Modules in the B Com (Accounting), B Com (General), B Com4 (General and
Accounting),and Bachelor of Business Science Programmes
1) The following electives are offered on the Pietermaritzburg campus:
a) Electives from the Schools of Accounting, Economics & Finance and Management, IT &
Governance:
Accounting (level 2 & 3)
Auditing (level 2 & 3)
Economics (level 3)
Finance (level 2 & 3)
Human Resource Management (level 1 to 3)
Introduction to Ethics & Business Ethics for Accounting
Information Systems & Technology (level 1 to 3)
Management (level 2 & 3)
Managerial Accounting & Financial Management (level 2 & 3)
Marketing Management (level 3)
Supply Chain Management (level 3)
Tax & Estate Planning (level 3)
b) Electives from the School of Law:
Aspects of South African Law
Commercial Law
Constitutional Law
Criminal Law
Delict
Family Law
Human Rights
Interpretation of law
Introductory Legal Studies
Law of Persons
Legal Research, Writing and Reasoning
Property
c) Non-College electives:
Afrikaans
Computer Science
English
Ethics
French
German
Mathematics
Media & Communication
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
Statistics
IsiZulu
2) The following electives are offered on the Westville campus:

a) College Electives:
Accounting (levels 2 & 3)
Auditing (level 2 & 3)
Commercial Law
Economics (level 3)
Finance (levels 2 & 3)
Human Resource Management (levels 1 to 3)
Information Systems & Technology (levels 1 to 3)
Introduction to Ethics & Business Ethics for Accounting and Management
Management (levels 1 to 3)
Managerial Accounting & Financial Management (level 2 & 3)
Public Administration (levels 1 to 3)
Supply Chain Management (level 3)
Tax & Estate Planning (level 3)
b) Non-College Electives:
Computer Science
Mathematics
Psychology
Statistics
isiZulu
3) A student may be permitted to select an elective which is offered on another campus only if it is
possible for the student to complete the elective without undue disruption to the students
programme of study.
Bachelor of Laws (4 Year Undergraduate Qualification) [LLB4]

A Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree is the academic qualification required for admission as an advocate
and has become the usual academic qualification for attorneys. The qualification extends over eight
semesters of full-time study and is also offered on a part-time basis. Lectures in the part-time LLB are
held after hours and the period of study for this qualification is a minimum of 10 semesters. The LLB
degree is also offered as a post-graduate qualification, with credit (up to 256 credit points) granted for
modules taken as part of a prior qualification.
LM-U28 Eligibility
Applicants are eligible for admission to register towards the degree of Bachelor of Laws if they have
obtained a NSC Degree and in addition have obtained a minimum of 32 NSC points (excluding Life
Orientation), Level 5 Home Language or Level 6 English 1st additional language, Level 5 Mathematical
Literacy or Level 3 Mathematics and Level 4 Life Orientation, or equivalent.
LM-U29 Structure and Order of Study

Students shall attempt the modules of the qualification in the Normal Order of LLB Modules, as set out
below.
a) Except with permission, a student may not register for any module until he/she has passed, or is
registered for, all modules from the previous year/s.
b) Part-time students shall attempt the modules of the qualification in the order specified.
c) Non-legal modules
Students shall obtain 112 credits in non-legal modules.
i) With the exception of students who have been exempted, 16 credit points of these non-legal
modules will be in an approved isiZulu module;
ii) Except with the permission of the Dean & Head of School, 32 credits of these non-legal
modules will be in English Language modules. Students who have an undergraduate
qualification from a South African university will be exempt from 16 credits in English Language
modules. Students who have a post graduate qualification from a South African university will be
exempt from 32 credits in English Language modules.
Curriculum for Bachelor of Laws [LLB4] (Normal Order of LLB modules) (Pietermaritzburg &
Howard College)
Level 1
LAWS1LW Introduction to Law 16 1
Non legal module* 16 1
English module 16 1
LAWS1FL Foundations of SA Law 16 2
English module 16 2
Level 2
LAWS2CR Criminal Law 16 1 or 2
LAWS2FM Family Law 16 1 or 2
LAWS2LP Law of Persons 8 1 or 2
LAWS2LR Legal Research Writing & Reasoning 8 1 or 2
Non legal module* 16 1 or 2
LAWS2CS Constitutional Law 16 1 or 2

LAWS2DL Delict 16 1 or 2
LAWS2HR Human Rights 8 1 or 2
LAWS2LW Interpretation of Law 8 1 or 2
LAWS2PR Property 16 1 or 2
Level 3
LAWS3AP Accounting for Legal Practice 8 1 or 2
LAWS3CT Contract 16 1 or 2
LAWS3IN International Law 12 1 or 2
LAWS3PT Professional Training 1 8 1 or 2
LAWS3SO Specific Offences 8 1 or 2
LAWS3SC Succession 12 1 or 2
LAWS3CP Criminal Procedure 12 1 or 2
LAWS3EV Evidence 12 1 or 2
LAWS3JP Jurisprudence 16 1 or 2
LAWS3LL Labour Law 16 1 or 2
LAWS3LD Legal Diversity 8 1 or 2
Level 4
LAWS4AL Administrative Law 16 1 or 2
LAWS4IA Insurance & Agency 8 1 or 2
LAWS4PT Professional Training 2 8 1 or 2
LAWS4SL Sale, Lease & Credit Agreement 16 1 or 2
LAWS4CV Civil Procedure 16 1 or 2
LAWS4CO Corporate Law 16 1 or 2
LAWS4NG Negotiable Instruments 8 1 or 2
LAWS4SI Security & Insolvency 8 1 or 2
Public Interest Law (Choose one module only)
LAWS4CC Clinical Law or 16 Year
LAWS4TS Teaching Legal Skills or 16 Year

LAWS4ST Street Law 16 Year
Electives: Choose three modules only. Note: These will
be subject to student demand and staff availability. Not
all options are available on both campuses and in every
semester
LAWS4AJ Access to Justice in South Africa 8 1 or 2
LAWS4BE Bioethics 8 1 or 2
LAWS4DR Dispute Resolution 8 1 or 2
LAWS4EN Environmental Law 8 1 or 2
LAWS4GL Gender & the Law 8 1 or 2
LAWS4IP Intellectual Property 8 1 or 2
LAWS4IC International Criminal Law 8 1 or 2
LAWS4IT Income Tax 8 1 or 2
LAWS4ML Maritime Law 8 1 or 2
LAWS4RP Research Project 8 1 or 2
LAWS4SN Sentencing 8 1 or 2
* one 16 cp module must be an approved isiZulu module for students who have not been
exempted.
This represents the normal order of study for full time students. Part time students will normally
take 12 semesters to complete these modules.

To meet the minimum progression requirement, a full-time student is required to obtain at least 80 credit
points over two consecutive semesters and at least 24 credit points in the current semester, unless the
student is an incoming first year student (i.e. has not been registered at any University before) and has
been registered for less than two semesters at the University. A part-time student is required to obtain at
least 40 credit points over any two consecutive semesters.
LM-U31 Persons holding a BProc Qualification
A person who was awarded a BProc qualification from the previous University of Natal or the previous
University of Durban-Westville shall be entitled to the qualification of LLB from the University if s/he
passes 260 credits while registered for an LLB for at least four semesters of full-time study or six
semesters of part-time study.
LM-U32 Expiration of Credits
If a student who was previously registered at the University has not registered at the University for six
semesters or longer, such student will not be credited with any module that he/she has previously
passed, if such module has been identified as obsolete in terms of GR15.
LM-U33 Students from other qualifications taking Law Modules
1) The Dean & Head of School shall have the discretion to limit the number of students taking the
Legal Studies major, who have passed the first year modules and wish to proceed to second year.
In the event that the Dean & Head of School chooses to exercise such discretion, the students
permitted to proceed to second year shall be selected on merit. Notwithstanding the number at
which the Dean & Head of School chooses to set the limit, any student achieving an average of at
least 60% in the first year legal modules shall be entitled to proceed to the second year.
2) The Dean & Head of School shall have discretion to determine which modules shall be open to all
students of the University, and which shall be reserved for LLB students only.
GENERAL RULES FOR HONOURS DEGREES

LM-P1 Eligibility
Within the general University framework regulating admissions:
1) Students may apply for selection to register for Honours qualifications offered in the College if they
have obtained a minimum average of 55% in the level 3 modules in the discipline(s) relevant to the
programmes in LM-P4.
2) With the approval of the Board, the School which is responsible for the administration of the named
degree may:
a) limit the number of applicants admitted to a programme or module in any academic year;
b) prescribe a selection process to be followed for the consideration of applicants for admission;
c) in addition to 1) above, prescribe minimum levels of general achievement and/ or achievement
in specific modules at undergraduate level in order to qualify for the selection process and/or
registration for any particular module.
LM-P2 Programmes
1) Students shall pursue an approved named degree programme in accordance with the requirements
of rule LM-P4 hereunder.
2) An approved programme shall comprise modules totalling 128 credits.
3) A minimum of 80 credits shall be made up of modules from the disciplinary area for which the
degree is named, and shall include the project.
4) A student shall not transfer from one named degree programme to another without permission.
LM-P3 Limitations
1) Students shall not be permitted to offer as part of an approved programme any module for which
credit has been obtained towards a previously completed degree.
2) The credit weighting of the modules for which a student is registered in any semester shall not
exceed 80 credits in the case of a full-time student or 48 credits in the case of a part-time student.
LM-P4 Named Programmes and Approved Curricula

Students shall successfully complete one of the following curricula:
Bachelor of Administration (Honours)

1.. Public Administration (Westville) [BAHPA]
Semester 1
PADM7PO Public Service Delivery (Theory and Practice) 16C
PADM7RM Research Methodology 16C
PADM7SO Public Sector Financial Management 16C
Semester 2
PADM7C0Public Sector Human Resource Management 16C
PADM7E0 Public Administration Research Project 32C
Choose two electives from the list belowPADM7F0 Public Policy Analysis 16C
PADM7G0 Advanced Local Governance & Management 16C
PADM7H0 Development Planning & Project Management 16C
Note: Not all electives are offered in any given year

2.. Human Resource Management (Westville) BADHHM (May not be offered in 2015)
a.)HRMG7RM Research Methodology (W1) 16C

b.)HRMG7FO Human Resource Management (W1) 16C
c.)HRMG7PO HR Planning and Strategy (W1) 16C
d.)HRMG706 Leadership and Change Management (W2) 16C
e.)Two 16c modules from the following:
i.) HRMG7RO Training and Development Strategies (W1) 16C
ii.) HRMG7AO Employment Law (W1) 16C
iii) HRMG7DO Special Topics in Employment Relations (W1) 16C
iv) HRMG7EO Organisational Behaviour (W2) 16C
v) HRMG7BO Dispute Resolution (W2) 16C
vi) HRMG7C0 Employment Law 2 (W2) 16C
f) HRMG700 Human Resource Management Research Project 32C
3.. Human Resource Development (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015)

HRMG7RM Research Methodology 16C
A minimum of 4 modules from within the discipline:
a) HRMG7F0 Human Resource Management 16C
b) HRMG7H0 Career Management 16C
c) HRMG7RO Training & Development Strategies 16C
d) HRMG7I0 Management of Human Resource Development 16C
e) A module approved by Head of School 16C

f) One 16C honours module from the list of programme offerings 16C
HRMG700 Human Resource Management Research Project 32C
4.. Industrial Relations / Employment Relations (Westville) [BADHIR] (May not be offered in 2015)
1) HRMG7RM Research Methodology 16C

2) HRMG7AO Employment Law 1 16C
3) HRMG7FO Human Resource Management 16C
4) HRMG7BO Dispute Resolution 16C
5) HRMF7CO Employment Law 2 16C
6) One 16c module from the following:
i) HRMG7DO Special Topics in Employment Relations 16C
ii) HRMG7PO HR Planning and Strategy 16C
iii) HRMG7RO Training and Development Strategies 16C
iv) HRMG7EO Organisational Behaviour 16C
v) HRMG706 Leadership and Change Management 16C
7) HRMG7IR Research Project 32C
Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) (Accountancy & General)

1) The following named programmes are offered:
Accounting
Conflict Resolution and Peace Studies (Not offered from 2015)
Economics
Employment Relations/Industrial Relations
Finance
Human Resource Development (May not be offered in 2015)
Human Resource Management
Information Systems and Technology
Management
Management Accounting (May not be offered in 2015)
Marketing Management
Marketing and Supply Chain Management
Public Administration (May not be offered in 2015)
Small Business Development Studies
Supply Chain Management
2) Students shall register for an approved curriculum as set out below:
(i) Accounting (Westville) [BCHAC]

1) Applicants may apply to register for BCom Honours (Accounting) within the School of
Accounting, Economics and Finance if they:
(i) hold a BCom (Accounting) degree as set out in LM-U23 or equivalent, and
(ii) have obtained a minimum of 55% in all four third-year modules of BCom
(Accounting) or its equivalent.
(iii) register for the degree as full-time residential students.
Note:
Meeting the above minimum requirements as set out in 1) above does not guarantee
acceptance into the Honours Accounting programme as places may be limited, in which
case preference will be given to students from the University of KwaZulu-Natal and
selection will be according to academic performance.
2) (A) To qualify for the award of Bachelor of Commerce Honours (Accounting), students
shall pass the following
(i) ACCT7DA Advanced Accounting 32C
(ii) Any two of the following modules:
(a) ACCT7DM Advanced Managerial Accounting and Finance 32C
(b) ACCT7DT Advanced Taxation 32C
(c) ACCT7DD Advanced Auditing 32C
(iii) ACCT7RP Research Project 32C
Total credits for the qualification 128C
(B) Students wishing to satisfy the requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered
Accountants to sit their Qualifying Examination Part 1, (i.e. attain the status of the
Certificate in the Theory in Accounting, CTA, must complete all the modules listed
under 2) (A) (i) and (ii) above in one examination session, where one examination
session means the year-end and the supplementary session. However, not more than
one supplementary examination is permitted for students wishing to attain CTA status.
(C) If a special exam is granted for any module listed under 2) (A) (i) or (ii) above, all
modules under 2) (A) (i) and (ii) above must be written and passed at the
supplementary session in order to attain CTA status.
(ii) Economics (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHE]

Note: Students wishing to register for Honours within the School of Accounting,
Economics and Finance must obtain a minimum aggregate of 55% across four third-year
modules in Economics to be considered for the Economics Honours programme.
Furthermore, Economics 314 shall be subject to a required minimum mark of 60%.
1) ECON7IE Intermediate Econometrics 16C

2) ECON7MA Macroeconomics 16C
3) ECON7MI Microeconomics 16C
4) ECON7DT Mathematics for Economists 16C
5) Two Honours level electives approved by the
Academic Leader: Teaching and Learning, at
least one of which must be registered within the School. 32C
6) ECON700 Economics Research Project 32C
(iii) Finance (Pietermaritzburg and Westville) [BCHBF]

Note: Students wishing to register for Honours in Finance must obtain a minimum
aggregate of 55% across the four third-year modules required in the Finance programme to
be considered for the Finance Honours programme.
Furthermore, Economics 314 shall be subject to a required minimum mark of 60%.
1) FINA7PM Portfolio Management 16C
2) FINA7CR Corporate Finance 16C
3) FINA7IB International Business Finance 16C
4) FINA7QF Quantitative Methods in Finance 16C
5) Two Honours Level electives approved by the relevant School 32C
6) FINA700 Research Project in Finance 32C
(iv) Human Resource Management [BCHHRM]

Westville
1) HRMG7RM Research Methodology (W1) 16C
2) HRMG7FO Human Resource Management (W1) 16C
3) HRMG7PO HR Planning and Strategy (W1) 16C
4) HRMG7EO Organisational Behaviour (W2) 16C
5) HRMG706 Leadership and Change Management (W2) 16C
a) HRMG7RO Training and Development Strategies (W1) 16C
b) HRMG7AO Employment Law (W1) 16C
c) HRMG7DO Special Topics in Employment Relations (W1) 16C
d) HRMG7BO Dispute Resolution (W2) 16C
e) HRMG7C0 Employment Law 2 (W2) 16C
7) HRMG700 Human Resource Management Research Project 32C
Pietermaritzburg
1) HRMG7RM Research Methodology (P1) 16C
2) HRMG7FO Human Resource Management (P1) 16C
3) HRMG7PO HR Planning and Strategy (P1) 16C
4) Employment Law 1 (P1) 16C
5) HRMG706 Leadership and Change Management (P2) 16C

6) One 16c modules from the following:
a) SCMA7OM Operations Management 16C
b) MGNT7PR Project Management 16C
c) MGNT7VO Advanced Global Business 16C
7) HRMG700 Human Resource Management Research Project 32C
(v) Information Systems & Technology (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCISTH]

1) ISTN7RM Research Methodology 16C
2) ISTN7RP Information Systems & Technology Research Paper 32C
3) Five 16C electives from the list of programme offerings 80C
(vi) Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHM]

1) MGNT7RE Research Methodology 16C
2) Core modules in the discipline:
MGNT7AP Corporate Strategy 16C
MGNT7BP Special Topics in Advanced Business Studies 16C
MGNT7VO Advanced Global Business 16C
MGNT7PR Project Management 16C
3) Module approved by the School:
ENTR7BO Entrepreneurship, innovation and venture creation 16C
4) MGNT700 Management Research Project 32C
(vii) Management Accounting (Westville) [BCHMAC] (may not be offered in 2015)

Module code and title
1) MAFM717 W1 - Performance & Decision Management 16C
2) MAFM714 W2 - Business Strategy 16C
3) MAFM711 W0 - Financial Strategy 32C
4) MAFM718 W1 - Applied Business Management 16C
5) MAFM715 W2 - Risk and Control Strategy 16C
6) MAFM716/MAFM7SY - Research Project 32C
Total credit points 128C
(viii) Marketing Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHMM]

1) MARK7RM Research Methodology 16C
2) MARK7FO Strategic Marketing 16C
3) A minimum of 2 modules from:
a) the available Marketing Special Field electives
b) a module approved by the Academic Leader 32C
4) A maximum of two Honours-level modules approved by the School 32C
5) MARK700 Marketing Research Project 32C
(ix) Small Business Development Studies (Pietermaritzburg) [BCHSBD]

1) ENTR7RM Research Methodology 16C
2) Minimum of three 16C modules from the disciplines (listed below):
a) ENTR7AO Entrepreneurship and Economic Development 16C
b) ENTR7BO Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Venture Creation 16C
c) ENTR7CO Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development 16C
d) A module approved by the Academic Leader 16C
3) Two Honours level modules approved by the School 32C
4) ENTR700 Entrepreneurship Research Project 32C
(x) Supply Chain Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHSCM]

1) SCMA7RM Research Methodology 16C
2) Minimum of 3 modules from the discipline:
a) SCMA7AO Advanced Purchasing Management (in-bound logistics) 16C
b) SCMA7BO Advanced Transportation and Physical Distribution 16C
c) SCMA7CO Strategic Supply Chain & Project Management 16C
d) A module approved by the Academic Leader 16C
3) Two Honours level modules approved by the School 32C

4) SCMA700 Supply Chain Management Research Project 32C
(xi) Marketing and Supply Chain Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [BCHMSM]
1) SCMA7RM Research Methodology in Supply Chain Management 16C
or
MARK7RM Research Methodology in Marketing 16C
2) At least two 16C modules from the available Supply Chain electives 32C
3) At least two 16C modules from the available Marketing Field electives 32C
4) Not more than one additional module approved by School 16C
5) SCMA700 Supply Chain Management Research Project 32C
or
MARK700 Marketing Research Project 32C
(xii) Industrial Relations (Westville) BCHIIR

2) HRMG7AO Employment Law 1 16C
3) HRMG7FO Human Resource Management 16C
4) HRMG7BO Dispute Resolution 16C
5) HRMF7CO Employment Law 2 16C
a) HRMG7DO Special Topics in Employment Relations 16C
b) HRMG7PO HR Planning and Strategy 16C
c) HRMG7RO Training and Development Strategies 16C
d) HRMG7EO Organisational Behaviour 16C
e) HRMG706 Leadership and Change Management 16C
7) HRMG7IR Research Project 32C
(xiii) Human Resource Development (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015) BCHHRD
2) Minimum of 4 modules from within the School :
a) HRMG7FO Human Resource Management 16C
b) HRMG7RO Training & Development Strategies 16C
c) HRMG7IO Management of Human Resource Development 16C
d) One 16C honours module from amongst the list of programme offerings 16C
3) HRMG7HD HR Development Research Project 32C
(xviii) Public Administration (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015)

1) PADM7PO Public Service Delivery (Theory and Practice) 16C
2) PADM7RM Research Methodology 16C
3) PADM7SO Public Sector Financial Management 16C
4) PADM7CO Public Sector Human Resource Management 16C
5) PADM7EO Public Administration Research Project 32C
Two of the following:
a) PADM7FO Public Policy Analysis 16C
b) PADM7G0 Advanced Local Governance & Management 16C
c) PADM7HO Development Planning & Project Management 16C
GENERAL RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

LM-P5 Eligibility
1) Within the general University framework regulating admissions, and with the approval of the relevant
School Board, the School which is responsible for the administration of the named diploma may:
a) limit the number of applicants admitted to a programme or module in any academic year,
b) prescribe a selection process to be followed in admitting applicants,
c) prescribe minimum levels of general achievement and/or achievement in specific modules at
undergraduate level in order to qualify for the selection process and/or registration for any
particular module.
2) An applicant who is permitted as part of a named postgraduate diploma programme to select an
elective module from outside of the discipline area for which the diploma is named, shall comply with
any admission and/or registration requirements established by the discipline offering that elective.
LM-P6 Programmes
1) Students shall pursue an approved named postgraduate diploma programme in accordance with the
requirements of rule LMP9 hereunder.
2) An approved programme shall comprise modules totalling 128 credits and may include as one of the
modules, a research project having a credit point weighting of either 16 or 32 credits.
3) A minimum of 80 credits shall be made up of modules from the disciplinary area for which the
diploma is named.
4) A student shall not transfer from one named diploma programme to another without permission.
LM-P7 Limitations
1) Students shall not be permitted to offer as part of an approved programme any module for which
credit has been obtained towards a previous diploma or Honours degree.
2) The credit point weighting of the modules for which a student is registered in any semester shall not
exceed 80 in the case of a full-time student or 48 in the case of a part-time student, excluding any
module which is a research paper or technical report.
LM-P8 Named Programmes and Approved Curricula
To qualify for the award of a Postgraduate Diploma, a student shall complete one of the following
programmes.
1. Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting [PDAC] (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)
2. Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management (PGDBM) (Westville only)
3. Postgraduate Diploma in Entrepreneurship (PGENTR) (Westville only)
4.Postgraduate Diploma in Finance, Banking & Investment Management [PDFBIM] (Pietermaritzburg
& Westville)
5. Postgraduate Diploma in Forensic Investigation & Criminal Justice [DFORC] (Howard College only)
6. Postgraduate Diploma in Human Resource Management [PGDHRM] (Westville only)
7. Postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Relations [PDIR] (Howard College only)
8. Postgraduate Diploma in Leadership (PGD-LD)
9. Postgraduate Diploma in Leadership & Management [PGDLM] (Westville only) (May not be offered
in 2015)
10. Postgraduate Diploma in Management [PGDMAN] (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)
11. Postgraduate Diploma in Maritime Studies [PGD-MS] (Howard College only)

12. Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing [PDMM] (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)
13. Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing and Supply Chain Management [PGMSCM] (Pietermaritzburg
& Westville)
1) Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [PDAC]

a) Applicants may apply to register for the PDAC if they:
(i) hold a BCom (Accounting) degree as set out in LM-U22 or an equivalent degree,
and
(ii) have obtained a minimum of 55% in Accounting 3 and a minimum aggregate of 55% across
the four third-year modules of the BCom (Accounting) or its equivalent.
Note: Meeting the above minimum requirements as set out in a) (i) and (ii) above does not
guarantee acceptance into the full time PGDA programme as places may be limited in
which case preference will be given to students from the University of KwaZulu-Natal
and selection will be according to academic performance.
b) To qualify for the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting, students shall pass the following
modules:
i) ACCT6DA Advanced Accounting 32C
ii) ACCT6DD Advanced Auditing 32C
iii) ACCT6DM Advanced Managerial Accounting and Finance 32C
iv) ACCT6DT Advanced Taxation 32C
Note: Students wishing to satisfy the requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered
Accountants to sit their Qualifying Examination Part 1, (i.e. attain the status of the
Certificate in the Theory in Accounting, CTA), must complete all the modules listed
under 1 b) above in one examination session, where one examination session means
the year-end and the supplementary session. However, not more than one
supplementary examination is permitted for students wishing to attain CTA status.
If a special exam is granted for any module listed under 1 b) above, all modules under
1 b) above must be written and passed at the supplementary session in order to attain
CTA status.
2) Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management (PGDBM) (Westville)
Students shall attend and successfully complete the following programme:

Semester 1
GSBL6AM Accounting for Managers 16C
GSBL6EC Economics for Managers 16C

GSBL6LM Principles Business Leadership & Management 16C
GSBL6MM Marketing for Managers 16C
Semester 2
GSBL6N Theory and Practice of Entrepreneurship 16C
GSBL6MI Management Information Systems 16C
GSBL6OB Organisational Behaviour 16C
GSBL6RM Business Research Methods 16C
3) Postgraduate Diploma in Entrepreneurship [PGENTR] (Westville)

Semester 1
ENTR610 Creativity, Innovation and Economic Development 16C
ENTR609 Perspectives in Entrepreneurship 16C
ENTR608 The Enterprise Environment 16C
ENTR607 Entrepreneurship Strategy and Enterprise Sustainability 16C
Semester 2
ENTR606 Entrepreneurial Marketing and Supply Chain Management 16C
ENTR605 Entrepreneurial Accounting and Finance 16C
ENTR612 Business Planning 16C
ENTR611 Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship 16C
4) Postgraduate Diploma in Finance, Banking and Investment Management

(Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [PDFBIM]
a) FBIM601 Financial Management A 16C
b) FBIM602 Investments 16C
c) FBIM603 Bank Management A 16C
d) FBIM605 Risk & Portfolio Management 16C
e) FBIM607 Financial Management B 16C
f) FBIM612 Business Strategy & Management 16C
g) Two electives approved by the School 32C
5) Postgraduate Diploma in Forensic Investigation and Criminal Justice (Howard College)

[DFORC]
A student is eligible to apply for selection to register for the diploma if s/he
a) has previously:
i) been awarded a Bachelor of Laws or Baccalaureus Procurationis degree of the University or
been admitted to the status thereof;
ii) been awarded the qualification of Bachelor of the University or been admitted to the status
thereof, and has another qualification acceptable to the Senate;
iii) been admitted as an Attorney of the High Court; or
b) by reason of suitable practical experience in the field of Criminal Justice, has received special
permission to register.
A student shall attend and successfully complete the following modules:
Semester 1
LAWD6CJ Criminal Justice A (32C)
LAWD6FA Forensic Auditing (32C)
Semester 2
LAWD6JU Criminal Justice B (32C)
LAWD6RP Research Project (32C)
6) Postgraduate Diploma in Human Resource Management (Westville) [PGDHRM]

a) HRMG601 Business Strategy and Management 16C
b) HRMG602 Finance and Accounting 16C
c) HRMG6GO Human Resource Management 16C
d) HRMG617 Human Resource Management B 16C
e) HRMG616 Industrial Relations A 16C
f) HRMG618 Industrial Relations B 16C
g) Two electives approved by the Programme Manager 32C
7) Postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Relations (Howard College) [PDIR]
The programme provides an industry-appropriate and relevant course to train labour practitioners, give
them a deeper understanding of and develop their knowledge and skill in labour law. It equips
professionals with an appreciation of legal, ethical and industrial relations. Further, it will equip
practitioners with knowledge and practical skills required for competent practice in this field. The
Postgraduate Diploma will strengthen and deepen the students knowledge in the profession. This
Postgraduate Diploma demands a high level of theoretical engagement and intellectual independence.
Students must have a Bachelors degree or a three year national diploma to be eligible to enter this
programme. College rules regarding admission will be adhered to, including using rules GR7(a) and
GR7(b) where appropriate.
A student shall attend and successfully complete the following modules:
Semester 1
MGNT6CE Collective Employment Law 16C
MGNT6CL Contemporary Issues in Labour Law 16C
MGNT6LL Individual Labour Law 16C
MGNT6CM Management of Conflict 16C
Semester 2
MGNT6DR Labour Dispute Resolution 16C
MGNT6LP Principles of Legal Practice 16C
MGNT6PA Procedural Labour Law A 16C
MGNT6PB Procedural Labour Law B 16C
8) Postgraduate Diploma in Leadership (Westville) [PGD-LD]

Compulsory modules for all students:

LEAD6TP Advanced Leadership Theories and Practices 16C
LEAD6OD Organisational Dynamics 16C
LEAD6SL Strategic Leadership 16C
LEAD6ST Systems Thinking 16C
LEAD6RL Practitioner Research for Leaders 32C
Elective modules
Any two modules from the list of electives:
LEAD6IL Advanced Issues in Leadership 16C
LEAD6LS Critical Reflection of Leadership Skills 16C
LEAD6MC Managing Complexity 16C
LEAD6PL Project Leadership 16C
9) Postgraduate Diploma in Leadership & Management (Westville) [PGDLM] (May not be offered in
2015)
Compulsory modules for all students:
a) LEAD601 Leadership and Learning 16C

b) LEAD6AC Action Research project 32C
Elective Modules:
Any five 16C modules from the list of electives: 80C
a) LEAD612 Contemporary Issues in Service Delivery 16C
b) LEAD611 Contemporary Issues in Professional Practice 16C
c) LEAD608 Managing Projects 16C
d) LEAD604 Soft Systems Methodology 16C
e) LEAD607 Project and Programme Evaluation 16C
f) LEAD631 Principles of Corporate Citizenship 16C
g) LEAD609 Partnerships 16C
h) LEAD621 Service Learning 16C
i) LEAD623 Managing Complexity 16C
j) LEAD619 Strategy and Organisational Dynamics 16C
l) LEAD615 Innovation and Enterprise 16C
m) LEAD616 Knowledge Management 16C
n) LEAD627 Technology and Society 16C
o) LEAD610 Organisational & Staff Development 16C

Note:
The offering of a module is subject to sufficient student numbers and staff availability.
10) Postgraduate Diploma in Management (Pietermaritzburg & Westville) [PGDMAN:MAJOR-MGT]

a) MGNT603 Marketing Management 16C
b) MGNT604 Human Resource Management 16C
c) MGNT608 Business Law 16C
d) MGNT607 Supply Chain Management 16C
e) MGNT602 Finance and Accounting 16C
f) MGNT601 Business Strategy & Management 16C
g) Two electives approved by the Academic Leader 32C
11) Postgraduate Diploma in Maritime Studies (Howard College) PGDMS

Applicants should, as a minimum requirement, either have a recognised undergraduate degree in
Commerce, Law, Engineering or Science, or its recognised equivalent, or have received an
equivalent certificate of competence from a recognised maritime agency.
a) MSLE6IB International Business Transactions in Shipping 16C
b) MSLE6FM Analysis of Sea Freight Markets 16C

c) Any other six 16 credit point MSLE6 modules 96C
12) Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing (Westville and Pietermaritzburg) [PDMM]

a) MARK6JO Marketing Management A 16C
b) MARK6KO Marketing Management B 16C
c) MARK6LO Marketing Management C 16C
d) MARK600 Marketing Research Project 16C
e) MARK6HO Business Strategy & Management 16C
f) MARK6IO Finance and Accounting 16C
g) Two electives approved by the School 32C
13) Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing & Supply Chain Management (Pietermaritzburg and
Westville) [PGMSCM]
a) MSCM603 Marketing Management A 16C
b) MSCM614 Marketing Management C 16C
c) MSCM607 Supply Chain Management A 16C
d) MSCM616 Supply Chain Management B 16C
e) MSCM601 Business Strategy & Management 16C
f) MSCM602 Finance and Accounting 16C
g) Two electives from the following list approved by the Programme Manager 32C
MSCM605 Business Statistics 16C
MSCM606 Financial Management 16C
MSCM612 Elements in Entrepreneurship 16C
MSCM615 Bank Management 16C
MSCM613 Marketing Management B 16C
MSCM600 MSCM617 Research Project 16C
MSCM610 Special Topics in Management 16C
MSCM609 Ethics in Business 16C
COLLEGE RULES FOR COURSEWORK MASTERS

DEGREES
LM-P9 Eligibility
Under the provisions of General Academic Rule CR2:
1) A student may apply for admission to register for the programmes set out in LM-P10, provided that
s/he has:
a) completed a Bachelor of Business Science degree, an honours degree in a relevant discipline,
or a Bachelor of Laws degree, or equivalent; and
b) obtained a credit-weighted average of at least 55% in this relevant qualification.
2) The School responsible for the administration of the approved programme may establish additional
requirements and may:
a) limit the number of students admitted to a programme or module in any academic year;
b) prescribe the selection process to be followed for the consideration of students for admission;
c) prescribe minimum levels of general achievement and/or achievement in specific modules at
undergraduate level in order to qualify for the selection process and/or registration for any
particular module.
LM-P10 Programmes
1) The following coursework Masters degree programmes are offered:
(a) Master of Accounting/Master of Taxation
(b) Master of Commerce, with specialisations in:
Conflict Resolution and Peace Studies (Not offered from 2014)
(i) Economics
(ii) Human Resource Management
(iii) Human Resource Development
(iv) Industrial Relations/Employee Relations
(v) Information Systems & Technology
(vi) Maritime Studies
(vii) Management
(viii) Marketing Management
(c) Master of Commerce in Leadership Studies
(d) Master of Public Administration
(e) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Part time
(f) Master of Laws, with specialisations in:
(i) Advanced Criminal Justice
(ii) Business Law
(iii) Child Care & Protection Law
(iv) Constitutional Theory, Law & Litigation
(v) Environmental Law
(vi) Labour Studies
(vii) Maritime Law
(viii) Medical Law
(ix) Taxation Law
(g) Interdisciplinary Masters in Child Care & Protection (Law & Social Work)
2) A student shall not transfer from one approved programme to another without permission.
Master of Accounting/Master of Taxation

LM-P11 Programmes
1) Master of Accounting - (Westville) [MACC]
Students shall successfully complete the following programme:
CODE MODULE NAME Credit Points

ACCT8FT Presentation of Financial Statements 16
ACCT8FP Reporting Financial Performance 32
ACCT8RP Reporting Financial Positions 32
ACCT8RM Research Methodology 16
ACCT8FD Masters Research Dissertation in Financial Accounting 96
Total credits points for the degree 192
2) Master of Taxation (Westville) [M-ACTX]

TAXA8IT Income Tax 32C
TAXA8IE Income Tax and Estate Planning 32C
TAXA8RM Special Topics 32C
TAXA8RS Research Dissertation Taxation 96C
Master of Commerce
1) Master of Commerce in Human Resource Management (Westville) [MCMC]
1) HRMG8RM Advanced Research Methodology 16C
a) HRMG8A0 Strategic Human Resource Management 16C
b) HRMG8G0 Human Resource Information Systems 16C
c) HRMG8D0 International Human Resource Management 16C
d) A module approved by the Head of School 16C
3) A further two 16Cp modules from amongst the list of electives
within the programme offerings 32C
4) HRMG8LO Dissertation or two academic research papers approved by the School 96C
2) Master of Commerce in Human Resource Development (Westville) (May not be offered in 2015)
[MCMC]
a) HRMG8NO Special Topics in Human Resource Development 16C
b) HRMG8K0 Assessing Human Competence 16C
c) HRMG8H0 Management Development 16C
3) A further two 16C modules from amongst the list of electives
3) Master of Commerce in Industrial Relations (Westville) [MCMC]

2) A minimum of 3 modules from the discipline:
a) HRMG8A0 Strategic Human Resource Management 16C
b) HRMG8B0 Advanced Labour Economics 16C
c) HRMG8C0 Advanced Labour Law 16C
3) A further two 16C modules from amongst the list of electives
4) Master of Commerce in Economics (Westville) [MCMC]
1) ECON8A2 Advanced Econometrics 16C
2) ECON8MI Advanced Microeconomics 16C
3) ECON8MA Advanced Macroeconomics 16C
4) ECON8MR Research Methodology 16C
5) Two Masters Level electives approved by Academic Leader: Higher Degrees and
Research 32C
6) ECON8RD Research Dissertation 96C
5) Master of Commerce in Information Systems & Technology (Pietermaritzburg & Westville)

[MCMC]
1) ISTN8RM Research Methodology 16C
2) ISTN811 Management of Knowledge 16C
3) ISTN812 Management of IT Staff 16C
4) ISTN813 Management of Information System Develop 16C
5) ISTN814 Management of Current Trends in IT 16C
6) ISTN815 Management of Human Issues in IT 16C
7) ISTN816 Research Dissertation 96C

6) Master of Commerce in Leadership Studies (Westville) [MCLS]
Core Modules
1) LEAD801 Systems Theories and Practices 16C
2) LEAD802 Leading in Turbulent Environments 16C
3) LEAD830 Research Methodology 16C
4) LEAD8DD Research Dissertation 96C
Elective Modules
Any 3 from the following 16C modules, (but see Note 2 below):
a) LEAD803 Management Cybernetics 16C
b) LEAD804 Soft Systems Methodology 16C
c) LEAD805 Project Management 1 16C
d) LEAD832 Project Management 2 16C
e) LEAD807 Project and Programme Evaluation 16C
f) LEAD819 Strategy and Organisational Dynamics 16C
g) LEAD810 Organisational Development 16C
i) LEAD811 Principles of Corporate Citizenship 16C
j) LEAD816 Knowledge Management 16C
l) LEAD823 Managing Complexity 16C
m) LEAD821 Service Learning 16C
n) LEAD814 Managing Partnerships 16C
o) LEAD8AA Special Studies A 16C
p) LEAD8AB Special Studies B 16C
q) LEAD824 Scenario Planning 16C
r) LEAD820 Systems Dynamics 16C
Notes:
1. The offering of these modules is subject to sufficient student numbers and staff availability.
2. The following combinations are excluded:
(a) Management Cybernetics (LEAD803) and Project Management 1 (LEAD805)
(b) Soft Systems Methodology (LEAD804) and Project Management 2 (LEAD832)
7) Master of Commerce in Maritime Studies (Howard College) [MCLS]
Students wishing to register for this programme should, as a minimum, hold a completed Bachelor of
Business Science, Bachelor of Laws, or Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) degree (or their recognised
equivalents) and must obtain a minimum credit-weighted average of 55% in this relevant qualification.
Students who hold a Certificate of Competency from a recognised maritime agency (a Master Mariners
ticket, a Chief Engineers ticket or full membership of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers) also meet
the minimum entry requirement for this programme.

1) MSLE8IB International Business Transactions in Shipping 16C
2) MSLE8FM Analysis of Sea Freight Markets 16C
3) LAWS8DZ Research Methodology 24C
4) Any three MSLE8 modules 48C
5) MSLE8MD Dissertation 96C
8) Master of Commerce in Management Westville) (May not be offered in Pietermaritzburg in 2015)

[MCMC]
1) MGNT8RE Advanced Research Methodology 16C
a) MGNT8BO Advanced Business Research Methods 16C
b) MGNT8AM Management of Advanced Strategy 16C
c) MGNT8LO Advanced Topics in Management 16C
d) A module approved by the School 16C
3) Two 16C Masters electives approved by the School 32C
4) MGNT8DM Research Dissertation or two academic research papers approved by the School 96C
9) Master of Commerce in Marketing Management (Westville) [MCMC]
1) MARK8RM Advanced Research Methodology 16C
a) MARK8KO Advanced Contemporary Issues in Marketing 1 16C
b) MARK8CI Advanced Contemporary Issues in Marketing 2 16C
c) A module approved by the School 16C
3) Two 16C Masters electives approved by the School 32C
4) MGNT8DM Research Dissertation or two academic research papers approved by the School 96C
Master of Public Administration [MPACW]

LM-P12 Eligibility
1) Applicants are eligible to apply to register for the qualification if: they
a) hold a recognised Bachelors degree; and
b) have a minimum of 5 years working experience, at least 3 years of which should be in a
senior position within the private, public or NGO sector.
2) Applicants may undergo a competency assessment based on criteria determined by the School
Board.
LM-P13 Structure
First Year
Semester 1
1) PADM8MO Research Methodology and Applied Techniques 16C
2) PADM8QO Public Administration and Development Management:
Theory, Processes & Practice 16C
3) PADM8WO Advanced Public Sector Financial Management 16C
Semester 2
4) PADM8XO Advanced Public Sector Human Resource Management 16C
Choose any two electives from the following Semester 2 electives

5) PADM8PP Project Planning and Management 16C
6) PADM8PO Legislative and Ethical Foundations of Public
Administration and Development Management 16C
7) PADM8AP Advanced Provincial & Local Governance 16C
8) PADM8NO Sustainable Development and Governance 16C
9) PADM8RD Managing Rural Development 16C
Note: Not all electives are offered in any given year

Second Year
Semesters 3 and 4
10) PADM8O0 Dissertation 96C
Master of Business Administration Part time [MBAD]

LM-P14 Eligibility
An applicant may apply to register for the qualification Master of Business Administration if (s)he:
1. holds a relevant Bachelors degree, (or must have been admitted to the status of a degree as provided
for in the universitys admissions framework), and additionally:
2. is at least 25 years old on the 1st of January of the year of first registration;
3. has a minimum of 3 years formal, full time work experience; and
4. has passed the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or an entrance examination
prescribed by the school.
Note: The combination of all the above requirements is deemed to satisfy the HEQF minimum entrance
requirements for a Masters degree.
LM-P15 Exemption from a module
1) Students applying for exemption from examinations for modules obtained in another
degree/programme may do so for no more than two of the required modules for the MBA
programme, provided that such credits shall be awarded for coursework modules only; and must
have been attained at the Masters Level.
2) A student may apply for exemption from examination for a maximum of 50% of modules passed in
another CHE recognised MBA programme subject to the discretion of the School provided that:
(a) the student did not complete the programme at another institution
(b) 80% or more of the module content passed is considered to be equivalent to the content of the
equivalent UKZN MBA module.
In admitting a student, modules passed at any other CHE recognised Business School will only be
considered for exemption for a maximum period of 3 years from the date of completing them.
LM-P16 Periods of registration
A student registered for the degree of Master in Business Administration (part-time) shall be so
registered for a minimum period of 5 semesters and a maximum period of 10 semesters.
LM-P17 Pass Mark
The pass mark for all MBA coursework modules shall be 50%, provided that the sub-minimum of 40% in
the examination is obtained.
LM-P18 Supplementary examinations
a) A student who fails a coursework module with an examination mark of at least 40% and a final mark
of at least 40% shall be awarded a supplementary examination.
b) A student who has failed a coursework module with an examination mark between 35 and 40% and
a final mark greater than 50%, may be awarded a supplementary examination.
LM-P19 Progression and Exclusion
A student:
a) who does not obtain six modules at the end of two semesters will be given a warning for slow
progress
b) must have obtained credit for at least 6 first year modules before attempting second year modules.
c) who does not obtain credit for a minimum of nine modules at the end of three semesters will be
given a warning for slow progress.
d) who has received a warning for slow progress and does not achieve a minimum of nine modules at
the end of three semesters will be excluded.
e) who does not obtain credit for a minimum of twelve modules at the end of four semesters will be
excluded.
LM-P20 Programme
Students shall attend and successfully complete the following programme over a minimum period of five
semesters part time.
First Year:
Semester 1
a) GSOB8BM Business Management 16C
b) GSOB8FA Financial Accounting 16C
c) GSOB8HB Human & Organisational Behaviour 16C
d) GSOB8MM Marketing Management 16C
Semester 2
a) GSOB8EM Economics for Management 16C
b) GSOB8OR Operations Research 16C
c) GSOB8HR Human Resource Management & Industrial Relations 16C
d) GSOB8MI Management Information Systems 16C
Second Year:
Semester 1
a) GSOB8CF Corporate Finance 16Cp
b) GSOB8MS Mathematics & Statistics 16Cp
c) GSOB8BL Business Law 16Cp
d) GSOB8SC Supply Chain Management 16Cp
Semester 2
a) GSOB8MA Management Accounting 16C
b) GSOB8AS Advanced Strategy 16C
c) GSOB8RM Research Methodology 16C
d) Any one of the following electives:
i) GSOB8TX Taxation 16C
ii) GSOB8GS Global Strategy 16C
iii) GSOB8IT IT Management & Strategy 16C
iv) GSOB8PD New Product Development & Brand Management 16C
Third Year
Semester 1
a) GSOB8FD Dissertation 96Cp
b) Any one of the following electives:
i) GSOB8IP Investment & Portfolio Management 16C
ii) GSOB8EN Entrepreneurship 16C
iii) GSOB8IR Advanced Industrial Relations 16C
The electives offered each year may differ based on a minimum class size of ten students and the
availability of lecturers. The School reserves the right not to offer an elective module.
Master of Laws
LM-P21 Master of Laws (LLM) by Coursework
a) A student may undertake studies towards the LLM by coursework with specialisation in any of the
areas of study referred to in Rule LM-P10. In order to fulfil the requirements for the award of the
qualification, the student shall attend, and by examination complete four modules totalling 96 credits;
and
i) submit a dissertation of between 15 000 and 20 000 words in length (excluding the table of
contents, footnotes, bibliography and appendices), totalling 96 credits; or
ii) submit three research papers of approximately 5000 words each, totalling 96 credits.
b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule LM-P21(a), the School may decide in any year that for certain
coursework programmes as specified, the option of three research papers as provided in Rule LM-
P21(a)(ii) will not be available.
LM-P22 Coursework Modules
a) A student undertaking a course of study in an area of specialisation shall select any one of the
programmes set out in LM-P10 1) (f) - (g) above, with the proviso that :
(i) not all modules or programmes will necessarily be offered in any one year, and
(ii) the School Board must approve the combination of modules for which a student may register in
any programmes; and
(iii) in permitting registration for a module within an area of specialisation, preference will be given to
students who are undertaking a course of study in that specific area of specialisation..
b) Senate may, on application by a student, permit such student to take modules offered elsewhere in
the University, or at any other university; provided that no more than one such module shall be
permitted to be taken.
c) All coursework modules shall carry 24 credits and shall include an examination which shall
contribute not less than 50% to the final mark for the module.
LM-P23 Research Papers
A student pursuing a course of study envisaged by Rule LM-P21(a)(ii) shall:
(a) submit three 5000-word research papers, each paper bearing 32 credits; and
(b) in the same semester in which that module is taken, submit a research paper dealing with a
topic that corresponds with the learning outcomes of the module.
LM-P24 Programmes
(i) LLM in Advanced Criminal Justice (Howard College & Pietermaritzburg) [LLMCJ]
In order to qualify for the award of the qualification, students shall successfully complete the following
programme:
1) LAWS8DZ Research Methodology (Compulsory) 24C
2) In addition to the above module, any three electives from the following modules:
a) LAWS8CS Advanced Criminal Law 24C
b) LAWS8CT Criminal Process 24C
c) LAWS8DL International Criminal Law 24C
d) LAWS8LG Criminology 24C
e) LAWS8LJ Sentencing 24C
3) Dissertation or three academic research papers approved by the School 96C
(ii) LLM in Business Law (Howard College & Pietermaritzburg) [LLMBL]

requirements of the programme:
2) In addition to the above compulsory module, any three electives from the following modules:
a) LAWS8AE Advanced Contract Law 24C
b) LAWS8AG Advanced Corporate Law 24C
c) LAWS8AI Advanced Insolvency Law 24C
d) LAWS8AO Advanced Tax Law 1 (with permission from Taxation Programme coordinator) 24C
e) LAWS8TA Advanced Tax Law 2 (with permission from Taxation Programme coordinator)) 24C
f) LAWS8AK Advanced Labour Law (Pietermaritzburg only) 24C
g) LAWS8LC Consumer Law in South Africa 24C
h) LAWS8BK International Trade Law 24C
i) LAWS8BI Intellectual Property Law 24C
j) LAWS8LA Sports Law 1 24C
k) LAWS8GL Gambling Law 24C
l) LAWS8MO History & Philosophy of Constitutionalism 24C
(iii) LLM in Child Care & Protection Law (Howard College) [LLMCP]
2) LAWS8DB Children's rights (Local & International) (Compulsory) 24C
3) LAWS8DC Role of Professionals in Proceedings (Compulsory) 24C
4) In addition to the above three compulsory modules, students must complete any one of the following
elective modules:
a) LAWS8DD Child-Care Policy & Legislation 24C
b) LAWS8DE Crime: Children as Victims & Perpetrators 24C
c) LAWS8DF Emerging Medico-Legal & Social Aspects of Child Care
and Protection 24C
5) Dissertation approved by the School 96C
(iv) LLM in Constitutional Theory, Law & Litigation (Howard College) [LMCTLL]
2) LAWS8AC Advanced Constitutional Law (Compulsory) 24C
3) LAWS8AU Constitutional and Human Rights Litigation (Compulsory) 24C
4) In addition to the above three compulsory modules, any one elective from the following modules:
a) LAWS8LE Politics of Law 24C
b) LAWS8MO History & Philosophy of Constitutionalism 24C

(v) LLM in Environmental Law (Howard College & Pietermaritzburg) [LLMEL]
programme:
a) LAWS8BS Land Use and Planning Law 24C
b) LAWS8CA Natural Resources Law 24C
c) LAWS8CE Pollution Control Law 24C
d) LAWS8PB International Environmental Law 24C
(vi) LLM in Labour Studies (Howard College) [LLMLS]
programme:
a) LAWS8AK Advanced Labour Law 24C
b) LAWS8BA Employment Discrimination law 24C
c) LAWS8BO Labour Dispute Resolution 24C
d) A module from any other Masters programme pertinent to Labour Law, with the approval of the
relevant discipline Academic Leader 24C
(vii) LLM in Maritime Law (Howard College) [LLMML]
programme:
a) LAWS8AA Admiralty Law 24C
b) LAWS8AS Carriage of Goods by Sea 24C
c) LAWS8BG Incidents of Navigation 24C
d) LAWS8BK International Trade Law 24C
e) LAWS8BU Law of the Sea 24C
f) LAWS8MI Marine Insurance 24C
(viii) LLM in Medical Law (Howard College) [LLMMED]
programme:
a) LAWS8AQ Bio-ethics and the Law 24C
b) LAWS8BC Forensic Medicine 24C

c) LAWS8BS Law and Medical Practice 24C
d) LAWS8BE HIV/AIDS, Human Rights and the Law 24C
(ix) LLM IN Taxation Law (Howard College) [LLMTX]
programme:
2) In addition to the above module, the following three electives:
a) LAWS8AO Advanced Tax 1 (prerequisite for Advanced Tax 2) 24C
b) LAWS8TA Advanced Tax 2 24C
c) LAWS8CM Donation Tax/Estate Duty 24C
Masters in Child Care and Protection (Interdisciplinary) [MCHPR] (LAW and SOCIAL WORK)
LM-P25 Eligibility
a) Admission to the programme shall be in accordance with Rule LM-P25 b) below, and on the basis of
selection by staff teaching in the programme. Student numbers may be limited in accordance with
the capacity available in a particular semester.
b) Prospective students must hold a four-year University Qualification (or separate Qualifications
requiring a total of at least eight semesters of University study). Such Qualification/s shall include at
least eight semester modules (or their equivalent as decided by the selectors) in Law and/or Social
Work and/or Psychology and/or Criminology and/or Police Science and/or any other modules
regarded by the selectors as sufficiently relevant.
LM-P26 Requirements
A student will undertake the coursework referred to in Rule LM-P27 below, and shall attend, and by
examination successfully complete, four modules of 24 credits each. A student shall also successfully
complete a dissertation of between 15 000 and 20 000 words in length (excluding the table of contents,
footnotes, bibliography and appendices), counting 96 credits.
LM-P27 Structure
Students shall successfully complete the following requirements of the programme:

1. Semester 1
LAWS8DZ Research Methodology (Compulsory) 24C
LAWS8DB Children's rights (Local & International) (Compulsory) 24C
2. Semester 2
LAWS8DC Role of Professionals in Proceedings (Compulsory) 24C
In addition to the above three compulsory modules, students must choose any one of the following
modules:
a) LAWS8DD Child-Care Policy & Legislation 24C
b) LAWS8DE Crime: Children as Victims & Perpetrators 24C

c) LAWS8DF Emerging Medico-Legal & Social Aspects of Child Care & Protection 24C
3 Dissertation approved by the School 96C
RESEARCH MASTERS AND DOCTORAL DEGREES

LM-P28 Degrees Offered by the College
The following research-based Masters, Doctoral and Senior Doctoral* degrees are offered by the
College:
Master of Accountancy/Master of Accountancy (Taxation) (MAcc)1
Master of Administration (MAdmin)
Master of Public Administration (MPACW)
Master of Commerce (M-Com)
Master of Laws (LLM)
Doctor of Administration (DAdmin)
Doctor of Business Administration (DBA)
Doctor of Commerce* (DCom)
Doctor of Economics* (DEcon)
Doctor of Laws* (LLD)
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Following CR13 c), the degree of Master of Accountancy/Master of Accountancy (Taxation) may be
awarded on successful examination of a collection of papers essays on a central theme.
Syllabi 119
SYLLABI
Accounting
Accounting 101
ACCT101 P1 W1 H1 (39L-19T-0P-0S-36H-11R-0F-0G-55A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Nil
Content: The module provides the student with an understanding of the role of accounting in business, various forms
of business entities, the conceptual framework and the theory underpinning certain International Financial Reporting
Standards and provides the student with the ability to record certain financial transactions and to prepare basic
financial statements in accordance with IFRSs and the Companies Act.
Assessment: Class Mark (50%), Examination (50%)
DP Requirement: A minimum of the following: A class mark of at least 40%, attendance at 80% of the tutorials and
the submission of a satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 101) of 80% of the
homework exercises.
Accounting 102
ACCT102 P2 W2 (39L-19T-0P-0S-36H-11R-0F-0G-55A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A minimum mark of 55% in ACCT101
Content: The module builds on the material studied in Accounting 101 by introducing further International Financial
Reporting Standards. The module aims to provide an understanding of the theory underpinning these standards and
an ability to apply these standards when recording certain financial transactions and preparing basic financial
statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and the Companies Act.
the submission of a satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 102) of 80% of the homework
exercises. .
Accounting 103
ACCT103 P2 W2 H2 (39L-19T-0P-0S-36H-11R-0F-0G-55A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: None.
Content: The objectives of the module are to provide students with the business knowledge necessary to formulate a
successful business plan; to expose students to sound business controls and tools for the running of a successful
business; and to introduce students to basic taxation in a small business.
the submission of a satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 103) of 80% of the homework
exercises and project.
Accounting 200
ACCT200 PY WY
ACCT200 (69L-36T-0P-0S-75H-26R-0F-0G-114A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A minimum final mark of 55% in both ACCT101 and ACCT102.
Aim: To equip learners to compile and critically evaluate primary financial statements.
Content: The module builds on the material studied in ACCT101 and 102 by introducing further International
Financial Reporting Standards. On completion of the module, students should be able to prepare general purpose
financial statements of an entity in accordance with all IFRSs and sections of the Companies Act studied to date.
Students should also be able to make and evaluate both financial accounting and financial reporting decisions and
should be able to explain the reasoning behind such decisions with reference to the principles and requirements
included in the IFRSs.

Practicals: One
Assessment: Class Mark (40% Examination (60%)
DP Requirement: A minimum of the following: A class mark of at least 40%, attendance at 80% of the tutorials, the
submission of a satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 200) of 80% of the homework
exercises and the satisfactory completion of the project (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 200)
Accounting 300
ACCT302 PY, WY (78L-30T-0P-0S-92H-42R-0F-0G-78A-30W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Accounting 200 with a minimum of 55%.
Aim: The module builds on the material studied in Accounting 200 by introducing further International Financial
Reporting Standards. On completion of the module, the student should be able to prepare general purpose financial
statements (primary and group) in compliance with all International Financial Reporting Standards and sections of the
Companies Act studied to date. Students should also be able to make and evaluate financial accounting and reporting
decisions and explain the reasoning behind such decisions with reference to the principles and requirements included
in International Financial Reporting Standards.
Content: On completion of the course the student should be able to: 1. Identify, define and describe those areas
relevant to a conceptual framework for financial reporting according to International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS). 2. Prepare the financial statements and other financial reports from the underlying accounting entries for
differing forms of the business entity in a manner which: recognises the objectives of financial reporting as applicable
to the entity form, complies with that IFRS which best gives expression to the concepts underlying accounting, and
complies with the requirements of the Companies Act of 2008. 3. Explain and evaluate the implications of accounting
standards and whether current practice is consistent with the needs of users and the objectives of financial reporting,
and 4. Group Financial Statements: Account for Business Combinations, prepare group statement of financial
position, group statement of comprehensive income, group statement of changes in equity and notes to financial
statements in a form suitable for publication in compliance with IFRS and statutory requirements.
Assessment: Class Mark (40% Examination (60%)
.
DP Requirement: A minimum of the following: A class mark of at least 40%, attendance at 80% of the tutorials, the
submission of a satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 300) of 80% of the homework
exercises and the satisfactory completion of the project (as defined in the Student Guide for Accounting 300)
Advanced Accounting
ACCT6DA WY,PY (69L-35T-0P-0S-182H-20R-0F-0G-14A-30W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of the approved curriculum as per rule MS24.
Aim: To equip learners to compile and critically evaluate primary and group financial statements.
Content: In compliance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, the following: Company annual financial
statements: financial position, performance and cash flows and their recognition measurement and presentation and
disclosure; group annual financial statements. Advanced problems and applications: holding company accounting;
issue of shares by subsidiary; equity accounting; foreign subsidiaries; associated companies; consolidated cash flow
statements; joint ventures. Changes in the form and capital structure of the enterprise: business combinations;
reconstructions, reorganisations and liquidations.
Assessment: Class Mark (30%), Examination (70%).
DP Requirement: Student must attempt all of the four tests and achieve a minimum of 40% class mark. In addition
students must attend 80% of tutorials with adequately prepared work (as defined in the Student Guide for Advanced
Accounting).
Advanced Managerial Accounting & Finance

ACCT6DM WY,PY (52L-35T-0P-0S-52H-80R-0F-0G-101A-30W-32C)
Aim: To gain an understanding of cost management, investment, financing and dividend decisions.
Content: Content: Product costing; decision making; performance evaluation; short-term financial management;
Syllabi 121
capital investment decisions; valuations; dividend decisions; financing policy.

Assessment: Class mark (30%), Examination (70%).
Managerial Accounting and Finance)
Advanced Taxation
ACCT6DT WY,PY (52L-34T-0P-0S-225H-0R-0F-0G-9A-30W-32C)
Aim: To develop the ability to interpret and apply law and procedures relating to the taxes levied in terms of the
Income Tax Act, the Estate Duty Act and the Value Added Tax Act.
Content: Republic of South Africa Income Tax Act; Company taxation; individuals and in particular fringe benefits;
special classes of taxpayer including partnership, non-residents, and double taxation agreements; special provisions
relating to sharedealers, dividends, tax avoidance, foreign exchange and other miscellaneous areas; lump sum
benefits from pension, provident and retirement annuity funds; penalties, PAYE system, including provisional tax,
Donations tax; Value Added Tax; Tax and Estate Planning.
Taxation)
Advanced Accounting
ACCT7DA WY,PY (69L-35T-0P-0S-182H-20R-0F-0G-14A-30W-32C)
Aim: To equip learners to compile and critically evaluate primary and group financial statements.
Content: In compliance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, the following: Company annual financial
statements: financial position, performance and cash flows and their recognition measurement and presentation and
disclosure; group annual financial statements. Advanced problems and applications: holding company accounting;
issue of shares by subsidiary; equity accounting; foreign subsidiaries; associated companies; consolidated cash flow
statements; joint ventures. Changes in the form and capital structure of the enterprise: business combinations;
reconstructions, reorganisations and liquidations.
Accounting).
Advanced Managerial Accounting & Finance

ACCT7DM WY,PY (52L-35T-0P-0S-52H-80R-0F-0G-101A-30W-32C)
Aim: To gain an understanding of cost management, investment, financing and dividend decisions.
Content: Content: Product costing; decision making; performance evaluation; short-term financial management;
capital investment decisions; valuations; dividend decisions; financing policy.
Managerial Accounting and Finance)
Advanced Taxation
ACCT7DT WY, PY (52L-34T-0P-0S-225H-0R-0F-0G-9A-30W-32C)
Aim: To develop the ability to interpret and apply law and procedures relating to the taxes levied in terms of the
Content: Republic of South Africa Income Tax Act; Company taxation; individuals and in particular fringe benefits;
special classes of taxpayer including partnership, non-residents, and double taxation agreements; special provisions
relating to share-dealers, dividends, tax avoidance, foreign exchange and other miscellaneous areas; lump sum
benefits from pension, provident and retirement annuity funds; penalties, PAYE system, including provisional tax,
Donations tax; Value Added Tax; Tax and Estate Planning.
Taxation)
Research Project
ACCT7RP WY PY (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the Honours Accountancy programme.
Aim: To enable learners to conduct research on an approved topic leading to a dissertation.
Content: Research and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic.
Assessment: Research and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic.
DP Requirement: None
M Res Diss Financial Acct Subseq Yr

ACCT8DS W1,W2 (0L-40T-0P-0S-920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-96C)
Content: The module consists of two components: (i) Research Methodology: addressing problems with scientific
thinking, types of research, the problem statement, stating research hypothesis, ethics in research, sources and
collection of data, statistical techniques in research, the research proposal, methods of citation, and analysis and
presentation of data; and (ii) a research dissertation consisting of at least 20 000 words on an aspect of financial
accounting approved by the Programme Director.
Assessment: Research Dissertation (100%)
DP Requirement: Research Dissertation (100%).
M Res Diss Financial Acct

ACCT8FD W1, W2 (0L-40T-0P-0S-880H-0R-0F-40G-0A-30W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of an honours degree within the field of financial accounting
Corequisite: Research Methodology ACCT8RM
Aim: To produce a dissertation consisting of at least 20 000 words on an aspect of financial accounting.
Content: Students must complete a research dissertation on an aspect of financial accounting approved by the
Programme coordinator.
Practicals: Not applicable.
DP Requirement: none
Reporting Financial Performance

ACCT8FP WB (26L-26T-0P-26S-142H-72R-0F-0G-28A-30W-32C)
Content: Certain International Financial Reporting Standards guide the recognition of revenue (and associated
expenses), the presentation of certain items within the format of the income statement, and the presentation and
calculation of certain performance indicators (for example, earnings per share). This module studies these with
specific emphasis on those areas that are still subject to international debate (eg. measurement bases and income
measurement).
Assessment: Presentations (20%), one examination (80%)
Presentation of Financial Statements

ACCT8FS WB (26L-26T-0P-26S-142H-72R-0F-0G-28A-30W-32C)
Content: A study of the financial reporting requirements in South Africa as determined by legislation and regulatory
bodies. To benchmark this module, specific reference will be made to the reporting requirements in certain leading
Syllabi 123
Western countries. Specific topics dealt with in this module include the presentation of financial statements, corporate
governance, and the other reports found in financial statements and non-financial information for their preparation.
Presentation of Financial Statements

ACCT8FT W1 (39L-0T-0P-13S-52H-10R-0F-20G-26A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of an honours degree with in the field of financial accounting.
Corequisite: No co-requisites.
Aim: To critically evaluate the reporting requirements of the International Accounting Standards Board with particular
reference to the South African reporting environment
Content: A study of the financial reporting requirements in South Africa as determined by legislation and regulatory
bodies. To benchmark this module, specific reference is made to the reporting requirements in certain leading
Western countries. Specific topics dealt with in this module include the presentation of financial statements, corporate
governance, and the other reports and non-financial information found in financial statements.
Assessment: Presentations (20%) and a final examination (80%).
DP Requirement: None.
Masters Thesis in Accounting

ACCT8RD W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-0W-192C)
Aim: To produce a dissertation consisting of at least 20 000 words on an aspect of financial accounting.
Content: Students must complete a research dissertation on an aspect of financial accounting approved by the
Programme coordinator.
Assessment: Examination of thesis (100%)
DP Requirement: As per College rules.
Research Methodology
ACCT8RM W1 (39L-0T-0P-11S-25H-10R-0F-25G-50A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of an honours degree, or equivalent within the field of financial accounting.
Aim: Research Methodology is a research training module that will both prepare the student to conduct their masters
research dissertation and develop skills that are of value beyond a university environment. This module is designed to
be interlocking and complementary to the students mathematics and statistics modules (undergraduate studies). It
aims to expose students to the epistemological underpinnings of research, develop your knowledge of a variety of
methods of data collection and data analysis, give you practical experience of research and research writing, and
enable you to design and undertake your own independent projects in the future. This module quips students with a
broad understanding of both qualitative and quantitative research methods, techniques and issues and their
application to business and management problems. The module aims to develop a critical understanding of the value
of the research endeavour and thereby help the management/business researcher to build business knowledge and
theory that generates new questions as well as provides answers.
Content: The module focuses on designing a research project, structuring an inquiry, and the ethics and politics of
business research. The course covers literature review skills, the tools of theory building, interviewing skills, designed
a questionnaire, indexes/typologies and asking questions. The nature of quantitative research is also covered. Topics
in the module include: identifying research problems within management and formulating specific research questions;
research processes, problem statement and proposals; ethics in business research; issues in the design and
measurement of qualitative and quantitative research; sources of qualitative and quantitative data; surveys, interviews
and observation; and presentation of results.
Assessment: This module will be assessed according to the module objectives. Continuous assessment (Formative)
will constitute 20% and the open book examination (Summative) will constitute the other 80% of the assessment.
Continuous assessment will include combinations of: Individual Assignments, Group Assignments, Tests, and
Simulations. The examination will take the format of an Open Book Case Study.
DP Requirement: Students must attempt all assessments and achieve a minimum of 40% class mark.
Reporting Financial Positions

ACCT8RP WB (26L-26T-0P-26S-142H-72R-0F-0G-28A-30W-32C)
Content: The conceptual framework has taken a balance sheet point of view that has been followed in most
International Financial Reporting Standards. This module studies those statements that measure liabilities (and their
associated assets) with specific emphasis on those areas that are still subject to international debate (for example,
measurement bases, intangible assets etc.).
Masters Thesis in Accounting Subseq Yr

ACCT8RY W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-192C)
Content: To conduct independent research
PhD Accounting Year 1

ACCT901 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
PhD Accounting Subseq Yr

ACCT902 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
Auditing
Auditing 200
AUDT200 P2 W2 (27L-18T-0P-0S-72H-37R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ACCT101 and ACCT102 (with a pre-requisite pass of 55%).
Corequisite: None
Aim: To introduce students to risk management, governance and auditing principles, concepts and techniques in
terms of the competencies outlined by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA).
Content: The module content will include an introduction to the responsibilities of directors for internal controls,
control objectives, characteristics of good internal control, transactional cycles and the application of internal control in
these accounting cycles. The module will also focus on the responsibilities of directors for the governance risk, risk
management concepts, evaluating and managing an entitys risk management strategies and evaluating an entitys
plans for risk management. It will also include an overview of the audit process and the framework, the theory and
philosophy of auditing, the accounting profession and the financial statement audit engagement.
DP Requirement: A class mark of at least 40%, attendance at 80% of the tutorials and the submission of a
satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Auditing 200) at 80% of the homework exercises.
Auditing 300
AUDT300 PY,WY (78L-30T-0P-0S-92H-42R-0F-0G-78A-30W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Credit for ACCT200 and AUDT200
Aim: To understand the responsibilities of the auditor, the audit function, process and legislation.
Content: An introduction to auditing and the auditing profession. Ethics, professional conduct and the powers, duties
Syllabi 125
and responsibilities of accountants and auditors registered with major accounting bodies such as the South African
Institute of Chartered Accountants, and the IRBA. General comprehension and application of company and close
corporation legislation and corporate governance. An overview of the audit process, introductory concepts and
general principles. The basics of computer auditing, including general and application controls and computer assisted
auditing techniques. The functions, documentation, risks, internal controls, audit objectives and procedures, and
computer aspects of the operating cycles. An introduction to the various aspects of completing the audit and audit
reports. .
satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Auditing300) at 80% of the homework exercises and project.
Advanced Auditing
AUDT6DD WY, PY (52L-35T-0P-0S-52H-80R-0F-0G-101A-30W-32C)
Aim: To demonstrate major stages of the audit process and procedures, illustrate audit reports and learn contractual
requirements relating to the audit.
Content: The profession of auditing; process of auditing; investigative process; statutory requirements and the
auditor.
Assessment: Class mark (30%), Examination (70%)
Auditing)
Advanced Auditing
AUDT7DD WY,PY (52L-35T-0P-0S-52H-80R-0F-0G-101A-30W-32C)
Aim: To demonstrate major stages of the audit process and procedures, illustrate audit reports and learn contractual
requirements relating to the audit.
Content: The profession of auditing; process of auditing; investigative process; statutory requirements and the
auditor.
Assessment: Class mark (30%), Examination (70%)
Auditing)
Business Administration
Business Accounting 112
BBAP112 W2 P2 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce basic accounting techniques and to prepare and interpret simple sets of financial statements.
Content: Basic financial statements and the processing of transactions. Analysis and interpretation of financial
statements. Alternative accounting policies and estimates and the limitations of financial statements. Cash flow
statements and cash budgeting techniques.
Assessment: Class Mark 40%, Examination 60%
DP Requirement: Students must obtain a class mark of at least 40%.
Business Law 102

BBAP1BL P2 W2 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce learners to substantive and procedural topics in business law.
Content: Law as an environmental component and its impact on the organisation; Sources of law; basic legal
concepts; principles of SA business law.

Computing 102
BBAP1C2 W2 P2 (12L-0T-26P-0S-87H-30R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Learners must meet the requirements for admission to study for the BBA.
Aim: To provide students with the theory and practice needed to attain computer literacy skills in Windows, MS Word,
MS Excel, and an appreciation of the Internet as a foundational element of management studies.
Content: MS Windows; MS Word (word-processing, creating business correspondence/documents); MS Excel
(setting up spreadsheets, formatting, calculations, charts,); Internet (search engines, downloading, security).
Communication in Business 101

BBAP1CB P1 W1 (30L-10T-5P-30S-63H-12R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: None
Aim: To develop communication and interpersonal skills applicable to a variety of situations appropriate in the
business world.
Content: The transactional model of communication and its application, intercultural communication, small group
interaction (including meetings), written reports, oral presentations, conflict management, basic negotiation skills,
Harvard Referencing System.
Economics 101
BBAP1E1 W1 P1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Learners must meet the requirements for admission to study for the BBA
Aim: To introduce learners to core concepts in microeconomics such as pricing theory, supply and demand for a good
or service, globalisation and other factors impacting on the operation of the market economy.
Content: The module covers the following topics: Needs, wants, resources, factors of production, supply and demand
factors, elasticities both of demand and resources use, gains from trade, rents, costs, firm structure, globalization and
markets, and game theory.
Economics 102
BBAP1E2 W2 P2 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce learners to fundamental concepts in macroeconomics such as National income accounts,
government expenditure, monetary and fiscal policy, aggregate demand and supply.
Content: The module covers the following topics: National income accounts; income determination; saving and
investment; government expenditure; tax and the government expenditure multiplier; interest rates; monetary and
fiscal policy; aggregate demand and aggregate supply
Business Management 101

BBAP1M1 P1 W1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To gain an overview of business management.
Content: Introduction to Business Management; the dynamics of business and economics; ethics and social
responsibility; international business; starting and growing a business; quality and competitiveness; human resources;
Syllabi 127
management function in business; marketing; financing enterprises, other relevant issues in business management.
Case study analysis.
Management Science 101

BBAP1MS P1, P2, W1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce principles of applied business statistics in the context of public and private sector management
decisions.
Content: The organisation and display of data, central tendency and variation, index numbers, correlation and
regression, forecasting, basic inferential statistics, mathematics of finance.

Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP112
Aim: To explore more advanced methods of analysing and interpreting financial statements, managing working
capital and appraising investments.
Content: Creative Accounting, predicting financial distress, other information in the annual financial report, assessing
performances, intangible assets, provisions, revenue recognition problems, share options, sources of finance dividend
policy, overtrading, the EQQ model, cost of capital return on investment (ROI), discounted cash flow techniques
(DCF).

Aim: To introduce principles of management accounting, methods of valuing businesses, and decision making using
common accounting techniques.
Content: Cost accounting techniques, job costing, process costing, batch costing, standard costing and various
analyses. Cost/volume/profit analysis. Fixed, variable and semi variable costs. Calculation of break-even point ,
Operating leverage Accounting and Economic theories of costing. Business valuation methods - liquidation basis,
super profits and discounted future returns. Structuring an acquisition and drafting agreements. Investigation of
potential acquisitions.
Assessment: Class Mark 40%, Examination 60%.
Human Resource Management 211

BBAP2H1 P1 W1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce students to Human Resource Management, its systems and processes.
Content: The module provides a broad introduction to Human Resource Management as a field of study and practice
in the South African context including the areas of Job Analyses, Job Descriptions and Job Specifications; HR
Planning, Recruitment & Selection; Performance and Compensation Management and Training and Development.

BBAP2H2 P2 W2 (30L-0T-0P-0S-100H-18R-0F-6G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To provide students with a sound knowledge of the management of people in organisations. A particular aim of
this course is to place, wherever possible, theories and concepts developed in advanced western industrialised
nations within the South African context and to provide the students with essential people management skills.
Content: Introduction and revision of the HRM211 course content. Interviewing skills exercises. Selection testing
theory, principles and practice. Motivational theory and its relation to HRM. Compensation management with special
regard to job evaluation and incentive schemes. Performance management, which includes Management by
Objectives and goal setting; Performance appraisals; Training and development; Coaching. Employee counselling and
employee assistant programmes. Social responsibility programmes. Group dynamics. Stress management. Revision.
Assessment: 1 essay 20%; 1 test 20%; 1 Exam (3hrs) 60%.
Information Management 202

BBAP2IM W1 P1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP1C2
Aim: Introduce to students the concepts, challenges and opportunities underpinning the use of information
technology.
Content: How businesses use information systems; information systems and strategy; ethical and social issues;
business intelligence; databases and information management; telecommunications; the internet and wireless
technology; securing information systems; creating a new internet business; enterprise applications; E-commerce;
managing knowledge; enhancing decision making; building information systems.
Business Management 201

BBAP2M1 P1 W1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP1M1
Aim: To introduce and explain the concepts of operations management in both the manufacturing and services
sectors.
Content: Operations management strategy, quality management, the supply chain, facility location and layout,
processes in manufacturing and services, operations planning and control including inventory control, materials
requirements planning (mrp), manufacturing resources planning (MRP11), JIT, ERP and project management.
Marketing Management 202

BBAP2MM P2 W2 (33L-0T-0P-0S-91H-30R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce the field of Marketing including consumer behaviour and marketing research.
Content: Introduction to marketing; consumer behaviour and marketing research.
Supply Chain Management 202

BBAP2SC P2 W2 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce the field and functions of supply chain management and to provide an understanding of the
purchasing management function and its relationship to other functions.
Content: Supply chain management and logistics; purchasing objectives and impact; supplier selection and
evaluation; quality in purchasing and supply chain management. Value analysis; price determination: price analysis
and cost analysis. Outsourcing (make or buy); quantity determination; time and place utility; purchasing ethics;
Purchasing of capital equipment; international procurement and electronic commerce. Selected topics.
Syllabi 129
Business Management 311 (Entre & Leadership)

Aim: 1) To introduce learners to the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and to facilitate the acquisition of skills
relevant to enterprise initiation, expansion and organisational renewal and turnaround strategies. 2) To introduce
learners to the principles and processes related to successful change interventions in organizations with particular
emphasis on the critical role of leadership.
Content: Fundamentals of entrepreneurship & its application to: SMME venture initiation, business growth,
turnaround of a business demise & initiating organisational renewal. Introduction to nature of change facing
organisations in 21st century & 'best business practices & principles' related to leading successful organisational
change interventions.
Business Management 312 (Corp Strategy)

Aim: To develop capacity to think strategically about a company, its present business position, long-term direction,
resources and competitive capabilities, the features of its strategy and opportunities for gaining sustainable
competitive advantage. To build skills in conducting strategic analysis in a variety of industries and competitive
situations including the challenges of a global market environment.
Business Management 313 (Ethics)

Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP1M1 or approved equivalent module.
Aim: To provide learners with an understanding of business ethics and corporate social responsibility as a field of
applied ethics.
Content: The nature and importance of ethical behaviour; Major paradigms of ethical behaviour; Organisational ethics
as a field of applied ethics; Models of ethical decision-making in organizations; specific organizational contexts;
Integrative review of material/topics covered.
Business Management 314 (Project Mgnt)

Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP2M1 (Operations Management)
Aim: To provide students with a holistic, integrative view of project management, focusing on project management as
a key managerial activity, how projects contribute to the strategic goals of an organisation and how to select the best
projects that can be supported by the available technical and managerial support.
Content: Project Management is the coordinated organization, direction and implementation of portfolio of projects
and activities that together achieve outcomes and realize benefits that are of strategic importance. Managing
successful project programmes includes the change process, program management principles, organization and
leadership, benefits management, stakeholder management and communications, risk management and issue
resolution programme planning and control, and quality management.
Business Tax 313

BBAP3BT W2 P2 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To provide an understanding of taxation of individuals, companies and special classes of taxpayers including
VAT and the effect of tax on business finance.
Content: General review of tax structure, gross income and tax deductions; taxation of special classes of taxpayers;
taxation of individuals and companies; employees tax and provisional tax; implication of tax on business finance.

BBAP3HR W1 P1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce learners to employment relations in South Africa
Content: Overview of the Basic Conditions of Employment and Labour Relations Acts, with a focus on Unfair
Dismissals. Trade Union Rights, Dispute Resolution and Strike Action.
Marketing Management 301

BBAP3MK P1 W1 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP2MM
Aim: To provide an understanding and knowledge of the specialised marketing fields of Business to Business
marketing, promotional strategies and strategic marketing.
Content: Integrated Marketing. Communication and special topics in Marketing which may include, but not restricted
to Business to Business Marketing. Technology in Marketing and Services Marketing.
Supply Chain Management 302

BBAP3SM P2 W2 (33L-7T-0P-0S-103H-12R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: BBAP2CS (may be done concurrently with Supply Chain Management 302)
Aim: To provide an understanding and knowledge of physical distribution and transportation and their impact on
customer service; appreciation of negotiation in purchasing and supply chain management; strategic supply chain
management.
Content: Strategic supply chain management planning; physical distribution; storage, packaging and
warehousing/distribution centres; transportation; electronic commerce. Negotiation and negotiation practical. Selected
topics.
Economics
Principles of Microeconomics
ECON101 H1 P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Content: Introductory economic concepts including the principles of supply and demand, the efficient production of
goods, market structures under perfect competition and monopoly. The markets for labour, capital and land are
analysed and the manner in which income and wealth is distributed.
Assessment: tests (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%)
Syllabi 131
Principles of Macroeconomics
Content: An introduction to macroeconomics. The operation of the money market is examined, and the main
components of expenditure (consumption, investment, government spending and net exports) are used to build simple
macroeconomic models. Fiscal and monetary policy tools and their ability to influence key macroeconomics concerns
of inflation, unemployment and growth are assessed.
Assessment: tests (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%)
Augmented Economics 102

ECON106 P2 W2 (39L-39T-0P-0S-150H-80R-0F-0G-12A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Student must be registered for BCOM4 programme.
Content: An introduction to macroeconomics. The operation of the money market is examined, and the main
components of expenditure (consumption, investment, government spending and net exports) are used to build simple
macroeconomic models. Fiscal and monetary policy tools and their ability to influence key macroeconomics of
inflation, unemployment and growth are assessed. Students cover the same topics as in the equivalent regular
module, ECON102 and, in addition, complete supplementary material designed for students who are under-prepared
for university-level Economics.
Assessment: tests (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%).
Elementary Microeconomics
ECON1C0 W1, P1 (39L-15T-0P-0S-60H-20R-0F-0G-26A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: none
Corequisite: Business Language Development (two modules), Elementary Macroeconomics; Foundation
Mathematics and Service-Learning.
Aim: To introduce the students to the key economic question, microeconomic concepts, principles of economics, and
economic systems. Secondly, the module aims to prepare students by laying the foundations for the more advanced
and more technical first year mainstream principles of microeconomics module.
Content: Introduction to Economics and Economic Systems. Factors of Production, and the economic problem,
scarcity, choice and opportunity cost. Market mechanism, demand, supply and prices and elasticities of demand and
supply. Consumer behaviour, market structures, perfect competition, monopoly and (imperfect competition),
introduction to Distribution theory Labour and Wages.
Practicals: none
Assessment: Class tests (50%); Final examination (50%).
DP Requirement: . None
Elementary Macroeconomics
ECON1D0 W2, P2 (39L-15T-0P-0S-60H-20R-0F-0G-26A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: none
Corequisite: Business Language Development, Elementary Microeconomics; Foundation Mathematics and Service-
Learning.
Aim: The main aim of Elementary Macroeconomics is to introduce students to concepts and principles of
macroeconomics. Secondly, the module aims to prepare students by laying the foundations for the more advanced
and more technical first year mainstream principles of microeconomics module.
Content: Concepts and principles of macroeconomics, macroeconomic goals, introduction to money and banking in
economic policy issues and policy measures. Introduction to International Trade, rationale for trade, exchange rates,
balance of payments and international economic problems and issues.
Practicals: none
Assessment: Class tests (50%); Final examination (50%).
Intermediate Macroeconomic & Applications

Prerequisite Requirement: ECON102
Content: Intermediate macroeconomics and applications. This module covers theories of income determination and
employment. These are examined in the context of the analysis of goods and money markets as well as in an
aggregate demand/aggregate supply framework. Fiscal and monetary policies and their impact on output,
employment and prices are analysed, as are trade-offs between inflation and unemployment. Key macroeconomic
issues are assessed in the context of developed and developing economies.
Assessment: Tests/Assignments (50%), Final Examination (50%)
Intermediate Microeconomics & Applications

Content: Intermediate microeconomics and applications. This module covers intermediate microeconomic theory, its
application to solving real-world economic problems and the analysis of policy-related issues. Traditional theories of
consumer (utility) behaviour and production (output and profit optimisation) behaviour are examined. In addition,
students are exposed to modern theories such as game theory and transaction cost theory. Applications include the
analysis of risk in consumption, investment and insurance decisions and the efficient allocation of resources and
output under welfare economics.
Assessment: Tests/assignments (50%), Final Examination (50%)

ECON204 W2,P2 (39L-43T-0P-0S-136H-90R-0F-0G-12A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ECON105. Student must be registered for the BCOM4 Programme
Content: Intermediate microeconomics and applications. This module covers intermediate microeconomic theory, its
application to solving real-world economic problems and the analysis of policy-related issues. Traditional theories of
consumer (utility) behaviour and production (output and profit optimisation) behaviour are examined. In addition,
students are exposed to modern theories - such as game theory and transaction cost theory. Application include the
analysis of risk in consumption, investment and insurance decisions and the efficient allocation of resources and
output under welfare economics. Students cover the same topics as in the equivalent regular module, ECON202 and,
in addition, complete supplementary material designed for students who are under-prepared for university-level
Economics.
Assessment: Tests/assignments (50%), Final Examination (50%).

ECON205 W1, P1 (39L-43T-0P-0S-136H-90R-0F-0G-12A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ECON106. Student must be registered for the BCOM4 Programme
Content: Intermediate macroeconomics and applications. This module covers theories of income determination and
employment. These are examined in the context of the analysis of goods and money markets as well as in an
aggregate demand/aggregate supply framework. Fiscal and monetary policies and their impact on output,
employment and prices are analysed, as are trade-offs between inflation and unemployment. Key macroeconomic
issues are assessed in the context of developed and developing economies.
Assessment: Tests/Assignments (50%), Final Examination (50%).
Environmental Economics
ECON302 W1 (30L-10T-0P-0S-76H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Syllabi 133
Content: This module addresses the nature and causes of modern environmental problems and the application of
microeconomic analysis to these problems, with particular reference to natural resource depletion and pollution.
Ecology and sustainable development are examined, while environmental issues in South Africa receive particular
attention.
Assessment: Assignments/tests (50%), Final Examination (50%)
Industrial Organisation
ECON305 H1 (30L-10T-0P-0S-76H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: This module studies the meaning, measurement and promotion of effective competition as it has been
studied in the field of industrial organisation. This requires the study of competition and monopoly. The module
therefore involves the concepts and analytical methods that clarify markets and assesses the data on markets. Market
structure and competition policy as it is applied in South Africa forms the nucleus of this course.
International Economics
Prerequisite Requirement: ECON201 and ECON202
Content: The main focus of this module is on international trade theory and commercial policy, including tariff and
non-tariff barriers. The module also includes a briefer coverage of international finance and exchange rate policy.
Questions of economic integration are covered and a brief review of illegal international transactions is included.
Public Economics
Content: This module examines the broad role of the state in modern mixed economies. It addresses the theory and
effects of government expenditure, taxes and transfer payments. Both efficiency and equity considerations of the
public sector budgets are assessed.
Macroeconomic Policy in SA
ECON309 W2
Content: The theoretical foundations of macroeconomics are used to understand the objectives of and conflicts in
macroeconomic policy. The module will examine monetary policy and the S.A. financial system, as well as fiscal and
budgetary policy. Open-economy macroeconomic issues will be analysed, as will the co-ordination between
monetary, fiscal and balance of payments policies.
Special Topics
ECON310 WB P2 (30L-10T-0P-0S-76H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ECON201 and 202
Content: Topics of current interest from theoretical and policy perspectives may be offered.
Assessment: Assignments/tests (50%), Examination (50%)
Labour Economics
Content: Key issues in the SA labour market are addressed, including wage determination, inequality and discrimination,
affirmative action, unemployment, labour relations and globalisation. The module examines critically the tools that
economists have used to analyse these issues and explores current policy initiatives and policy debates in the SA
economy.
DP Requirement: .None
Quantitative Economics
Content: This module will cover the essential elements of the application of economic theory to real-world data using
the tools of mathematics and econometrics at a basic level. A brief introduction to the necessary mathematical tools
lays the foundation for the estimation and interpretation of single-equation models with continuous dependent
variables. The emphasis will be on practical application rather than theory.
Assessment: Assignments/tests (50%); Examination (50%)
Monetary Economics
ECON340 P 2 (30L-10T-0P-0S-76H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: To develop a conceptual framework which will enable learners to critically analyse national and international
monetary behaviour and markets.
Content: Demand for money, supply of money, level and structure of interest rates, inflation, balance of payments
and exchange rates, the transmission mechanism, South African monetary policy.
International Trade
ECON360 P2 (30L-10T-0P-0S-76H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enable learners to understand why countries trade and the impact of international trade in the world
economy. The nature and consequences of trade policies, the balance of payments and the operation of the foreign
exchange are also examined.
Content: International Trade Theory and Policy, Exchange Rate Determination and Policy, South African
Applications.
Assessment: Assignments/tests 50%; Exam 50%
Development Economics
Aim: To study the theory of economic development and growth, addressing issues specific to developing countries.
Content: Theories of development and globalization, population growth, the role of the state, foreign aid and
investment, agriculture and industry.
Assessment: Assignments/tests 40%; exam 60%
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all assignments.
*options offered at various campuses will depend on staff availability and student numbers. Details will be
given each semester by the Economics 3 co-ordinators.
Syllabi 135
Economics Research Project

ECON700 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the prescribed Honours program.
Aim: To enable learners to conduct supervised research on an approved topic leading to a dissertation.
Content: A dissertation of approximately 10 000 words on an approved topic written under the supervision of a
member of the School.
Assessment: Research dissertation (100%).
Industrial Economics
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the Honours Programme or ECON330 (minimum mark 55%) or
equivalent.
Content: The S-C-P paradigm and the measurement and causes of concentration barriers to entry into an industry,
cash and transaction costs theory, vertical integration and horizontal diversification, the principal agent problem,
mergers, competition and privatisation.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, One 3hr Exam 50%
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the Honours Programme or ECON360 (minimum mark 55%) and
ECON314 (minimum mark 60%) or equivalent.
Content: This module explores some of the critical topics (including theoretical, empirical and policy-related issues) in
international economics. The major trade theories and policies, main international institutions in the global economy,
key aspects of regional integration and some of the recent emerging issues and challenges in the international
economy are examined.
Assessment: Tests/assignments (50%) , Exam (50%)
Mathematics for Economists

ECON7DT P1 W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
equivalent.
Content: The module covers the application of differential and integral calculus to a range of economic problems such
as comparative statics, constrained and unconstrained optimisation and dynamics of economic systems. It then
considers the economic applications of differential and difference equations
Assessment: Coursework (50%), Examination (50%)
Environmental Economics
ECON7EN P2 W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
equivalent.
Content: The module provides an advanced understanding of the application of economic theory to environmental
issues. Topics covered include: sustainable development; property rights and the environment; externalities; policies
for pollution control; management of renewable and non-renewable resources; techniques of environmental valuation;
global environmental issues.
Economics of Health Care

ECON7HC W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Content: The application of economics (mainly microeconomics) to health care, recognising the importance of
scarcity and incentives as applied to the demand for and supply of health-care services. Medical insurance,
production of health services, cost of technology, equity, access and need, and the role of government will be
analysed.
Intermediate Econometrics
ECON7IE P2 W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-98H-20R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A minimum mark of 60% for ECON314 or equivalent
Content: This module provides the quantitative skills to apply and test economic theory using real-world data. Topics
covered include the linear regression model; maximum-likelihood techniques; generalised least squares; simultaneous
equation systems; and limited dependent variables.
International Trade
ECON7IN W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Content: Provides an understanding of the theory and empirics of international trade in a rapidly changing global
environment. Developments in the theory determining the composition and direction of trade are examined with
application to South Africa. The growth in preferential trading agreements and the practice of trade policy within the
context of the World Trade Organisation are studied.
ECON7IO W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-98H-20R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: To familiarize learners with the key concepts in industrial organisation theory, the theory of the firm, and the
major issues surrounding government policy on industrial structure. Topics covered include: the S-C-P paradigm and
the maintenance of competition; barriers to entry; the theory of the firm; vertical integration and horizontal
diversification; mergers; regulation and privatization.
Assessment: Coursework (50%), Examination (50%).
Labour Economics
ECON7LE WB (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Content: Labour economics involves the theoretical and empirical examination of labour markets and employment
relationships. The module begins by reviewing labour demand and labour supply, before turning to the analysis of
schooling and training decisions under the general heading of human capital. The module also covers issues
underlying the supply of labour such as household decision-making and the economic analysis of fertility. Aggregate
labour market outcomes such as the levels of employment and unemployment and the distribution of earnings are
also examined.
Macroeconomics
ECON7MA P1 W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the Honours Programme, or ECON330 (minimum mark 55%) and
Content: The module analyses the economic fundamentals that drive the behaviour of the macro economy. It seeks
to explain the behaviour of key macroeconomic variables such as output, employment and inflation and analyses the
environment in which macroeconomic policy in South Africa is conducted.
Microeconomics
ECON7MI P2 W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the Honours Programme, or ECON330 (minimum mark 55%) and
Syllabi 137
Content: The module provides a rigorous theoretical coverage of microeconomics and its applications to real-world
problems. Topics covered include consumer behaviour; production and cost; imperfect competition; general
equilibrium; market failure; and decision making under conditions of risk.
Assessment: Coursework (50%); Examination (50%)
Research Methodology in Economics

ECON7RM (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-13W-16C)
Content: Students learn about research in business, scientific thinking and operational definitions, the research
process, writing a research proposal, principles of measurement, scaling and sampling designs, secondary and
primary data collection techniques, qualitative analyses and data preparation and analysis.
Practicals: Students are required to conduct practical exercises in sampling, questionnaire design, data collection
and capturing, data processing and analysis.
Assessment: Assignments, Projects, Presentations (50%), Exam (50%)
Special Topics Economics

ECON7SP P1 W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Content: Topics depending on interest and availability of specialised staff may be offered.
Economics Res Project Subseq Semester

ECON7SY P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance onto the prescribed Honours programme
Content: A dissertation of approximately 10 000 words on an approved topic written under the supervision of a
member of the School
Assessment: Research Dissertation (100%).
DP Requirement: As per College Rules
Industrial Economics
Prerequisite Requirement: Honours in Economics or equivalent
Content: The S-C-P paradigm and the measurement and causes of concentration barriers to entry into an industry,
cash and transaction costs theory, vertical integration and horizontal diversification, the principal agent problem, game
theory, mergers, competition and privatisation
Assessment: Coursework 50%, 1 3-hour examination 50%
Public Finance
Prerequisite Requirement: Honours in Economics or equivalent
Content: Public sector behaviour and economic efficiency of policy instruments, externalities and public goods, the
theory of taxation in a global and local context, public sector investment and economic growth.
Assessment: Coursework (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%)
Content: This module explores some of the critical topics (including theoretical, empirical and policy-related issues) in
international economics. The major trade theories and policies, main international institutions in the global economy,
key aspects of regional integration and some of the recent emerging issues and challenges in the international
economy are examined.
Advanced Econometrics
ECON8A2 W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ECON4IE or ECON7IE or equivalent.
Content: This course provides the quantitative skills to apply and test economic theory using real-world data at an
advanced level: maximum-likelihood techniques, generalised least squares, seemingly unrelated and simultaneous
equation systems and categorical dependent variables, as well as the newer theory and methods for dealing with time
series data, including co-integrated variables and panel data estimation.
Assessment: Coursework 50%, 1 three-hour examination 50%.
Development Economics
ECON8DE W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Content: This module examines the micro-foundations of economic development. Topics covered include what is
meant by economic development and how to measure development; measuring inequality and the relationship
between inequality and economic growth; poverty; population growth; labour markets and social policy in developing
countries. These topics are considered with application particularly to South Africa.
Research Dissertation - Subseq Yr

ECON8DY P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Economics of Health Care

ECON8HC W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: The application of economics (mainly microeconomics) to health care, recognising the importance of
scarcity and incentives as applied to the demand for and supply of health-care services. Medical insurance,
production of health services, cost of technology, equity, access and need, and the role of government will be
analysed.
Issues in International Trade

ECON8IN W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-98H-20R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Provides an understanding of the theory and empirics of international trade in a rapidly changing global
environment. Developments in the theory determining the composition and direction of trade are examined with
application to South Africa. The growth in preferential trading agreements and the practice of trade policy within the
context of the World Trade Organisation are studied.
Assessment: Coursework (50%), one three-hour examination (50%)
ECON8IO WB (26L-13T-0P-0S-90H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: The meaning, measurement and promotion of effective competition as applied to the field of industrial
organisation. It also includes the behaviour of firms facing barriers to entry, contestable markets and the discipline of
competition with imports. Game theory is used to understand interactions between firms.
Labour Economics
ECON8LE W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: Labour economics involves the theoretical and empirical examination of labour markets and employment
relationships. The module begins by reviewing labour demand and labour supply, before turning to the analysis of
schooling and training decisions under the general heading of human capital. The module also covers issues
underlying the supply of labour such as household decision-making and the economic analysis of fertility. Aggregate
labour market outcomes such as the levels of employment and unemployment and the distribution of earnings are
also examined.
Syllabi 139
Advanced Macroeconomics
ECON8MA W1 W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Macroeconomics and Econometrics at the Honours level.
Content: The module provides an in-depth study of specific topics in macroeconomics. Topics covered include:
economic growth; business cycles; fiscal and monetary policy design; macroeconomic policy in the open economy.
Assessment: Coursework (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%).
Advanced Microeconomics
ECON8MI W1 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Microeconomics at the Honours level
Content: The module provides an in-depth study of specific topics in microeconomics. Topics covered include the
dual approach to consumer and producer behaviour; static and dynamic optimisation; oligopoly; choice under
uncertainty; adverse selection and moral hazard.
Assessment: Coursework (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%).
Research Methodology for Advanced Economics

ECON8MR W1 (0L-0T-0P-36S-84H-0R-0F-0G-40A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: In order to be eligible for admission to the Master of Commerce in Economics
programme a student must have completed four years of university study in economics.
Corequisite: none
Aim: To introduce predominant methods used in contemporary economics research.
Content: Students learn about the research process; about writing a research proposal; and about economics
research methods, including the areas of microeconomic research using cross-sectional data, macroeconomics
research using time series or cross-country data, descriptive analysis using case studies, and international trade
studies.
Practicals: none
Assessment: Presentations and essays (50%); project (50%)
DP Requirement: none.
Economics of Ports & Harbours

ECON8PH W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-98H-20R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: This module provides an understanding of the economic role and function of ports in the widest sense,
whereby ports are assessed not only as simple intermodal interfaces, but also as facilitators of commodity trade and
as energisers of economic activity both in their immediate host economies and in their wider hinterlands
Coursework Research Dissertation

ECON8RD W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Special Topics
ECON8SP WB (19L-0T-0P-19S-98H-20R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Topics depending on interest and availability of specialised staff may be offered.
Assessment: Assessment: Coursework (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%)
Sustainable Resource Usage in South Africa

ECON8SU W2 (19L-0T-0P-19S-100H-20R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Content: This module provides an assessment of the nature and causes of modern environmental problems and the
application of microeconomic analysis to these problems, with particular reference to natural resource depletion and
pollution. The contribution of ecology and physics to sustainable development are examined, while environmental
issues in South Africa receive close attention (with particular reference to agriculture, mining, industry and energy).
M Thesis Economics Full-time Year 1

ECON8TF W1 W2 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-192C)
M Thesis Economics subs yr

ECON8TS W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-192C)
PhD Economics Yr1

ECON901 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
PhD Economics Subseq Yr

ECON902 WB PB (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
Teaching and Learning Unit

Integrated Business Studies
EDUN103 W1 (0L-60T-0P-0S-80H-0R-0F-0G-20A-15W-16C)
Content: The course takes current business practice as a basis for developing basic business knowledge, critical
thinking and effective writing skills within an integrated interdisciplinary core module. Students develop business
proposals, debate topical business issues and gain skills of negotiation, communication and presentation
Assessment: Continuous assessment.
DP Requirement: 100% class attendance.
Entrepreneurship
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
ENTR2EN W2 P2 H2 (20L-0T-0P-0S-50H-0R-0F-0G-6A-15W-8C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MGNT102 OR (See Corequisite)
Corequisite: BAgricMgt students can offer AGEC 220 and AGEC270 in place of Management 120
Content: An introduction to the theoretical base and practical applications of the principles and concepts underlying
entrepreneurship. The course explains the nature and fundamentals of entrepreneurship, how business opportunities
are identified and developed into a successful business venture.
Assessment: 2 assessments (tests and/or assignments) (33%); 2 hour examination (67%).
Entrepreneurial Accounting and Finance

ENTR605 W2 (20L-0T-0P-6S-64H-0R-0F-6G-64A-15W-16C)
Aim: The aim of this module is to enhance candidates understanding of the financial management of a new or small
business in South Africa.
Content: Forecasting Cash flow management Analysis and interpretation of financial statements Funding
requirements of new ventures
Assessment: Assignments, tests and/or projects 50% Final examination 50%
Syllabi 141
Entrep Mkt & S/Chain Mgnt

Aim: This module aims to expose candidates to marketing (not only as a function of business but also) as a way of
thinking about redefining products and markets for sustainable competitive advantage. It also focuses on the
importance of entrepreneurial supply chain management as an integral component of the marketing function.
Content: The role of marketing in entrepreneurship and the role of entrepreneurship in marketing. Marketing
orientation and entrepreneurial orientation. Understanding value in customer segments. The entrepreneurial
marketing plan Entrepreneurial supply chain: oProcurement oLogistics and transportation oProcess management
Entrep. Strategy & Enter. Sust.

Aim: Conventionally, entrepreneurship focuses on the identification and exploitation of opportunities that create value
to customers and generate a profit for the entrepreneur. Sustainability takes a slightly different approach by adding
social and environmental benefits. This module aims to enable candidates to consider and incorporate sustainability
into their business strategy and their business practice.
Content: Strategy formulation incorporating sustainability The triple bottom line in entrepreneurship. Consideration
of social, environmental, economic and human issues in decision making
The Enterprise Environment

Aim: This module aims to develop in candidates an appreciation of the environment of business which presents as
both challenges but also as opportunities. Candidates who are exposed to and appreciate the environment will be
better equipped to deal with the consequences.
Content: The internal and external contexts in which business operates in the 21st century. The potential risks and
opportunities associated with these features of the environment forms part of the content of this module.
Perspectives in Entrepreneurship
Aim: Entrepreneurship is widely held to manifest in new and/or small ventures. In reality entrepreneurship may be
evident in a variety of applications. The aim of this module is to expose candidates to the various applications/
manifestations of entrepreneurship.
Content: The module includes; Alternate routes to entrepreneurship The manifestation of entrepreneurship in the
private sector; public sector and in NGOs. Intrapreneurship, public sector entrepreneurship and social
entrepreneurship are covered in this module
Creativity, Innov & Eco Dev

Aim: This module aims to develop in candidates an appreciation of the environment of business which presents as
both challenges but also as opportunities. Candidates who are exposed to and appreciate the environment will be
better equipped to deal with the consequences.
Content: The primary content of this module has 3 foci: Techniques for creativity and innovation Creativity,
innovation and entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship and economic development
Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship

Aim: This module aims to expose and challenge candidates to understand entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation
and how these might be applied to contemporary issues in various industries and markets
Content: The content of this module is expected to change based on cutting edge research and the focus of new
knowledge. It may be in particular sectors or in particular issues. Sources of innovation opportunities and their
application for entrepreneurship and innovation. Understand the industry/sector dynamics. Personal skills set for
creativity and innovation in organizational settings.
Business Planning
Aim: The module aims to enable candidates to develop, document and showcase their skills in presenting a Business
Plan.
Content: The strategic planning process Using Alex Osterwalders Business Model Canvas (to identify and explore
the components) Defining the components of the Business Plan Developing the Business Plan Techniques and
tools for presenting the Business Plan
Assessment: Assignment/s 50% Business Plan 50%
Entrepreneurship Research Project
ENTR700 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: Directing readings and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic.
Assessment: Examination of the dissertation.
Entrepreneurship & Economic Development

ENTR7AO P1 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Two College of Law and Management Studies level 3 modules
Content: Nature of entrepreneurship, Alternative routes to entrepreneurship with particular focus on social
entrepreneurship, corporate entrepreneurship and international entrepreneurship. Small business as a port of entry for
entrepreneurs, and Role of SMMEs in SA and other countries.
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all prescribed work and achieve at least a 40% class mark.
Entrepreneurship Innov & Venture Creation

ENTR7BO P2 W2 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Content: Creativity, ideas generation and innovation, strategic intent, strategies to establish competitive advantage,
feasibility for start-ups and designing the business plan.
Entrepreneurship & Small Business Develop

ENTR7CO P2 W2 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Content: Business failures and turnaround strategies, performance and growth of business ventures, financing the
venture, managing the business, and the role of social responsibility, networking and support in small business
development.
Syllabi 143
Research Methodology in Entrepreneurship

ENTR7RM W1 P1 (20L-0T-20P-0S-65H-30R-0F-10G-10A-15W-16C)
process, writing a research proposal, principles of measurements, scaling and sampling designs, secondary and
primary data collection techniques, qualitative analysis and data preparation and analysis
Assessment: Assignments, projects, presentations (40%), Exams (60%)
Entrepreneurship Res Project Subseq Semester

ENTR7SY P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Entrepreneurship Diss Year 1

ENTR801 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Content: Student must demonstrate ability to share knowledge within the framework of acceptable research methods
to solve problems.
Entrepreneurship Diss Subseq Year

ENTR802 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
to solve problems.
Doctoral Entrepreneurship Yr1

ENTR901 W1 W2, P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Doctoral Entrepreneurship Subsequent Yr

ENTR902 W1 W2, P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Finance Banking and Investment Management

Finance 600 Research Paper
FBIM600 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To allow learners to integrate the knowledge gained in preceding modules in an analysis of a topic related to the
fields of finance and banking, and to provide practical experience in the collection and analysis of data and in report
writing.
Content: Preparation and submission of a report on a selected topic in the field of finance and banking.
Assessment: Examination of submitted report 100%
Finance 601 Financial Management A

FBIM601 P1 W1 (30L-0T-0P-20S-100H-0R-4F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To give students an appreciation of accounting concepts and their use by management and to introduce them to
the basics of financial decision making
Content: Accounting concepts; Financial statements; Capital Budgeting and forecasting
Assessment: Term mark 40% (seminars, cases, tests); Exam 60%
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all prescribed work and have a term mark of 40% or more.
Finance 602 Investments

Corequisite: None
Aim: Introduce forms of investment within the South African economy, including the most significant financial
instruments, and aims to give an understanding of how financial markets facilitate investment, the principles which
govern these markets.
Content: Financial markets and the macroeconomy; Fundamentals of risk and return; Financial instruments and
valuation models; Fundamental analysis; Technical analysis; Efficient market Hypothesis.
Finance 603 Bank Management A

Corequisite: None
Aim: To introduce the fundamental principles of banking, the function of banks within the economy including different
types of banks and how they operate, and internal aspects of bank management.
Content: An overview of the nature and function of the primary banking institutions; the South African Reserve Bank
and banking regulation; measuring and evaluating bank performance; credit and pricing policies; liquidity and reserve
management.
Finance 604 Taxation

Corequisite: None
Aim: To provide an understanding of the basic principles governing the calculation of individual and corporate tax.
Content: A general overview of the tax structure; definition of gross income; exemptions; deductions; calculation of
individuals tax liability; calculation of company tax liability.
Finance 605 Risk & Portfolio Management

Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in Investments
Corequisite: None
Syllabi 145
Aim: to provide an understanding of a range of risk factors relevant to modern corporations and to provide a
theoretical understanding of each risk, the appropriate techniques for measuring such risks, and an appreciation of the
various strategies available for managing such risks.
Content: Portfolio theory and management; CAPM and APT; derivatives and their role in managing risk including
price risk, exchange rate risk, credit risk and interest rate risk.
Finance 607 Financial Management B

Prerequisite Requirement: 40% Financial Management A
Corequisite: None
Aim: To develop students knowledge of financial management with regards to the acquisition and management of
the firms resources and to equip them to develop a financial business plan
Content: Capital structure theory and the cost of capital; Dividend policy; Working capital management; Mergers and
Acquisitions; Leasing; Costing techniques; Business Plans
Finance 608 Business Statistics

Corequisite: None
Aim: To acquaint learners with statistics and econometrics techniques widely used in business.
Content: Descriptive statistics; Index numbers; Introduction to probability; Regression Models
Practicals: Computer based exercises
Finance 610 Business Law

Corequisite: None
Content: Law as an environmental component and its impact on the organisation; sources of law; basic legal
Finance 611 Marketing Management

Corequisite: None
Aim: To provide learners with a working knowledge of the activities involved in developing marketing strategies and
programmes to achieve competitive advantage.
Content: Introduction to Marketing Concepts; Understanding and Evaluating the Marketing Environment; Marketing
Strategy and Planning; Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning; Marketing Mix strategies
Business Strategy & Management

Corequisite: None
Aim: To give students an appreciation of the nature of the business organisation and its environment and the concept
of management
Content: Introduction to Business and Business Management; the analysis of the internal and external environments
of a firm; introduction to the Management Process including planning, leading, organising & controlling

Corequisite: None.
Aim: The purpose of this module is to provide students with the theory and analytical skills required in the design and
control of systems for the productive use of human resources, raw materials, equipment and facilities in the
development of a product or service.
Content: Quality management; management of the supply chain; product design and process selection processes in
manufacturing and services; operations planning and control
Marketing Management B
Prerequisite Requirement: Marketing Management A (MARK6JO)
Aim: To raise student awareness of specialist marketing disciplines and contemporary marketing issues.
Content: This module provides an introduction to specialist disciplines and contemporary issues in marketing, as
approved by the Discipline Co-ordinator.
Assessment: Term mark 40% (assignments, seminars, cases, tests); Exam 60%.
Marketing Management C
Corequisite: None
Aim: To integrate the knowledge students have acquired in their undergraduate degrees, and first post graduate
Marketing modules. It aims to develop advanced strategic marketing analytical and planning skills. This module is
core for any student wishing to specialize in marketing but is also a good option for students who wish to understand,
and be able to interact with, the decisions made by Marketing directors within their organisations. Students will
develop skills in critically analyzing Marketing situations and preparing plans for marketing strategy implementation.
Content: This module focuses on advanced marketing environment analysis as a foundation to the formulation of
market driven corporate, business and functional strategies and the development of appropriate marketing plans.
Special Topics in Management

Aim: The purpose of the module is to enable learners to develop an understanding of contemporary management
issues. The benefits of the module are that it will contribute towards the development of an understanding and
appreciation of the issues and challenges involved when applying the traditional management principles and variables
to the unique requirements of selected topics that may confront the modern manager.
Content: The specific issues will, by their very nature, vary from year to year and will depend on relevance of the
issues and availability of staff capacity to cover them.
Syllabi 147

Elements of Entrepreneurship
Corequisite: None.
Aim: To understand to concept and application of entrepreneurship and the generation of new business ideas.
Content: Nature and significance of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in the new South Africa, entrepreneurship
and related concepts, creativity and entrepreneurial behaviour, idea generating techniques.
Assessment: Term mark 40% (seminars, cases tests), exams 60%.
Research Paper Subseq Sem

FBIM6SY P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To allow learners to integrate the knowledge gained in preceding modules in an analysis of a topic related to the
fields of finance and banking, and to provide practical experience in the collection and analysis of data and in report
writing.
Content: Preparation and submission of a report on a selected topic in the field of finance and banking.
Assessment: Examination of submitted report 100%
Finance
Finance 201
FINA201 W1 P1 (30L-20T-0P-0S-50H-54R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MATH134 and STAT130; or 40% in MATH130.
Corequisite: Nil
Content: An introduction to the financial environment in which investors and financial managers operate, the types of
decisions facing investors and financial managers, and the concepts of valuation of securities. The course includes:
(1) introduction to corporate finance, financial markets, institutions and instruments; (2) using financial statement
information; (3) short term financial planning and management; and (4) first principles of valuation and valuing shares
and bonds.
Assessment: tests / assignments (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%).
Finance 202
FINA202 W2 P2 (30L-20T-0P-0S-50H-54R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: At least 40% in FINA201.
Corequisite: Nil
Content: This course further expands on the major decisions facing an investor and financial manager. The course
includes: (1) risk and return; (2) the long-term investment decision and (3) the long-term financing decision - sources
of finance, cost of capital, capital structure and dividend decisions.
Assessment: tests/assignments (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%)
Capital Market Theory

FINA311 W1, P1 (30L-7T-0P-0S-67H-50R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: FINA201 and FINA202
Corequisite: Nil
Content: The course includes: (1) the South African financial environment; (2) security analysis; and (3) risk and
return portfolio theory, the capital asset pricing model and arbitrage pricing theory.
Assessment: tests / assignments (50%), one three-hour examination (50%).
Financial Risk Management

Corequisite: Nil
Content: The course includes (1) derivative instruments options, futures and hedging strategies, and (2) the
management of financial risk with derivatives.
Corporate Financial Management

Corequisite: Nil
Content: The course includes: (1) the firms investment decision advanced applications; (2) international business
finance; and (3) long-term financing, expansion and restructuring (including mergers and acquisitions).
Research Project in Finance

FINA700 PY, WY (0L-10T-0P-0S-310H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: FINA311, FINA312, FINA321, 60% in ECON314
Content: The objective of the project will be to develop student's analytical skills when faced with a working world
scenario. In doing so, students must use acceptable research methodologies and display appropriate report-writing
skills. Students will be provided with general guidance on the topic to be researched and access to relevant datasets,
but will be expected to work with minimal supervision.
Corporate Finance
FINA7CR W1 P1 (10L-0T-0P-32S-113H-0R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: The aim of this course is to allow students to develop their understanding of the factors that drive corporate
value through an examination of firm's financial strategies, financing and investment decisions. Topics: drivers of
corporate value: strategy and firm value: corporate investment and financing: corporate restructuring: project
financing.
Assessment: tests/assignments (50%), three-hour examination (50%).
International Business Finance

FINA7IB W2, P2 (10L-0T-0P-32S-113H-0R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: This course provides an awareness of the unique factors to be considered within the environment of
International Finance, and an understanding of international financing and investment opportunities. Topics: the
determination of exchange rates; the international monetary system; foreign exchange markets - spot, forward and
derivatives; and international financial markets.
Syllabi 149
Portfolio Management
FINA7PM W2,P2 (10L-0T-0P-32S-113H-0R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To understand the concept and application of investing in capital markets and of managing investment portfolios.
Content: This module builds on basic principles of financial theory to provide learners with an in-depth analysis of
financial markets, the different theoretical approaches to investment strategy and the constructions and management
of efficient portfolios of assets.
Quantitative Methods in Finance

FINA7QF W1, P1 (39L-9T-13P-0S-73H-20R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Content: This course is designed to introduce finance students to advanced econometric techniques, with particular
focus on time-series methods widely used in their field of study. Topics include: multivariate regression analysis;
analysis and forecasting of univariate time series; non-stationarity and unit root; co-integration and error-correction
modelling.
Research Methodology in Finance

FINA7RE W2, (39L-9T-13P-0S-73H-20R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Assessment: Assignments, Projects, Presentations (50%), Exam (50%).
Finance Res Project Subseq Semester

FINA7SY W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: The objective of the project will be to develop student's analytical skills when faced with a working scenario.
In doing so, students must use acceptable research methodologies and display appropriate report-writing skills.
Students will be provided with general guidance on the topic to be researched and access to relevant datasets, but
will be expected to work with minimal supervision.
M Thesis Finance Yr1

FINA801 W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-192C)
M Thesis Finance Subseq Yr

FINA802 W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-192C)
PhD Finance Yr1

FINA901 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
PhD Finance Subseq Yr

FINA902 PB WB (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
Financial Reporting
Financial Reporting 1 A
FINR104 W1 P1 (39L-8T-4P-0S-65H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: This module provides an understanding of entrepreneurship and the role of accounting in business,
knowledge of various forms of business entities and the ability to record certain financial transactions and to prepare
basic financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (IFRSs).
Assessment: tests (50%), examination (50%)
DP Requirement: : A minimum of the following: A class mark of at least 40%, attendance at 80% of the tutorials and
the submission of a satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for Financial Reporting 104) at 80% of the
homework exercises.
Graduate School of Business and Leadership

Accounting for Managers
GSBL6AM W1 (40L-10T-5S-10G-4P-51H-10R-30A-18W-16C)
Aim: To enable learners to develop an appreciation of the role and value of accounting in improving firm performance;
gain understanding of financial statements including their preparation and analysis, and appreciate the significant role
of management accounting in decision making, planning and control.
Content: This includes financial information for decision making; analysis of financial statements; predicting financial
distress; assessing financial performance and financial position; cost concepts and cost behaviour; costing
systems/overhead analysis; product costing and pricing; budgeting and management control; performance
measurement; accounting for decision making, planning and control and social and environmental reporting.
Assessment: DP (50%); exam (50%)
Economics for Managers

GSBL6EC W1 (40L-10G-70H-0P-12R-28A-18W-16C)
Aim: To provide learners with sound theoretical knowledge and practical skills in economics.
Content: The aim is to enable managers and practitioners, who have had limited exposure to economics, to develop
a clear understanding of both macro and micro economics concepts and principles. The module will also develop
their skills to use tools to analyse and make appropriate and economically sound decisions within a business
environment.
Principals of Business Leadership and Management

GSBL6LM W1 (40L-30G-40H-0P-24R-26A-18W-16C)
Aim: To provide learners with sound theoretical knowledge and practical skills to manage and lead in the complex
business world.
Content: The content includes principles of management in the business world; functional areas of business and key
issues; organisational structure and design; business decision-making; managerial traits and skills; managers and
leaders; theory of leadership, business leadership skills, ethical business leadership and global business environment.
Syllabi 151
Marketing for Managers

GSBL6MM W1 (40L-30G-16A-40H-24R-10A-16W-16C)
Aim: To develop managers to take marketing decisions within the context of the business and the marketing
environment.
Content: This includes approaches to the market; market research; consumer behaviour; the marketing mix;
branding; services marketing and electronic marketing.
Theory and Practice of Entrepreneurship

GSBL6EN W2 (40L-30G-40H-0P-24R-26A-18W-16C)
Aim: To provide learners with sound theoretical knowledge and practical skills in entrepreneurship.
Content: This includes creativity and innovation, global entrepreneurship environment; the role of entrepreneurship in
economic development; the enterprising individual: economic, psychological and sociological perspectives;
perspectives in entrepreneurship: corporate, social and public sector entrepreneurship; the entrepreneurial task
environment: networks and relationships; opportunity identification behaviour; evaluation of opportunities; business
models/business plans; lean startup methodologies and ethical conduct of entrepreneurs .
Management Information Systems

GSBL6MI W2 (40L-30G-40H-24R-26A-18W-16C)
Aim: To create a link between information systems and technology and the other functional areas of a business in
order to support operations, decision making and strategy.
Content: The content on this module is dynamic and covers these areas: introduction to data, information and
knowledge; role of information and technology in business; types of information systems; telecommunications and
networks; electronic commerce; systems design and implementation and security, privacy and information ethics.
Organisational Behaviour
GSBL6OB W2 (40L-10G-16P-44H-16R-34A-18W-16C)
Aim: To provide a knowledge base for understanding behaviour within organisations, exploring the interaction
between individual, groups and organisation. In addition to this, it provides a deeper understanding of the systemic
relationship of behaviour to organisational culture and performance. The module also provides insight, skills and tools
necessary to be effective managers in a changing and competitive South African environment.
Content: This module comprises the following core themes: theories of organisational behaviour, understanding the
impacts in a global and diverse context; foundations of individual behaviour including attitudes, job satisfaction and
motivation; foundations of group behaviour which includes understanding work teams and group behaviour,
communication processes, leadership, power and politics; foundations of the organisation which includes
organisational structure and organisational culture; organisational dynamics which includes change and stress
management.
Business Research Methodology

GSBL6RM W2 (40L-24G-4P-46H-20R-30A-18W-16C)
Aim: To provide learners with the knowledge and skills to conceptualise and conduct a research project in order to
solve a business related problem.
Content: This includes selecting a topic; conducting a literature review; formulating a research questions; developing
objectives; sampling; instrument development, data collection, analysing data; writing a research paper/dissertation.
Assessment: DP (100%)
Business Management
GSOB8BM W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Aim: To study a broad range of management issues of concern to senior managers.
Content: The module introduces a range of issues managers face at the work place. The course covers the
responsibilities of managers to shareholders, stakeholders, society and employees; an introduction to strategic
management; leadership; globalisation; ethics, corporate social responsibility and corporate governance; the
interpersonal skills of managers; entrepreneurship and the link to strategy; business aspects of the African
Renaissance; the world of the CEO, and other selected aspects of management.
Assessment: DP (50%); 4hr exam (50%)
Corporate Finance
GSOB8CF W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study the financial environment in which business activity takes place.
Content: Corporate Finance introduces participants to the financial environment in which business activity takes
place. The financial wellbeing of the firm is investigated by exploring the different forms of the activities, the evaluation
of projects to invest in, and the overall financial strategy of a business.
Dissertation Subseq Yr
GSOB8DS W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: An attempt (not necessarily satisfactorily) of all sixteen coursework modules is the pre-
requisite.
Aim: To produce a research dissertation
Assessment: Internal & External Examination of the dissertation
Economics for Management

GSOB8EM W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study the economic environment within which a firm operates
Content: The Micro Environment component is concerned with consumer demands and consumer behaviour. Micro-
economic also concentrates on the firm and the constraints it faces in terms of its production possibilities. The Macro-
environment is concerned with the forces outside the organization that impact on organizational policies. Macro
economics focuses on government policies and international economics. The South African economy component
covers topics such an anti-monopoly legislation, the decentralization of industries, role and problems of labour, trade
agreements and economic development in South Africa.
Entrepreneurship
GSOB8EN W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To equip learners to understand the economic and social context of entrepreneurship.
Content: The courses focuses on the factors that contribute to successful entrepreneurial activity, from starting up a
new business, to expanding an existing business to sustaining the entrepreneurial drive of a national or global
company. The distinction and similarities between entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship is canvassed. The link
between entrepreneurship and job creation is assessed. The lives of some successful entrepreneurs from South
Africa, Africa and abroad will be studied, plus selected other significant concepts.
Syllabi 153
Assessment: DP (50%), 4 hour exam (50%)

Financial Accounting
GSOB8FA W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study organisational finance and its underlying reporting systems
Content: Accounting is the language of business. In order to gauge the financial success of an Organization, a grasp
of finance and its underlying reporting systems is essential. The first-year course focuses on two key areas: 1. The
technicalities of financial reporting, including double entry bookkeeping and the preparation and presentation of
accounting information in generally acceptable formats; 2. The analysis of this information from both a shareholder
and manager perspective.
MBA Dissertation F/T

GSOB8FD W1, W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Successful completion of all 15 core course work modules.
Aim: To produce a research dissertation
Assessment: Internal and External Examination of the dissertation.
Human & Organisational Behaviour

GSOB8HB W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To understand the behaviour of people in organisations
Content: To understand some of the main principles of human and organization behaviour with particular reference
to: groups, individual behaviour; communication, relationships, organization and job design, organization culture and
climate, leadership and management. To be able to apply these principles in the work place, with particular attention
to the role of managers and leaders in developing and improving organization performance.
HR Management & Industrial Relations

GSOB8HR W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To examine Human Resources and Industrial relations from a strategic and process perspective
Content: This module examines Human Resources and Industrial relations from a strategic and process perspective.
It encourages Students to critically consider and evaluate the key issues of attracting, retaining, developing, resolving
conflicts and rewarding employees in a market where world class competitiveness becomes imperative for survival.
Students will be able to determine the appropriateness of theory, its applicability and determine strategy to deal with
issues facing organizations in the managing of its human resource.
Investment and Portfolio Management

GSOB8IP W1 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study major issues currently of concern to all investors
Content: The course introduces students to the major issues currently of concern to all investors. Students are
expected to have a satisfactory understanding of the foundations of corporate finance as well as the mathematics and
statistical tools used in the subject. The course aims to give students the skills to conduct a sophisticated assessment
of current issues and debates covered by both the popular media as well as the more specialized finance journals.
Whether students plan to become investment professionals or simply be in the position to make sophisticated
investment decisions for themselves, they will find these skills essential.
Advanced Industrial Relations

GSOB8IR W1 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: GSOB8HR Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations.
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study the development of constructive and productive relations between management and the workforce
Content: Given the complex potential and emergent conflict situations between management and the workforce,
students will be able to (a) plan for developing constructive and productive relations between management and the
workforce and (b) deal with conflict situations that do arise, taking procedural, legal, financial, employee and
relationship factors into account.
IT Management & Strategy

GSOB8IT W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: GSOB8MI-Management Information Systems.
Content: This course provides a conceptual framework within which the business manager can manage the IT
function and develop an IT strategy to support the organisations overall strategies. Topics include: the role and
location of information systems within the organisation; strategy planning for information systems; e-business
strategies and managing an e-business division.
Assessment: DP (50%); 4 hour exam (50%)
Management Accounting
GSOB8MA W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: GSOB8FA-Financial Accounting
Corequisite: None
Aim: To enable students to understand and appreciate the principles, techniques and application of management
accounting
Content: Companies generally have two options to increase profitability. One of these options focuses on costing,
whilst the other focuses on revenues. The management accounting course is designed to give students an
understanding and appreciation of the principles, techniques and application of cost and management accounting, in
their roles as managers and leaders of their organization, irrespective of their industry type.
Management Information Systems

GSOB8MI W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To understand the strategic use of information
Content: Information age, managers need to understand the importance of information in their organizations, and
need to be equipped with the tools to manage information as a resource. This course explores the various roles
played by information, and provides the non-technical manager with the knowledge to make informed decisions
concerning information technology specialists, hardware, software, data and communication networks. The strategic
use of information and delves into strategic issues such as the systems development life cycle, business process re-
Syllabi 155
engineering, outsourcing, systems security, end-user computing and e-commerce.

GSOB8MM W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To learn the basic concepts in Marketing
Content: The course introduces students to the basic concepts in Marketing. It deals with Marketing as the driving
business orientation as opposed to selling or production. Concepts such as market segmentation, product
differentiation, the product life cycle and others will all be examined as important marketing tools in the overall
Marketing Mix. Theoretical concepts will be applied to practical marketing situations in the marketplace. Extensive use
will be made of the Case Method of teaching . Topics such as interactive marketing over the Internet, worlds best
practices, relationship marketing, category management in FMCG retailing, globalization.
Mathematics and Statistics

GSOB8MS W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To provide an introduction to the statistics and mathematics of finance.
Content: Statistics covers the collection, classification, analysis and interpretation of information or data. Statistical
thinking and particularly the ability to interpret data is vital for managers. Mathematics of finance is concerned with the
time value of money using the mathematical properties of simple interest, compound interest and annuities and the
many ways in which they can be applied to a variety of financial problems. It provides useful information for financial
and managerial decision making.
Operations Research
GSOB8OR W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study a quantitative approach to decision making
Content: Operations research (OR) is a quantitative approach to decision making. It is primarily concerned with the
development and application of quantitative analyses to the solution of problems faced by managers of public and
private organizations. More specifically, theory and methodology in mathematics, statistics and computing are
adapted and applied to the identification, formulation, solution, implementation and control of real life business
systems. Operations Research provides significant inputs into managerial decision making.
Product Development & Brand Management

GSOB8PD W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: GSOB8MM-Marketing Management.
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study principle issues relating to product development and brand management
Content: Product Development:- covers topics such as; The importance of new product development; Overview of
the essential processes in NPD from idea generation to commercialisation ;Insight generation and creativity; Project
and portfolio management principles; Case studies and latest thinking in innovation. Brand Management:- Principal
issues of brand management and models to explain brand equity ; Factors that constitute brand equity and
measurements of brand equity ; Managing brand equity ; Special issues of branding: No Name brands, fakes,
branding of services ; Developing an integrated brand management strategy
GSOB8RM W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To prepare learners for the quantitative and qualitative aspects of research and research writing.
Content: This module encompasses the quantitative and qualitative aspects of research. The student will be
introduced to methods of topic selection, research design, sampling and analytic techniques. The module will also
assist the student to design their research proposal for the dissertation and to write a dissertation.

GSOB8SC W1 W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None
Aim: To study the fundamentals of supply chain management in the retail and manufacturing context
Content: This program has evolved from the Production Management Module offered to second year MBA students
in earlier years. The broadening of the course to include the Fundamentals of MRP, the transition from Quality
Control to Quality Assurance and Total Quality Management coincided with the concepts of Operations Management.
The evidence of the limitations of confining the focus to own operations has led to the emergence of the broader,
technology enabled, Supply Chain Management.
Taxation
GSOB8TX W2 (40L-0T-0P-8S-70H-15R-0F-27G-0A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: none
Content: This course will cover the following areas: Gross income definition ; General deduction formula ; Business
Vehicles ; Specific deductions ; Capital allowances ; Lessors and Lessees ; Foreign exchange ; Computation of taxes
companies, close corporations and individuals; Employers and employees ; Fringe Benefits ; Keyman policies,
pension, provident and retirement annuity funds ; Tax planning for asset acquisitions ; Tax planning for business
acquisitions ; Anti-avoidance legislation ; Sales tax an overview ; Other tax / duties Estate Duty, Transfer Duty,
Stamp Duty ;Technical Analysis.
PhD Research Yr1

GSOB9D1 W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-256C)
Content: To conduct independent research assessment.
PhD Research Subseq Yr

GSOB9S1 W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Content: To conduct independent research assessment
Assessment: Examination of thesis (100%).
Syllabi 157

Introduction To Individual Behaviour And HRM
HRMG1A0 W1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce students to the major variables that influence individuals in the workplace and to provide them with
a sound theoretical foundation to be employed in the private and public sectors in the field of Human Resource
Management.
Content: Fields of Psychology, Learning, memory, motivation, personality, job analysis, human resource planning,
recruitment, selection, performance management, training, job analysis.
Assessment: Tests (33%), Examination of 3 Hour Duration (67%)
Principles of Social Behaviour & Group Dynamics

HRMG1C0 W2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: Impressions are formed where organizations are viewed as consisting of a variety of people with different roles,
status and authority. Social influences are highlighted where individuals strive to satisfy their dominant needs in the
marketplace. Group dynamics explores the principles of group functioning. It is an in-depth study of the basis for
human relations. Emphasis is on communication, problem-solving, decision-making and conflict resolution, amongst
others; and changes as they occur in human interactions. The focus is on identifying behavioural perspectives and
practices as applied to group dynamics within the workplace.
Content: Introduction to group dynamics, defining and classifying groups, group development perspectives, project
development perspectives, understanding work teams, group structure, groups and leadership, decision-making and
conflict, and approach to social influence.
Res Methodology:Statistical Methods & Analysis

Prerequisite Requirement: HRMG1AOW1 and HRMG1COW2, or MNGT102.
Aim: To introduce students to methods and techniques that may be used when conducting research.
Content: Theoretical aspects of research are covered incorporating research in business, the nature of scientific
research, ethics in research, the theory of measurement, experimental methods and designs, and the hallmarks of
research. Practical applications includes research designs, cumulative indices, measures of central tendency and
dispersion, the research process, survey methods and instruments, tabular and graphical representations of data and
data analysis techniques.
Intro to Human Resource Information Systems

HRMG2D0 W2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enable students to function in an electronic and information age where systems, software and databases
manage large reservoirs of data.
Content: Understanding the role and components of human resources information systems and the areas in human
resource management where information systems are utilised. Outlining how human resource information systems
can be used as a diagnostic and decision-making tool with regard to selected organisational variables and to
understand quality assurance in HRISs.
Assessment: Tests (33%), Examination of 3 Hour duration (67%).
Managerial Ethics In The Workplace

HRMG2E0 W1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To give students an insight in business ethics.
Content: Approaches to ethics. Ethics and company policy. Social responsibility. Fraud. Affirmative action. Ethics and
company policies. Moral choices facing employees.
Employee Wellness
HRMG2HO W2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enlighten learners of the various employee wellness issues in the workplace
Content: Stress, HIV/AIDS, absenteeism, employee assistance programs, workaholism, sexual harassment,
substance abuse, smoking, mental health, safety on the job and resources.
Introduction to HR
HRMG2HR W1 P1 HC1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MGNT102
Corequisite: BAgricMgt students can offer AGEC220 and AGEC270 in place of MGNT102
Aim: To give an overview of the HR functions within the organisation; to establish the spheres of responsibility of HR
Management; establish practices and policies that should be carried on the personnel aspects of managerial work; to
take cognisance of managerial awareness in an organisation with focus on equal employment, ethics, affirmative
action, employee health and safety, grievances and labour relations; to understand the need for an ethical and fair
work environment; to emphasise human resources activities such as training or recruitment; to emphasise the
activities, policies, beliefs, and the general function that relates to employees; to understand the development and
application of the HR planning, recruitment, selection and placement in an organisation.
Content: Introduction to HRM; Employment Law impacting on Employment Relations; Employment Equity and
Diversity Management; Job Analysis; Workforce Planning and Recruitment; Selection; Induction and Staffing
Decisions; Compensation Management; Health and Safety Management; Training and Development; Performance
Management.
Managing Workforce Diversity

HRMG2JO W2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce students to the management of equality and diversity within the multi-cultural organizational and
labour market framework, with special emphasis on communications, negotiations, cultural sensitivity, skills in work
relationships, strategies and structures amongst cross level, cross functional and transnational work teams and
groups.
Content: The approach to diversity, benefits and pitfalls of a multi-cultural organization, implications of diversity for
recruitment and selection, diversimilarity and implications for organizational competitiveness, the challenge of sexual
diversity, disability, partnership in diversity and strategies for future human resource diversity managers.
Syllabi 159
Career Management
HRMG2KO W1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce and expose students to the theory and application of Career Management.
Content: Definitions of Career Concepts, Career Management Model, Career Choice Theories, Life and Career
Stages, Organisational Choice, Changes in Organisations.
Collective Employment Relations & Law

HRMG3CE P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: HRMG2HR and 1 other 8 credit point level 2 module offered in the School, and Intro to
Commercial Law or another introduction to legal theory module.
Content: The Collective Employment Relationship: Parties and processes, detailed analysis of the Labour Relations
Act and overview of the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
Assessment: Tests and/or Assignments (33%), 3hr Exam (67%).
Employment Resourcing
HRMG3ER W1, P1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-90H-20R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: HRMG2HR and 1 other 8 credit point level 2 module offered in the School.
Aim: To introduce and expose students to the theory and application of Employee Resourcing. This incorporates
employee attraction and retention including performance and reward management.
Content: Job analysis, workforce planning, recruitment, selection and retention, induction, staffing, performance
management and reward management.
Assessment: 2 tests and/or assignments (33%), 3hr examination (67%).
Individual Employment Relations & Law

HRMG3IE P1W1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: HRMG2HR and 1 other 8 credit point level 2 module offered in the School, and Intro to
Commercial Law or another introduction to legal theory module.
Content: Introduction to Employment Relations and the concepts of Individual and Collective Employment Relations,
Conflict and the institutionalization of conflict and attainment of social justice as goals of the ER system. Individual ER:
The common law contract of employment, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, Unfair Dismissal and Unfair
Labour Practices, the Employment Equity Act.
Assessment: Tests and/or Assignments (33%), 3hr Exam (67%).
Individual & Organisational Development

HRMG3OD W2, P2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-75H-40R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: HRMG2HR and 1 other 8 credit point level 2 module offered in the School.
Aim: To expose learners to the theory and best practice principles related to development and training interventions
designed to improve individual, team and organisational performance. In addition, this module aims to introduce
learners to the field of Organisation Development.
Content: Macro environmental factors impacting on training and development interventions in organisations in South
Africa. Legislation related to training and development in South Africa. Theoretical principles applicable to the adult
learning context. Managing training interventions. Principles related to the training cycle including: determining training
needs; designing, implementing and evaluating training interventions. Management development interventions.
Introduction to Organisation Development including: nature of change facing organisations in the 21st century; and
implementing Organization Development interventions.
Assessment: 2 tests and/or assignments (33%), 3hr examination (67%).
Business Strategy and Management

HRMG601 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-92H-0R-4F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None.
of management
of a firm; introduction to the Management Process including planning, leading, organising & controlling
Finance and Accounting

the basics of financial decision making.
Content: Accounting concepts; Financial statements; Capital Budgeting and forecasting.
Assessment: Term mark 40% (seminars, cases, tests); Exam 60%.
Practicals: None.

manufacturing and services; operations planning and control.
Bank Management A
management.
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all prescribed work and have a mark of 40% or more.
Syllabi 161
Business Statistics
Corequisite: None.
Content: Descriptive statistics; Index numbers; Introduction to probability; Regression Models
Practicals: Computer based exercises
Financial Management
Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in HRMG602
the firms resources and to equip them to develop a financial business plan.
Acquisitions; Leasing; Costing techniques; Business Plans.
Ethics in Business
Aim: To introduce students to theories of ethics and ways of moral reasoning that will equip Commerce students to be
able to competently address ethical quandaries in the business context.
Content: : Introduction to the major ethical theories and values; ethical reasoning and thought; cases in business and
accounting ethics; the nature of the modern corporation; ethical dilemmas in the business context relating to : strategy
and marketing; human resource management; accounting and corporate governance; the environment
Assessment: Term mark 40% (seminars, case tests), exams 60%.
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all prescribed work and have a term mark of 40% of more.
Business Law

Aim: To understand to concept and application of entrepreneurship and the generation of new business ideas
develop skills in critically analyzing Marketing situations and preparing plans for marketing strategy implementation
Industrial Relations A
Aim: The purpose of the module is to provide learners with an overview of the vast field of Industrial Relations from
vision to implementation. This Module concerns itself with the theoretical nature, context and approaches to labour
relations. It covers the manner in which the parties interact in employment relationships and the environmental
influences that affect the relationship with particular emphasis on the roles played by the state, capital and labour in a
South African Context.
Content: The module deals with the development of collective labour law , the purpose and objectives of The Labour
Relations Act 1995, Freedom of Association , and organisation rights , in the context law of South African law.
Human Resources Management B

Aim: This module deals specifically with the strategic aspects of human resource management including the
identification of business strategy issues which directly influence human resource management and the alignment of
human resource strategy with the overall business strategy.
Content: Performance Management; Strategic and diagnostic approaches to HRM; Employee Engagement, change
management and Career management; Motivation and productivity; Training and development; Knowledge
Syllabi 163
management. This module will deal with the major issues arising in society, in the economy and within organisations
that have a significant impact on the practice of human resource management. Issues will include diversity, teamwork,
employment equity, HIV/AIDS, smoking in the workplace, the internet, globalisation, quality of work life, social
responsibility and ethics.
Industrial Relations B
Aim: This module covers the provisions of The Employment Equity Act , 1998 , including preparation of the
employment equity plan. The concepts of discrimination, unfair discrimination , the grounds of discrimination, and the
defences against claims are discussed with reference to case law.
Content: This module covers the dispute resolution process in the Labour Relations Act 1995 in the Context Of South
Africa. Statutory and private dispute resolution processes, arbitration, conciliation , facilitation and mediation are
discussed as well as developing case law in this regard

HRMG6GO W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-4H-92R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To provide learners with knowledge and skills of the management function of employment relations
management and personnel management
Content: Personnel Management; Systems and diagnostic approaches to HRM; Job analyses, job descriptions and
job specifications; Recruitment and selection; compensation; Motivation and productivity; Training and development;
organisational behaviour.
Human Resource Management Research Project
HRMG700 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Four level 3 HRM modules
Content: The aim to enable students to apply the research methodological principles and to prepare a research
design for a selected topic. Hence, the student compiles a research proposal comprising of a literature review and
research methodology in a logical way whilst referencing relevant works.
Core module
Leadership & Change Management

HRMG706 P2W2 (39L-0T-6P-20S-50H-10R-0F-20G-15A-15W-16C)w
Prerequisite Requirement: Two HRM level three modules or two Management 3 level modules or two equivalent
level three modules from the School of Social Sciences approved by the Discipline co-ordinator.
Content: Overview of key concepts related to change management in organisations and leadership strategies in this
regard. Topics to be covered will include: the nature of change in organisations; systems approach to change
management in organisations; dealing with resistance to change; managing diversity in the workplace; strategies for
leading successful change interventions in organisations.
Assessment: Assignments (40%), Exam (60%)
Employment Law 1
HRMG7AO W1 P1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
Content: This module will cover individual aspects of employment law including the individual contract of
employment, unfair labour practices and unfair dismissals. The course will concentrate primarily on the Labour
Relations Act, however relevant aspects of social security legislation and Constitutional Rights affecting individual
employment law will also be studied. Unfair discrimination in terms of the Employment Equity Act will also be covered.
Dispute Resolution
HRMG7BO W2 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
Content: This module covers the dispute resolution processes in the Labour Relations Act 1995 in the context of
labour disputes in South Africa. Statutory and private dispute resolution processes of arbitration, conciliation, con-arb,
facilitation and mediation are discussed as well as developing case law in this regard. In addition the forums
established by legislation for dispute resolution such as the CCMA and Labour Court are discussed
Employment Law 2
HRMG7CO W2 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
Content: This module deals with the development of collective labour law, the purpose and objectives of the Labour
Relations Act 1995, freedom of association, organizational rights, collective agreements, collective bargaining and the
law, bargaining forums, strikes and lockouts, picketing and protest action and workplace forums.
Special Topics in Employment Relations

HRMG7DO W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
Content: These topics are contemporary in nature and will change over time. Current contemporary issues include
sexual harassment at work, HIV/AIDS and employment, Internet Abuse in the workplace, work-life balance and family-
friendly work arrangements and employment equity.
Organisational Behaviour
Aim: To expose students to the impact that individuals and groups have on behaviour within organizations and the
application of this knowledge to make organizations more effective.
Content: Issues in Organisational Behaviour.
Assessment: Assignments/Seminars (40%), Examination of 3 Hour Duration (60%)

HRMG7F0 W1 P1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
Syllabi 165
Aim: To introduce students to human resources management and practices.
Content: An organisations human resource policies and practices represent important forces for shaping employee
behaviour and attitudes. Human resource management focuses on the influence of selection practices, training and
development programmes, performance evaluation systems, remuneration models and separation intentions.
HR Development Research Project

HRMG7HD W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Core module
Management Of Human Resource Development

HRMG7I0 W2 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
level three modules from the School of Social Sciences approved by the Discipline co-ordinator
Aim: To introduce students to the legislation aimed at human resource development such as the Skills Development
Act, Employment Equity Act, the South African Qualifications Authority Act and the application of HRD interventions
from an NQF outcomes-based education perspective.
Content: The training philosophy of an organisation expresses the degree of importance it attaches to development.
Underpinning this belief is the need to set definite objectives for training in terms of return on investment. Training
strategy takes a long-term view and is the deliberate intervention aimed at achieving the learning necessary for
improved job performance through the presentation of programmes by experts in the various disciplines.
Core module
Industrial Relations / Employment Relations Res Project

HRMG7IR W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Core module
Industrial Relations / Employment Relations Res Project Sub Yr

HRMG7IS W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Core module
Planning and Strategy

HRMG7PO W1 P1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-55H-10R-0F-21G-15A-15W-16C)
Aim: To focus on strategic Human Capital Management.
Content: It incorporates a review of the evolving concerns of the HR department and outlines new key areas of
competence, outlines tactics and strategy in human resources, strategic human capital management, how to facilitate
the management of people and provides useful strategic information on South African practices in the training
industry.
Research Methodology in HR Management

HRMG7RM W1, P1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-46H-30R-0F-30G-15A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enhance the students ability to conduct research by adopting the methodologies taught.
and capturing, data processing and analysis
Core module
Training and Development Strategies

HRMG7RO W1 (39L-0T-6P-20S-55H-10R-0F-15G-15A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enlighten students on the training needs analysis process, the training cycle, how to engage in proactive
training and on the various training and development strategies.
Content: It incorporates an understanding of the importance of training needs analysis, how to conduct a training
needs analysis based on an organisation analysis, manpower analysis and task analysis, the training cycle, the
importance of proactive training, how to engage in proactive training, training and development strategies, developing
checklist for needs analysis.
HRM Research Project Subseq Semester

HRMG7SY W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
M Thesis - HR Management Yr1

HRMG801 W1 W2 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Syllabi 167
M Thesis - HR Management Subseq Yr

HRMG802 W1 W2 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Strategic Human Resource Management

Aim: To engage students in critical thinking on strategic human resource management (SHRM) issues.
Content: SHRM incorporates into strategic management, strategic structures, culture strategy and change, human
resource and human resource strategy. It includes an analysis of strategic human resource integration relating to
selection, training and development, employee relations and strategic management of motivations and rewards.
Cases in industry, particularly in the South African environment will be utilised to highlight these aspects.
Core module
Labour Economics
HRMG8B0 WC (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: Introduces students to the laws of the land versus the laws of economics.
Content: Labour economics evaluates the economic system, the basic structure, normative framework, factor
markets and goods and services market. It incorporates a study of the price mechanism, production, the labour
market and an evaluation of the South African labour market.
Core module
Advance Labour Law

HRMG8C0 W2 (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce students to critical aspects of labour law and its administration.
Content: Advanced Labour Law incorporates a study of dismissals relating to misconduct, incapacity, operational
requirements, striking employees, automatic unfair dismissals and remedies for unfair dismissals. It includes a study
of the residual unfair labour practice, collective bargaining, workplace forums, and industrial action, dispute resolution
in terms of the LRA, Basic Conditions of Employment Act and the Employment Equity Act.
International Human Resource Management

HRMG8D0 W2 (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce and expose students to the theory and application of international human resource management
practices.
Content: Overview and a global perspective of IHRM. Impact of employment laws, languages, cultural differences,
religion and diversity on IHRM. HRM in European, Asian and African countries. Case study analysis.
Change Management
Aim: To provide students with an understanding of complexities of managing change and to develop knowledge, skill
and competencies to manage change.
Manager In Practice
HRMG8F0 W1 (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: To explore the evolution of management theory, the management environment as well as the management
process.
Content: An evaluation of the way organisations are managed and an application of recent developments in
management theory and the assessment of these practices.
Human Resource Information Systems

HRMG8G0 W2 (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce and expose students to the theory and application of human resource information management
systems.
Content: The nature, benefit, development, implementation and application of a human resource information system.
Promotion of Access to Information Act 2000, information privacy and security, contingency planning and disaster
recovery, access control and security technology and case study analysis.
Management Development
HRMG8H0 W2 (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enable students to evaluate the importance of Management Development in organisational development and
change and to assess developmental strategies.
Content: A course in management development incorporates an evaluation of the setting of management
development relating to purposes, processes and prerequisites, the three-fold nature of effectiveness in management
development and planning managerial manpower needs. It includes strategic plan for management development,
diagnosing developmental needs of managers and organisations, management development programmes and
interventions as well as current issues in management development, for example, cultural diversity and culture
bridging strategies, developing woman managers, management development and organisational development.
Practicals: Students are required to compile a strategic plan for management development and to diagnose
developmental needs of managers in a medium to large organisation and to assess any one of the major current
issues in management development.
Assessing Human Competence

HRMG8K0 W1 (26L-0T-10P-10S-64H-10R-10F-10G-20A-15W-16C)
Aim: To enable students to learn the techniques of assessing human competence using a host of strategies thereby
contributing to the effective placement and development of human resources and to organisational survival and
effectiveness.
Content: The study focuses on the organisational benefits of behaviour assessment, assessing training needs, the
impact of locus of control in the organisational context, management training methods, the use of performance
appraisals, coaching, human intelligence and social interaction, managing career choices, the role and future of
psychometric testing, management development planning, assessing managerial skills and competencies and the
pros and cons of personality testing.
Practicals: Students are required to conduct practical exercises in assessing training needs, the status of coaching in
South African management development, labours and managements view of psychometric testing and personality
testing for the purposes of selection and development.
Syllabi 169
Adv Res Methodology in HR Mngt

HRMG8RM W1 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: Topics include scientific thinking, types of research, research hypotheses, ethics in research, sources and
collection of data, statistical techniques in research, quantitative approach, the research proposal, analysis of
presentation of data.
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects and Seminars / Presentations (40%), Exam of 4 Hour Duration (60%).
Core module
PhD Human Resource Mgt Year 1

PhD Human Resource Mgt Subseq Yr

Information Systems and Technology

End User Computing
ISTN100 W1,W2,P1,P2 (29L-8T-20P-0S-26H-72R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To emphasise the use of computers as integrated productivity tools and introduce end-user computing
definitions and concepts.
Content: Basic end-user computing concepts. Computer hardware (input, processing, output and storage). Theory
and application of systems software (operating systems) and applications software (word processing, spreadsheets,
presentation graphics, database, internet and email). Information networks and data communications. Databases and
database management systems.
Practicals: Computer-based exercises on the above topics.
Assessment: 2 h exam (50%), tests / assignments (50%).
DP Requirement: Students must obtain a class record of at least 40%.
IS & T for Business

ISTN101 W1 P1 (29L-8T-19P-0S-55H-44R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To provide an understanding of organisational systems, planning, and decision processes, and how information
and systems are used in organisations.
Content: Organisational Systems (business processes, management levels, business decisions); Systems theory and
concepts, including systems components and relationships; Information systems in organisations (decision-support,
roles of people using, developing and managing systems, societal and ethical issues relating to IS & T use, business
applications of spreadsheets and databases, types of information systems in business); The Systems Development
Life Cycle, Information system security; E-Business.
IS & T Development Fundamentals

Prerequisite Requirement: None (Note that 101 and 102 are prerequisites for IST 200 level modules)
Aim: To provide an introduction to Systems Analysis & Design, Web Page Design and Programming in a business
context.
Content: Information Systems management; Systems Analysis and Design; Human-Computer Interaction; Web page
design; Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) and Web Page creation; Programming fundamentals.

Development and Applications Fundamentals

Prerequisite Requirement: None (Note that 101 and 102 or 103 are pre-requisites for level 2 IST modules).
Aim: To provide an introduction to Systems Analysis and Design, Web Page Design and Business Applications.
Content: Information Systems Management; Systems Analysis and Design; Human-Computer Interaction; Web-Page
Design, Web-Page Creation; Business Applications for packaged software, Systems Auditing.
Assessment: 2 hour examination (50%), tests / assignments (50%).
Systems Analysis and Design

ISTN211 W1, P1 (29L-10T-3P-0S-51H-62R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ISTN101 and ISTN103 or ISTN102
Aim: To provide students with the knowledge and skills to apply the methods, tools and techniques of analysis and
design to business and information technology problems. The module provides the foundation for the major project in
the next level of study.
Content: Approaches to systems development (Structured and Object-Oriented); Systems Analysis (Requirements
discovery, Modelling systems requirements, Feasibility analysis); Systems Design (Application architecture, output,
input and user interface design).
Assessment: 3 h exam (60%), tests / assignments (40%). Students must obtain at least 40% in the examination
paper.
Databases and Programming

Prerequisite Requirement: ISTN101 and ISTN103 or ISTN102
Aim: To enable students to develop skills in modelling, designing and implementing databases, designing,
developing, testing and implementing programs and using databases in application programs. A foundation for the
major project in Year 3 is provided.
Content: Databases (Models and concepts, Normalization, Design, Queries and Reports, Features and capabilities,
Implementation). Programming (Fundamentals, Algorithms, Control structures, Traditional, Event Driven and OO,
Implementation including DB connectivity, Verification and validation).
Assessment: 3 h exam (60%), tests / assignments (40%). Students must obtain at least 40% in the examination
paper.
Advanced Systems Analysis

ISTN31A W1 P1 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ISTN211 and ISTN212
Aim: To enable students to be proficient at the specification of user requirements of business information and
technology systems.
Content: Topics include Advanced Methods in Information Systems Analysis, Requirements Analysis &
Specifications, Software Quality Requirements and Feasibility.
Practicals: Exercises on the above topics.
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (60%), tests/assignments (40%). Students must obtain at least 40% for the
examination.
DP Requirement: Students must obtain a class record mark of at least 40%.
Syllabi 171
Applied Systems Analysis

ISTN31B W1 P1 (6L-0T-18P-0S-43H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Corequisite: ISTN31A
Aim: To provide students with direct experience of the analysis and specification of a live system (major project).
Content: Topics include application of Advanced Methods in Information Systems Analysis, Requirements Analysis &
Specification, Software Quality Requirements and Feasibility
Practicals: Project work.
Assessment: Group Project and individual assignments (100%)
eCommerce
ISTN31C W1 P1 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To provide students with an understanding of the functioning of an eCommerce business.
Content: Topics include E-Marketplaces, Internet Consumer Retailing, Business to Business E-Commerce, Mobile
Commerce, E-Auctions, E-Commerce Security, and Electronic Payment Systems.
examination.
Advanced Systems Design

ISTN31D W1 P1 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to be proficient at the design of business information and technology systems.
Content: Topics include Advanced Methods and Principles in Information Systems Design and Software Quality
Assurance.
examination.
Project Management
ISTN31E W1 P1 (15L-5T-10P-0S-30H-8R-0F-0G-12A-13W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to manage information systems projects. This module builds on ISTN211 and prepares
students for actual project management in the capstone Major project moduleISTN31B.
Content: Topics include some of the following: Project Management Life Cycle; Business case & charter, Teams;
Scope; Scheduling; Quality; Risk; Resources; Change management; Execution; Closure.
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (60%), tests/ assignments (40%). Students must obtain at least 40% for the
examination.
Information Systems & Technology Strategy

ISTN31F W1 P1 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To provide students with the knowledge and skills to formulate, critique and refine IS Strategy.
Content: Contents include IS Strategy; Managing Applications and Infrastructure; Managing IS Investments; IS
Planning and Selection; Knowledge Management; National Development.

examination.
IS&T Communication Skills

ISTN31G W1 P1 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To provide students with the knowledge and skills to communicate effectively in an IS context.
Content: Topics include Communication Fundamentals; Team and Interpersonal Communications, Reporting,
Presenting and Interviewing; Training Users.
Assessment: Tests/assignments/projects (100%)
Business Process Management

ISTN31H W1 P1 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To examine and critique the impact and value of improvement philosophies and package solutions on existing
business processes.
Content: Topics include BPR, BPM, ERP and Change Management.
examination.
Advanced Systems Implementation

ISTN32A W2 P2 (15L-5T-12P-0S-35H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to be proficient at the design and implementation of business information and technology
systems.
Content: Topics include Advanced Design; Database Connectivity; Server-side Scripting.
examination.
Applied Systems Implementation

ISTN32B W2 P2 (6L-5T-18P-0S-38H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ISTN31B
Aim: To provide students with direct experience of the design and implementation of a live system (major project).
Content: Topics include the design and implementation of a live system.
Practicals: Project work.
Assessment: Project work and assignments (100%).
Security
ISTN32D W2 P2 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Syllabi 173
Aim: To enable students to manage the high level information protection function in an enterprise by ensuring that
suitable security controls are implemented throughout the organisation.
Content: Topics include: Security Risk Analysis, Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Planning, Information
Security Systems Design and Architecture, Cryptography, History of Encryption, Network Security, Desktop Security.
examination.
Info Infrastructure for Bus Solutions

ISTN32E W2 P2 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To provide students with knowledge of the technical background of information systems in a web environment.
Content: Topics include Internet and Server Technologies, Hardware and Software, Design of Infrastructure,
Infrastructure for Application Services (eg. Integrated Supply Chain Management), and Internet Security Solutions.
examination.
Database Management
ISTN32F W2 P2 (15L-5T-0P-0S-25H-15R-0F-0G-20A-13W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to design and manage databases in a business context.
Content: Topics include Database Design, Transaction Management and Concurrency Control, Distributed Database
Management Systems, Data Warehouses, Databases and the Internet, and Database Administration.
examination.
eCommerce Deployment
ISTN32G W2 P2 (15L-5T-18P-0S-29H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To provide students with the knowledge and skills to deploy eCommerce Business Solutions.
Content: Topics include Server Platforms; Design, Testing and Implementation; Software Agents; Multimedia and
Webcasting; Packaged Solutions; Evolving Trends.
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (60%), practicals/tests/assignments/projects (40%). Students must obtain at least
40% for the examination.
Consulting
ISTN32H W2 P2 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to consider the key aspects of an IT Consulting Business and the steps to set up an IT
Consultancy.
Content: Topics include Advisory, Technical, Business, Communication Roles; Core Competencies; Steps and
Issues in starting an IT Consulting Business.
examination.
Special Topics in IS&T

ISTN32L W2 P2 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to engage with current IT industry issues and challenges.
Content: Topical aspects of the IT industry led by industry stakeholder(s) such as ERP, SOA
Practicals: Computer-based exercises on the above topics, where appropriate.
examination.
DP Requirement: Students must obtain a class mark of at least 40%
Special Topics in IS&T 2

ISTN32M W2 P2 (15L-5T-0P-0S-47H-10R-0F-0G-3A-15W-8C)
Aim: To enable students to engage with current IT industry issues and challenges.
Content: Topical aspects of the IT industry led by the industry stakeholder(s).
Practicals: Computer-based exercises on the above topics where appropriate.
Assessment: 1.5 hour examination (60%), tests/assignments (40%).
DP Requirement: Students must attend at least 80% of the contact sessions.
Software Eng - Mngt Perspective

ISTN713 W1 W2, P1 P2 (29L-0T-0P-0S-83H-41R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Major in IST or equivalent and acceptance into the IST honours programme
Content: The aim is to equip students with an understanding of the overarching issues associated with the theory and
practice of Software Engineering from both a strategic and management perspective. Topics include: Scope of
Software Engineering, Overview of Software Lifecycle Models and Selection, Analysis of the Software Process,
Teams and Team Structures, CASE and Other Tools, Systems Testing Strategies and Properties, Module
Hierarchy, Reusability and Portability, Planning and Estimating
Assessment: Assignments and/or tests (40%), project/examination (60%).
Contemporary Topics in Information Systems

Content: The aim is to discuss and evaluate the nature and implications of selected current issues in IS.
Assessment: Assignments and/or tests (50%), examination (50%).
Decision Support Technology

Content: The aim is to provide an understanding of theoretical and practical aspects of decision support technologies.
Topics include: Decision Support Systems Foundations, Design Methodologies for decision support systems, Data
Modeling techniques, Data Warehousing and Data Mining, Multi-criteria Decision Support Systems, Group Decision
Support Systems
Managing Information Systems

Content: The purpose of this module is to equip students with an in-depth understanding of how the strategic
positioning of IT impacts industries and markets. Topics include: Business Models, Strategic impact of IT, Strategic
Syllabi 175
alignment of IT, Alignment maturity, Change management.

Information Systems Planning

ISTN722 W2,P2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-85H-30R-0F-0G-6A-15W-16C)
Content: The purpose of this module is to provide students with an in-depth understanding of approaches to
designing and managing open-standard, networked technology infrastructures. It is also designed to expose the
student to new organisational capabilities, management/leadership principles and sources of value that arise within
networked companies. Topics include: Distributed Systems, IT Architecture, IT Infrastructure, IT in the organisational
structure, IT Governance, Human Resources in IT.
Information Management
ISTN727 W1 W2 P1 P2 (29L-0T-0P-0S-83H-41R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: The purpose of this module is to equip students with tools and strategies to manage information effectively.
Topics include: Role of information, The Global Information Society, Information audits, Evaluate sources of
information, web searching, knowledge sharing culture, policies and procedures to manage information, Legal
requirements, Privacy, Transparency and Ethics.
Security for Information Systems

Content: The purpose of this module is to enable students to identify vulnerabilities in and threats to computer
information systems, to recognize the consequences thereof, and to develop suitable security plans that will minimize
the risks against the information system while allowing the system to perform its tasks. Topics include: Physical
Security, Security of Software (application and systems software), Database Security, Security of Networks and Data
Communications, Personnel Security, Contingency Planning/Disaster Recovery
Computer Mediated Communication

Aim: The purpose of this module is to provide students with the theoretical and practical know-how to use computer-
mediated communication (CMC), Web 2.0 technologies to evaluate and develop Web 2.0-enabled business models
and information systems, as applied to business, education and entertainment.
Content: Topics include: Principles of CMC & Introduction to Web 2.0, Communication and engagement in Social
Networks, Online teams and collaborative tools, Virtual Worlds education, business, entertainment, Theoretical
review of an alternative space such as a 3D virtual world, Design and use of an alternative virtual space.
Practicals: Practicals and online learning: Immersive online engagement required from students.
Assessment: Continuous assessment module (100%).
Special Topics in IS&T

Aim: The rapid pace of change in IS and IT requires awareness of trends and trending technologies. This allows
students to add meaningfully to the competitive advantage their employers can harness. Students need to focus on
implementing innovative, appropriate, leading-edge technology. IT Trends relevant at the individual, organisational,
national and international level are included.
Content: Topics include: The specific content of the module varies depending on the prevalent trends. Trends are
identified using reference benchmarks such as Gartner's HypeCycle report. The number of technologies selected in
the individual and organisational level is dependent on the depth to which they can be explored based on technical
access and infrastructure within UKZN.
Practicals: Practicals and online learning: Immersive online engagement required from students.
Assessment: Continuous assessment module (100%)
Res Methodology in IST

ISTN7RM P1,W1 (15L-15T-0P-15S-73H-40R-0F-0G-2A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: : Major in IST or equivalent and acceptance into the IST honours programme
Co-requisite: ISTN7RP PY, WY
Content: To enable students to develop research and communication skills within the information systems discipline
in order to construct a working research proposal, and complete a postgraduate research dissertation if required.
Topics include: Presenting formal work, Research problem, Types of Research (Quantitative methods, Qualitative
methods), Planning the research project, Tools of research (Theoretical tools including, Sampling & questionnaires,
Hypothesis construction and testing, Multivariate analysis, Computer-based tools), Writing the Research proposal
(Dissertation), Citation, referencing and plagiarism, Evaluating research.
Assessment: Assignments and/or tests (60%), proposal (40%)
Information Systems & Technology Res Paper

ISTN7RP WY, PY (0L-26T-0P-20S-274H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ISTN7RM
Corequisite: ISTN7RM
Content: Students carry out, under supervision, a piece of research relevant to the discipline of Information Systems
& Technology. A topic is researched and a research paper of about 12,000 words is drafted and refined. The
submitted paper is accompanied by an electronic portfolio comprising the paper, all referenced articles and the
primary data.
Assessment: The completed research paper (100%).
ISTN Research Paper Subseq Semester

ISTN7RS W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: Students carry out, under supervision, a piece of research relevant to the discipline of Information Systems
& Technology. A topic is researched and a research paper of about 12,000 words is drafted and refined. The
submitted paper is accompanied by an electronic portfolio comprising the paper, all referenced articles and the
primary data.
Assessment: The completed research paper (100%).
Management of Knowledge
Prerequisite Requirement: Acceptance into the Masters programme
Aim: To evaluate current theories of management practice in managing IT staff
Content: Topics include: Theory of information, uses of information in business, knowledge management, learning
organizations.
Assessment: Assignments and presentations (40%) and 1 Four -hour exam (60%)
Management of IT Staff
Aim: To evaluate current theories of management practice in managing IT staff
Content: Topics include: IT job descriptions and classifications, alternative IT governance methods, compensation
management, performance measurement.
Syllabi 177
Management of Information System Devel

Aim: To evaluate current managerial and technical methodologies used to analyse, develop and maintain computer-
based information systems
Content: Topics include: Life cycle and maturity models for IS development, economics of IT, IS project management,
the role of IT in organizational change.
Management of Current Trends in IT

Aim: To evaluate methods of managing current trends in the IT industry, particularly in the South African context
Content: Topics include: Current hardware and software technologies, technological trends and social change,
methods of introducing new technologies into organizations, open and proprietary systems
Management of Human Issues in IT

Aim: To evaluate the effects of IT on people
Content: Topics include: Human-computer interaction, social impact of IT, ethical issues of IT
Research Dissertation
Res Methodology in IST

ISTN8RM W1, W2, P1, P2 (0L-13T-0P-26S-107H-0R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Aim: To prepare students for the research dissertation
Content: Topics include: Scientific thinking, types of research, problem statements, research hypotheses, ethics in
research, sources and collection of data, statistical techniques in research, qualitative approaches, the research
proposal, methods of citation, analysis and presentation of data
Assessment: Assignments and presentations (30%) and research proposal (70%)

ISTN8SY W1 W2, P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
M Thesis in Infor Syst Tech Yr1

ISTN8TF W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
M Thesis in Infor Syst Tech Subseq Yr

ISTN8TS W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
PhD Information Systems & Technology

PhD Information Systems & Technology

Law
Aspects of South African Law
LAWS1AS H2, P2 (19.5L-10T-0P-19.5S-111H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Content: Aspects of South African Law will provide students with a background to some areas of South African Law.
Students will acquire an understanding of: -The history of South African Law and the reasons for the current political
and legal systems in South Africa. -The general scheme of the constitution, the Bill of Rights and the equality and
property clauses in particular. -The basic principles of the Laws of Delict and Contract and Family Law and be able to
apply these principles to factual scenarios.
Assessment: Class mark 50%, Examination 50%
DP Requirement: The DP requirements are listed on the module outline.
Foundations of SA Law
LAWS1FL H2, P2 (19.5L-10T-0P-19.5S-111H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Content: An overview of the origins and development of the South African law and legal system including indigenous
law, Roman Dutch law and the influence of English law, focussing on ownership and possession and the law of
contract; Access to justice; The equality clause focussing on HIV/AIDS; Legal writing (including FIRAC); Field
research and interviewing skills; Numeracy skills.
Assessment: Tests and assignments (oral and written): 50% & one 3 hour exam: 50%;
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP1FL
Introductory Legal Studies

LAWS1LS H1 P1 (19.5L-10T-0P-19.5S-111H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction to Law will provide students with a basic background to law and the legal system in South
Africa. Students will acquire an understanding of: -Some legal philosophies and be able to apply these philosophies to
current legal situations. -The structure of the legal system and be able to identify the correct tribunal and procedure. -
The sources and classifications of South African Law. -The basic principles of criminal law and be able to apply these
principles to a factual scenario.
Assessment: Class mark: 50%, Examination: 50%
Introduction to Law
LAWS1LW H1, P1 (19.5L-10T-0P-19.5S-111H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction to law will provide students with a basic background to law and the legal system in South Africa.
Students will acquire an understanding of: -Some legal philosophies and be able to apply these philosophies to
current legal situations. -The structure of the legal system and be able to identify the correct tribunal and procedure. -
The sources and classifications of South African Law. Selected principles of Delict. -The basic principles of criminal
law and be able to apply these principles to a factual scenario.
Assessment: Tests: 50% & one 3 hour exam: 50%
Syllabi 179

Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP1LW
Business Enterprises Law

LAWS2CA W1, P1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-91H-26R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A minimum final mark of 40% in LAWS2LC
Content: Partnerships; Companies; Close Corporations and Insolvency.
Assessment: Class Mark: 30% and Examination: 70%
Special Topics in Business Law

LAWS2CB W1, P1 (39L-0T-0P-0S-91H-26R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A minimum final mark of 40% in LAWS2LC
Content: Labour Law; Negotiable Instruments; Intellectual Property; E-Commerce and Trusts.
Criminal Law
LAWS2CR H1, H2, P1 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Basic concepts of criminal liability; legality; conduct in criminal law; causation; unlawfulness, including
justification grounds of defence, private defence, necessity, consent, negotiorum gestio, impossibility, official capacity,
disciplinary chastisement, superior orders; other defences: entrapment, de minimis non curat lex; criminal capacity,
including mental illness, age, provocation, emotional stress, intoxication; specific forms of mens rea: intention,
negligence; exceptions to the mens rea requirement: versari in re illicita; strict liability; vicarious liability; inchoate
offences: attempt, conspiracy, incitement; degrees of participation, including common purpose; perpetrators, co-
perpetrators, accomplices and accessories after the fact.
Assessment: Class work; class tests (33,3%) and written examination (66,7%).
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2CR & LAWS3CR
Constitutional Law
LAWS2CS H1 H2 P2 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Fundamental concepts and theories of constitutional law; South African constitutional history; basic
structures of the South African Constitution; the structure of states; electoral systems; the composition, powers,
responsibility, and limits of the legislatures; the composition, powers, responsibility and limits of the executive; the
composition, powers, responsibility and limits of the judiciary; the operational provisions of the Bill of Rights;
discussion on selected Chapter 9 Institutions.
Assessment: Tests and Assignments 40%; 1x3hr exam 60%.
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2CS & LAWS3CS
Delict
LAWS2DL H1 H2 P2 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Definition of delict; theories of compensation; modern aquilian and actio injuriarum actions; defences;
specific wrongs; assessment of damages; vicarious liability; joint wrongdoers; apportionment of damages; strict
liability; liability for animals; product liability.
Assessment: 4 written tests or assignment- 25%; 1x3 hr exam- 75%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2DL & LAWS3DL
Family Law
LAWS2FM H1, H2, P1 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Part A: The Law relating to marriages, including customary and religious marriages; civil-unions and
cohabitative relationships: specifically engagements; legal requirements for the conclusion of a marriage/civil union;
legal consequences of a marriage/civil-union;dissolution of marriages/civil-unions as well as the consequences
thereof; and, the legal duties between cohabitees. Part B: Law of Parent and Child/ Care and Protection of Children:
childrens rights; parental rights and responsibilities; discipline and the childs right to choose; child abuse; temporary
alternative care; adoption; trans-jurisdictional aspects; education.
Assessment: Tests and Assignments 30%; 1x3hr exam 70%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2FM & LAWS3FM
Human Rights
LAWS2HR H1, H2, P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Part one: Introduction: This section is an introduction to human rights, its covers the historical and
philosophical roots of human rights and briefly shows how human rights have become part of national and
international law. The regional systems of Human Rights protection is also dealt with. Part two: History of apartheid:
This section deals with the history of human rights abuses and the transition to democracy in South Africa. It includes
an understanding of the work of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission. Part Three: Protection of human rights:
This section covers the legal protection and enforcement of human rights in South Africa. It looks at the Bill of Rights,
other human rights legislation and institutions created to protect human rights.
Assessment: Class work 40%; Exam: 1x2hr exam 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2HR
Introduction to Commercial Law

LAWS2LC W2, P2 (39L-0T-0P-0S-91H-26R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction to law and the South African legal system; General Principles of Contract; and Specific
Contracts: sale, lease, credit agreements, insurance, security and agency.
Law of Persons
LAWS2LP H1 H2 P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Legal personality (the beginning and end of legal personality); Status and capacity: Factors affecting status:
domicile; gender; age (minority); extra-marital birth (legitimacy)-includes parental power and adoption of extra-marital
children; artificial insemination; proof of paternity; mental illness; prodigality; and inability to manage ones own affairs.
Assessment: Tests/Assignments/Debates 30%. 1x2hr exam 70%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2LP
Legal Research Writing & Reasoning

LAWS2LR H1, H2, P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Process of legal research; sources of law and categories of sources; topic analysis; different types of logical
reasoning; critical reasoning; approach to answering legal problems; plagiarism; footnoting and referencing;
evaluation of sources; legal writing; electronic and print resources.
Assessment: Continuous Assessment
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2LR
Syllabi 181
Interpretation of Law
LAWS2LW H1, H2, P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Introduction; basic concepts and an historical overview; nature and process of interpretation; Theories of
interpretation: the textual approach; the literal approach; the contextual approach; the current approach of courts;
general aids to interpretation; internal and external aids; restrictive and extensive interpretation; maxims;
presumptions; a critical analysis of the Interpretation Act 33 of 1957; constitutional interpretation; basic principles of
constitutional interpretation.
Assessment: Test / s 20%; assignment / research project 20%; 1x3hr exam 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2LW
Property
LAWS2PR H1, H2, P2 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-71H-40R-1.5F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Basic concepts, definitions and sources of property law; Definition and classification of things; Real and
personal rights; The changing nature of ownership; acquisition and protection of, and limits on, ownership; Limited real
rights (possession and servitudes); Constitutional protection of property and legislative limits on ownership, including
land reform and environmental law.
Assessment: tests/assignments 40%; 1x3 hr exam 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP2PR
Accounting for Legal Practice

LAWS3AP H2 P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Double entry bookkeeping; the accounting cycle; the transfer journal; final accounts; a theoretical knowledge
of VAT; correspondent accounts; conveying accounting; the relevant sections of the Attorneys Act and Provincial Law
Society rulings.
Assessment: Class mark 33.3%; 1x3hr exam 66.7%;
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3AP
Criminal Procedure
LAWS3CP H2 P2 (29.5L-3T-0P-0S-71H-12.5R-0F-0G-4A-15W-12C)
Content: Introduction; Criminal trial process and due process rights; search and seizure; arrest, summons and written
notice; bail, release on warning and postponements; mental capacity; charge, indictment and request for further
particulars; preparation for trial; jurisdiction; guilty and not guilty plea statements; plea proceedings; trial procedure:
conduct of the trial, methods of disposal of cases and options at the close of the State case; trial-within-a-trial:
confessions, admissions, pointings-out and unconstitutionally obtained evidence; diversions, competent verdicts and
sentencing options; sentencing procedure; section 105A of the CPA: plea and sentence arguments; appeal and
reviews and international criminal court, inquests, anti-organised crime legislation, anti-terrorism legislation and
declaring a state of emergency.
Assessment: A test and/or assignment; 1x3 hr exam
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3CP
Contract
LAWS3CT H1, P2 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction; requirements for a valid contract; voidable contracts; contents of a contract; interpretation of
contract; performance; miscellaneous provisions; plurality of parties; stipulatio alteri; cession, delegation and
assignment; variation, waiver and estoppel; consensual termination; breach of contract and remedies.
Assessment: Assignments/class tests: 40%; Examination: 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3CT
Evidence
LAWS3EV H2, P2 (29.5L-3T-0P-0S-71H-12.5R-0F-0G-4A-15W-12C)
Content: History of the South African law of evidence; basic concepts of the law of evidence; kinds of evidence; the
burden and onus of proof; the trial process; the evaluation of evidence; witnesses; special trial procedures;
admissibility; constitutional impact; non-evidentiary proof.
Assessment: Class test: 20%; Examination: 80%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3EV
International Law
LAWS3IN H1 P1 (29.5L-3T-0P-0S-71H-12.5R-0F-0G-4A-15W-12C)
Content: The history, nature, purpose and sources of international law; The relationship between international law
and municipal law; The international legal personalities; The recognition of states and governments;Territory, including
sea, air and space; Jurisdiction and immunity; State responsibility; The law of treaties; International environmental
law; International human rights: International institutions; The use of force by stats; International humanitarian law;
The peaceful settlement of international disputes.
Assessment: classmark: 40%; examination: 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3IN
Jurisprudence
LAWS3JP H2 P2 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: A selection of the following: Postmodernism and the law; Natural Law vs Positivism; Early Natural Law - The
Greeks and Romans; Early Natural Law - Christian Natural Law; Social Contract Theory - Grotius, Locke and
Rousseau; US Constitutionalism; Early Positivism - Bentham and Austin; Modern Natural Law - Lon Fuller; Modern
Natural Law - John Finnis; Modern Natural Law - Patrick Devlin; Modern Natural Law - Ronald Dworkin; Modern
Natural Law - South African Natural Lawyers; Modern Positivism - Hans Kelsen; Modern Positivism - Herbert Hart;
Modern Positivism - South African Positivists; American Realism; Scandinavian Realism; Justice Theory - John
Rawls; Justice Theory Robert Nozick; African Jurisprudence; Critical Legal Theory Feminist Jurisprudence; Critical
Legal Theory Karl Marx; Critical Legal Theory Critical Legal Studies.
Assessment: Class test: 30%; interactive lecture: 10%; Examination: 60%;
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3JP
Legal Diversity
LAWS3LD H1, P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Legal Diversity in South Africa including introduction, separate court structure, internal conflicts of laws;
African Customary Law including traditional leadership and democracy under the 1996 constitution, customary
marriages, inheritance and succession, conflicts of laws, Religious Legal Systems in South Africa; including general
introduction, foundations, family law and law of inheritance and succession of the Islamic law, Hindu law and Jewish
Law legal systems.
Assessment: Class test: 20%; assignment: 20%; Examination: 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3LD
Labour Law
LAWS3LL H2, P1 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Applicable legislation; the nature of the employment relationship; duties of the employer and employee;
discipline and dismissal; meaning of dismissal and unfair labour practices; automatically unfair dismissals; dismissal
for misconduct; dismissal for incapacity; dismissal for operational requirements; remedies for unfair dismissal; dispute
resolution; discrimination and affirmative action; collective labour law; industrial action; basic conditions of
employment; social security legislation.
Syllabi 183
Assessment: Classmark: 33%; Examination: 67%

Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3LL
Professional Training 1
LAWS3PT H1 P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: The legal profession and legal professional ethics; taking instructions; demand, general principles of legal
drafting; legal correspondence; specific topics relating to legal letters: drafting agreements; specific topics relating to
drafting agreements; drafting memoranda to counsel; client counselling; client interviewing.
Assessment: 2 tests each contributing 50%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3PT
Succession
LAWS3SC H1, P1 (29.5L-3T-0P-0S-71H-12.5R-0F-0G-4A-15W-12C)
Content: General Principles including important terms and concepts, different kinds of succession, heirs and legatees
distinguished, freedom of testation (including discussion of invalid conditions), the pactum successorium, basic
requirements for succession, adiation and repudiation; collation; unworthiness to inherit (the indignus); capacity to
benefit under a will; Intestate Succession; Capacity to make a will; delegation of testamentary power; the formalities
for the execution of a valid will; formalities for the valid amendment of a will; sound practice for the execution and
amendment of wills; the rescue provisions of the Wills Act, 1953; revocation of wills and the coup de grce provision
of the Wills Act, 1953; substitution and accrual; the content of wills including legacies, vesting, conditions, dies and
modus, usufruct, fideicommissa, testamentary trusts; interpretation of wills; administration of deceased estates an
introduction (including discussion of the executor and the liquidation and distribution account).
Assessment: Class tests: 30%; Examination: 70%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3SC
Specific Offences
LAWS3SO H1, P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Offences against the person including homicide, assault, rape, crimen injuria, intimidation; offences against
property including theft, special forms of theft, robbery, extortion, fraud, malicious injury to property, arson; offences
against morality including sexual offences; offences against family life including abduction; offences against freedom
of movement; including kidnapping; offences against the administration of justice including perjury,
defeating/obstructing the course of justice; offences against the state including treason, sedition, public violence;
offences against intrusion including housebreaking with intent; organized crime and money laundering; criminalization;
impact of the Bill of Rights on specific offences.
Assessment: Class Test: 30%; Examination: 70%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP3SO
Access to Justice in South Africa

LAWS4AJ P2 (13L-0T-2P-7S-46H-8R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Defining access to justice; the structural and social obstacles to achieving access to justice; legal
anthropology; access to justice as a human right; the nature of litigation: too much law for those who can afford it, too
little for everyone else; the legal profession: values and transformation; the legal needs of low-income communities;
presumed guilty: class injustice in the criminal justice system; law without lawyers new models of legal assistance;
cause lawyering.
Assessment: 1. Seminar paper (25%) 2. Assignment (25%) 3. Examination 50%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4AJ
Administrative Law
LAWS4AL H1, P1 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction; definition; administrative law and democracy; administrative law and the public/private
paradigm; the structure and empowerment of the executive; detailed analysis of the Promotion of Administrative
Justice Act 3 of 2000 and the Promotion of Access to Information Act 2 of 2000; kinds of administrative power; policy
and discretion; administrative justice and access to information as fundamental rights; administrative justice and open
democracy legislation. Judicial Review: Definition and scope; what is a public authority for the purposes of judicial
review; illegality and the ultra vires doctrine, (a) the common law, (b) the impact of the Constitution; requirements of
legality/grounds of review; authority; regularity; fairness; reasonableness; standing; remedies.
Assessment: Test 20%; Examination 80%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4AL
Bioethics
LAWS4BE H2, P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: The teaching of foundational bio-ethical knowledge and skill that will enable learners to competently reflect
upon, address and resolve ethical and socio-cultural issues that they will confront during their training and
professional practice. This inter-professional ethics module involves the teachings of ethical theory and reasoning,
professional ethics and inter-professional approach to health care decision-making on issues that span inter alia,
informed consent, confidentiality, truth telling, genetic engineering, reproductive technologies and related issues,
professional obligations, ethics committees, euthanasia, abortion, human and animal experimentation, experimental
design and randomized drug trials, treatment of the impaired and the incompetent, national and international health
laws, social justice and health care policy.
Assessment: Major assignment 50% 1x 3 hr exam 25%; classwork 25%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4BE
Clinical Law
LAWS4CC HY, PY (52L-0T-25P-0S-83H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-16C)
Content: Interviewing & counselling skills; legal research; legal writing; legal ethics; and legal issues of special
relevance in the South African legal NGO/ legal aid/ public interest law environment.
Assessment: Practical assessment on Law Clinic client consultations and file work exercise(s): 40%; Second
semester group project 20%; Examination 40%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4CC
Corporate Law
LAWS4CO H2, P1 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Partnerships: Formation and nature; partnership property and shares in the partnership; the relationship of
the partners inter se; the relationship between partners and third parties; the dissolution and liquidation of
partnerships. Companies: The formation of a company; the company as a legal person; types of companies; lifting the
veil of incorporation; the memorandum of incorporation; contracts entered into by a company; the capacity of a
company; promoters; contracting on behalf of the company; capital structure of the company; rules regulating share
capital; directors; shareholders and meetings; the company's organs and officers; the nature and classification of
company securities; the transfer of shares; the offering of shares to the public; majority rule and the protection of
minorities; the enforcement of corporate duties; dividends; auditors; accounting and disclosure; business rescue;
winding up. Close Corporations: Juristic nature and formation; members and members' interests; internal relations;
external relations; accounting and disclosure; members' liability for the corporation's debts; de-registration and
winding up; penalties.
Assessment: 2 tests 40%; 1x3 hour exam 60%.
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4CO
Syllabi 185
Civil Procedure
LAWS4CV H2, P2 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: The civil court structure; jurisdiction of various courts; applications; actions from letter of demand to
judgment including all pleadings, notices and trial; appeals and reviews; debt collection procedures and additional
procedures.
Assessment: 30% Class mark & 70% Exam mark
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4CV
Dispute Resolution
LAWS4DR H1 (13L-0T-13P-0S-30H-0R-0F-0G-24A-15W-8C)
Content: The nature of conflict; The path of conflict; Approaches to managing conflict; Positional & Interest-based
dispute resolution; A negotiation exercise; Skills required in resolving disputes; Defining dispute resolution
mechanisms; Understanding the range of dispute resolving mechanisms; Comparing adjudication & mediation;
Defining the process of mediation; The stages of mediation; deciding whether to arbitrate rather than conciliate;
Experiencing the process of mediation; Preparing for conciliation & arbitration; Conciliation at the CCMA; The
arbitration hearing and Evidence at arbitration
Assessment: 20% Class participation, 30% Class Test & 50% Examination
Environmental Law
LAWS4EN H1, P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Issues concerning the relationship between the law and the environment; the implementation and
enforcement of the environmental Law, including the role of the 1996 Constitution; selected topics including water law
and the environment; natural resources law; pollution law; and land use and planning law.
Assessment: 2 tests (20% each); 1x2hr exam 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4EN
Gender and the Law

LAWS4GL H1, P1 (39L-10T-0P-0S-31H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-8C)
Content: Feminist jurisprudence; equality theory; gender and family law; gender and labour law; gender and criminal
law.
Assessment: 2 essays 33,3%; 1 open-book exam 66,7%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4GL
Insurance & Agency

LAWS4IA H1 P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Insurance: Definition, nature and formation; duty of disclosure; insurable interest; duration, renewal; risk;
premium; subrogation; rights and duties of third persons under the contract (cession and stipulatio alteri); Agency:
nature of representation; authority of representative; act performed without authority; non-disclosure of agency;
definition and nature of mandate; duties of the mandatory; duties of the mandator; termination of relationship.
Assessment: Class work 25%; 1x2 hour exam 75%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4IA
International Criminal Law

LAWS4IC H1, P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: This module will consider various aspects of international criminal law such as mutual co-operation,
jurisdiction, international criminal tribunals including the International Criminal Court and its operation, international
criminal procedure, the prosecution of international crimes before domestic tribunals, defences in international criminal
law and international humanitarian law.
Assessment: Test or assignment 25%, examination 75%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4IC
Intellectual Property Law

LAWS4IP H2, P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: This module will be aimed at providing students with a working knowledge of the most relevant issues,
contemporary topics and case law resorting under the rubric of intellectual property law as applied in South Africa.
The module will focus on three of the most important areas encountered in practice, namely copyright law, trade mark
law and unlawful competition as it relates to the use and exploitation of intellectual property. More specialized areas of
intellectual property (e.g. patents and designs) will not be addressed specifically but will be referred to where relevant.
Assessment: class mark: 40% and Examination: 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4IP
Income Tax Law

LAWS4IT H2, P1 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Sources of Income Tax Law and the interpretation of tax legislation; the legislative scheme; source; receipt
and accruals; inclusions in gross income; exempt income; capital; deductions; individuals; partnerships; trusts;
companies and close corporations; assessment, objection and appeal; fringe benefits; farming; tax avoidance and
evasion.
Assessment: class test 30%; 1x2 hr exam 70%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4IT
Maritime Law
LAWS4ML H2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: History of shipping law; incidents of navigation; carriage of goods by sea; marine insurance, law of the sea,
enforcement of rights and remedies in the Admiralty Court.
Assessment: 1 test/assignments 25%; 1x3 hr exam 75%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4ML
Negotiable Instruments
LAWS4NG H2, P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Sources of law; definition and parties; essential elements; bank-customer contract; payment by cheque;
crossings; negotiation; markings; the cambial obligation; enforcing payment on a bill/note; defending a claim on a
bill/note; immunity from defences; unauthorised payment of cheques.
Assessment: Class test: 25%; 1x2 hr exam 75%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4NG
Professional Training 2
LAWS4PT H1, P1 (38L-0T-6P-0S-22H-0R-6F-0G-8A-15W-8C)
Content: Students acquire the knowledge, skills and values appropriate for professional practice. Consolidate the
practical skills learnt during prior levels of study. Focus on specific skills such as appellate advocacy; and the drafting
of more complex legal documents.
Assessment: Assessment is by means of a moot and a written test,
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4PT
Syllabi 187
Research Project
LAWS4RP P1, H1, H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-80H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-8C)
Content: Students are required to complete a research project.
Assessment: 100% marks awarded by internal and external examiners
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4RP
Security & Insolvency

LAWS4SI H2, P2 (19.5L-2.5T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-8C)
Content: Real security: the law relating to different forms of real security in particular: mortgage, bonds, notarial
bonds, and cession in securitatem debiti. Personal security: the law of suretyship; insolvency a consideration of
various aspects of insolvency law, including voluntary surrender, compulsory sequestration, effects of sequestration
and rehabilitation.
Assessment: Class test 40%; 1x2 hr exam 60%
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4SI
Sale, Lease & Credit Agreements

LAWS4SL H1, P1 (39L-4.5T-0P-0S-72.5H-40R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Legal principles relating to contract of sale and contract of letting and hiring of immovable property;
consumer credit law relating to instalment sale transactions and money loans.
Assessment: Class tests 30%; 1x3 hr exam 70 %
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4SL
Sentencing (Elective)
LAWS4SN P2 (13L-0T-0P-13S-54H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-8C)
Content: General Policy and Principles: purposes of punishment, judicial discretion and sentencing guidelines, some
factors affecting sentence generally; Specific Sentences: selected topics from: imprisonment, fines, juvenile
offenders, suspension and postponement of sentence, correctional supervision; compensation.
Assessment: A seminar presentation, comprising 20 marks, and an examination, comprising 80 marks.
Module code with similar syllabus : LAWP4SN
Street Law
LAWS4ST HY (52L-0T-25P-0S-83H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-16C)
Content: To train students: in communication skills to enable them to explain legal concepts to lay persons; to teach
legal issues and trial skills to pupils in secondary school; in basic teaching skills and methodology; to prepare mock
trial packages; in basic trial advocacy skills; and to inculcate in students an awareness of human rights issues, and to
encourage them to promote this awareness in the pupils they teach.
Assessment: Mock trial package 20%; School visits and evaluation 30%;1x3 hr exam 50%
Teaching Legal Skills

LAWS4TS HY (0L-0T-26P-0S-134H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-16C)
Content: Theory and practice on teaching in a multi-cultural class, teaching methodology and small group facilitation.
Theory and practice on providing both written and oral feedback to students to develop and improve writing skills.
Assessment: A portfolio based assessment on: evaluation of teaching performance 35%; assessment of feedback on
legal writing 30%; class presentation and preparation 15%; a reflective teaching journal 15%; impression mark 5%.
Criminal Justice A
LAWS6CJ H1 (0L-0T-0P-39S-281H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: (a) Introduction to legal concepts: the Constitution and Bill of Rights; Common law & Statutory law;
Interpretations of law; legal classification and basic principles of law. (b) Introduction to Business law: including
contracts and credit agreements. (c) Basic Computer Skills: general introduction, Microsoft Windows training in basic
word processing and the Internet. (d) Selected common law and statutory requirements relevant to the module
including: fraud, Companies Act offences, forgery and uttering and corruption. (e) Rules of evidence: general rules of
evidence including inadmissibility, weight, exclusionary rules, admissions and confessions, rules of trial, case analysis
and constitutional issues.
Criminal Justice B
LAWS6CK H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-0W-32C)
Content: (a) Criminal Trial Process and Civil Remedies: the Criminal Procedure Act; criminal trial processes; Section
35 of the Constitution; participants in the criminal process; sentencing, reviews and appeals; Anton Piller order; arrest,
search and seizure. (b) Investigating financial crime: Prevention of Corruption Act (POCA) and Financial Intelligence
Centre Act (FICA), Asset forfeiture and tracing; Money Laundering; Tax offences and specialised law enforcement
agencies (Asset Forfeiture Unit; SIU; Commercial Crimes SAPS; Hawks; NPA). (c) Industrial Relations: Outline of
the new labour law; Conditions of Employment; internal disciplinary proceedings; dismissal; the CCMA and Labour
Courts; mediation and arbitration. (d) Ethics: Ethics of investigation; ethics and etiquette; trial ethics; ethical rules for
specific sectors: government, corporate, police (e) Computerised Legal research: including Jutastat; LexisNexis;
Sabinet and internet research. (f) Forensic investigation techniques: Basic techniques; investigation of crime;
interviews and interrogation; specific truth verifiers, such as polygraphs, voice stress-analysers and telephone-base
detection; Access to information; Forensic Psychology; Digital Evidence Recovery and Analyst Notebook and I-Base.
Forensic Auditing
LAWS6FA H1 (0L-0T-0P-39S-281H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: (a) The forensic auditing process; the use of information technology as an investigative tool; computer-
based auditing programme; audit trial; case studies. (b) Introduction to accounting concepts: including how to read a
balance sheet; recording accounting transactions; analysis of journal entries; various types of companies; framework
for the preparation of financial statements and valuation of companies.
Research Project
LAWS6RP H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: Students are required to complete a research project. Topics to be approved by the course director and
project supervisor.
Admiralty Law
LAWS8AA H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: History; disputes as to venue; prejudgment security; action in personam; maritime liens; action in rem;
ranking of claims; comparative jurisdictions
Assessment: Assignments (40%), and examination (60%)
DP Requirements: 100% seminar attendance - however students may, with a reasonable explanation miss two
seminars; submission of a written assignment; and the presentation of a group seminar.
Advanced Constitutional Law

LAWS8AC H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Constitutionalism of the establishment of democracy in South Africa; division of powers between national
and provincial governments; the role, status and functions of local government; capita selecta of Public International
Law; process of amending the Constitution; the functioning of the legislative organs of government; its powers and
limitations; exploring the relationship between the executive and legislative, with specific reference to the concept of
Syllabi 189
accountability; assessing the usefulness of institutions supporting democracy.

Assessment: A five-hour examination
DP Requirement: Prepared attendance students are allowed to miss two seminars if they can provide a reasonable
explanation.
Advanced Contract Law

LAWS8AE H1, P1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Selected topics relating, primarily, to the grounds for challenging the validity of a contract which otherwise
complies with the formal requirements for validity. The module focuses on issues regarding voidability (including
economic duress), as well as the public policy challenge to contracts (including the modern restraint of trade doctrine).
Other areas of focus include the role of good faith, substantive unfairness, unconscionable contracts, inequality of
bargaining power, standard form contracts and exemption clauses, the role of consumer protection legislation and the
application of the Bill of Rights to private contracts.
Assessment: Seminar presentation (25%, and examination (75%)
DP Requirement: Attendance of at least 11 of the 13 seminar contact sessions for the module.
Advanced Corporate Law

LAWS8AG H2, P2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: A study of selected topics of corporate law at an advanced level. The module aims to equip students with a
comprehensive understanding and critical appreciation of selected important aspects of Corporate Law and how these
impact on the modern corporation.
Assessment: A four-hour examination (80%), and Class presentations (20%).
DP Requirement: Prepared attendance at seminars students may not miss more than two seminars if they can
provide a reasonable explanation.
Advanced Insolvency Law

LAWS8AI H2 (0L-0T-0P-20S-0H-220R-0F-0G-0A-15W-24C)
Content: A study of selected topics of insolvency law at an advanced level.
Assessment: Written assignments / seminar presentations (25%), and examination (75%)
DP Requirement: Attendance of at least 11 out of the 13 seminars.
Advanced Labour Law

LAWS8AK H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Parties to the employment relationship, unfair labour practices; unfair dismissal; strike law; transfers;
retrenchment; contract of employment; evidence, remedies and jurisdiction, review.
Assessment: 2 assignments 50%, 4 hour examination 50%
DP Requirement: Attendance at a minimum of 11 seminars; submission of two written assignments.
Advanced Tax I
LAWS8AO H1, P1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Introduction to Tax Law; basic principles and mechanics of the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962; the gross
income definition; source and residence; capital and revenue and capital gains tax; special inclusions; exempt income;
deductions.
DP Requirement: 100% attendance at all seminars, participation in the group presentation of two allocated seminars,
and submission of an allocated portion of the seminar presentation.
Bio-ethics & the Law

LAWS8AQ H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: The teaching of bio-ethical knowledge and skills that will enable learners to competently reflect upon,
address and resolve ethical and socio-cultural issues that they will confront during their professional practice. This
module involves the teaching of professional ethics and inter-professional approach to health care decision-making on
issues that include, inter alia, informed consent, confidentiality, truth telling, genetic engineering reproductive
technologies and related issues, professional obligations, ethics committees, human and animal experimentation,
experimental design and randomised drug trials, treatment of the impaired and the incompetent, national and
international health LAWS8, social justice and health care policy.
Assessment: Seminar preparation, attendance and participation (25%) and a written examination (75%).
DP Requirement: Seminar preparation, attendance, presentation, and participation.
Carriage of Goods by Sea

LAWS8AS H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: History; bills of lading; charter parties; Hague-Visby Rules; Carriage of Goods by Sea Act, 1986; limitation of
liability; Hamburg Rules.
Assessment: Assignments (25%), ,and written examination (75%)
seminars; submission of a written assignment ; and a class presentation.
Constitutional & Human Rights Litigation

LAWS8AU H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Introduction to human rights; interpretation; application and limitation; the Constitutional Court and the
impact of the system; equal protection; due process rights; the Bill of Rights and Labour Law; impact of the Bill of
Rights on Private Law and Business Law; freedom of expression and opinion; socio-economic rights; the Constitution;
central and regional governments; preparing the brie; research.
Assessment: One 8-hour exam
DP Requirement: Prepared attendance students are allowed to miss two seminars if they can provide a
reasonable explanation.
Employment Discrimination
LAWS8BA H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Historical and theoretical perspectives; international law; anti-discrimination law; equality and age; disability,
gender and family responsibility; HIV status, sexual orientation, religion and culture; justifiable discrimination and
affirmative action.
Assessment: 2 assignments 50%, 4 hour examination 50%
DP Requirement: Attendance at a minimum of 11 seminars; and the submission of two written assignments.
Forensic Medicine
LAWS8BC H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: The teaching of forensic medicine: injury, death by asphyxiation, extremes of temperature and electricity,
medico-legal aspects of injuries and deaths due to firearms and explosives, medico-legal aspects of human
identification, head injury, Kangaroo court assault, drive-in shooting, sudden death during robbery. Clinical forensic
medicine: Sexual offences, child abuse, spouse abuse and abuse of the elderly, alcohol intoxication, medico-legal
aspects of poisoning, torture-treatment of detainees and deaths in custody. The crime scene: Importance of proper
procedures at a scene, functions of the investigator at the scene, function of their doctor or pathologist at the scene,
dangers and risks to the investigator at the scene, prevention of biological dangers and risks at the scene. The
Autopsy: The meaning and importance of an autopsy, the laws governing the performance of the autopsy, natural and
unnatural deaths, medico-legal aspects of the death certificate, the importance of providing the pathologist with an
adequate history prior to an autopsy, changes that occur to the body after death, the interpretation of the autopsy
report, understanding the limitations and pitfalls of the autopsy.
Assessment: Seminar preparation, attendance and participation (40%), and a written examination (60%).
DP Requirement: Seminar preparation, attendance, presentation and participation.
HIV/AIDS, Human rights & the law

LAWS8BE H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: A human rights approach to the HIV/AIDS pandemic; covering an understanding of the basic science of
Syllabi 191
HIV/AIDS; the origins of the disease; the effects of colonialism and globalisation; Health, human rights, equality and
discrimination; ethics (privacy, confidentiality, consent, testing) ; the impact of intellectual property protection on the
cost of, and access to, medicines; HIV/AIDS as it affects specific sectors (employment, children, gender, prisons,
social welfare, insurance); health systems, legislation and factors impacting treatment; and global, local, institutional
and civil society responses to the pandemic.
Assessment: Seminar preparation, attendance and participation (50%) and a written examination (50%).
DP Requirement: Seminar preparation, attendance, presentation and participation.
Incidents of Navigation
LAWS8BG H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Pilotage; collision; marine pollution; salvage; wreck; general average; mortgage; ship registration.
Assessment: One assignment (30%), one oral presentation: group work/individual (20%), and examination (50%)
seminars; submission of a written assignment; and the presentation of a group seminar.
Intellectual Property Law

LAWS8BI H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Advanced study of certain topics under the general heading of intellectual property law including the
interface between intellectual property law and competition law, the protection of indigenous knowledge, the problems
faced by developing countries with special reference to access to medicine and educational materials, copyright and
the entertainment industry, the right to make copies, freedom of expression and parody. Special focus is on the issue
of whether intellectual property should be protected at all and if so, the most appropriate means of protecting
intellectual property especially in the light of modern developments such as the internet.
Assessment: Seminar presentations (25%), and examination (75%)
International Trade Law

LAWS8BK H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: History; international business transactions; bills of lading; fob contracts; cif contracts; payment in
international sales; disputes settlement.
DP Requirement: Students may miss one seminar if they can provide a reasonable explanation.
Labour Dispute Resolution

LAWS8BO H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: The theory of dispute resolution, the negotiation, mediation, and arbitration process; the concept of fairness
in the adjudication process; dispute resolution in the South African workplace and the CCMA.
DP Requirement: Full attendance at all three days of the course; and the submission of a written assignment.
Land Use & Planning

LAWS8BQ H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Land tenure and the concept of ownership; coastal zone; seashore and rivers; agricultural law and policy;
national and regional physical planning; town planning; architectural conservation; historical sites.
Assessment: Assignments (40%), and written examination (60%).
DP Requirement: Attendance at all seminars.
Law & Medical Practice

LAWS8BS H1 (0L-0T-0P-20S-0H-220R-0F-0G-0A-15W-24C)
Content: The doctor/patient relationship, informed consent, medical malpractice, medical ethics and confidentiality,
euthanasia and the right to die, sex-change operations, abortion, contraception and sterilisation problems of consent,
artificial insemination donor and surrogacy, organ and tissue transplants, medical treatment of detainees, aids and the
law, medical ethics.
Assessment: Seminar presentation (30%), seminar participation (20%), and examination (50%);
DP Requirement: 100% seminar attendance.
Law of the Sea

LAWS8BU H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: History; 1958 Geneva Convention; 1982 United Nations Convention; territorial waters; exclusive economic
zone; high seas; navigation, flags of convenience and piracy; exploitation of the resources of the sea
Natural Resources Law

LAWS8CA H1 P1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Concept of Natural Resources: Soil; Water; Minerals; Flora and Fauna; Sea; Seashore and Wetlands;
Wilderness; Cultural eg. historical sites. Conservation v Exploitation: Philosophies; Strategies; Techniques.
Assessment: Assignments (40%), and written examination (60%).
Ocean & Coastal Law

LAWS8CC H1 (3L-0T-0P-15S-90H-128R-4F-0G-0A-15W-24C)
Content: Seashore and coastal zone protection; coastal wetlands; marine reserves; territorial waters; marine
pollution; marine living resources".
Pollution Control Law

LAWS8CE H1, P1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Global and trans-boundary pollution; soil and water pollution; waste management, environmental impact
assessment in waste management, public participation, liability for pollution, institutional structure of waste
management, pesticides, noise, radiation, mining, medical waste handling, legal implementation of new waste
management technologies.
Assessment: Assignments (50%), and written exam (50%)
Wildlife Law
LAWS8CI H1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: The history of environmentalism, environmental ethics, animal rights, species protection, habitat protection,
commercial and traditional hunting, law enforcement, trade in endangered species, ecotourism, problems of
enforcement, comparative and international perspectives.
Donations Tax & Estate Duties

LAWS8CM H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-67H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-8C)
Content: A study of who is liable for donations tax, the rate, the definitions, when a donation takes effect, deemed
donations, exemptions, donations by spouses married in community of property, donation by corporate bodies,
payment, assessment and valuation. it also includes a study of the dutiable amount of an estate, property, property
deemed to be property, valuation, allowable deductions, marriage in community of property and estate accounts.
Assessment: Assignments (20%), one examination (80%)
Advanced Criminal Law

LAWS8CS H1, P1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Syllabi 193
Content: Theories of criminal liability; the impact of the Bill of Rights on substantive criminal law; the act in criminal
law; unlawfulness; causation; imputability; forms of mens rea (intention and negligence); inchoate offences; and
participation.
Assessment: Class work, comprising either a single assignment, consisting of an analysis of a particular legal issue,
or a series of shorter problem-based assignments, and presented either in written form, or in the form of a seminar, or
both: 40%; written examination: 60%.
Criminal Process
LAWS8CT H2, P2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Topics include unconstitutionally obtained evidence; measuring the Criminal Procedure Act against the Bill
of Rights; bail and self- incrimination; right to silence and adverse inferences; confessions and admissions; right to
legal representation and custodial interrogation.
Children's rights (Local & International)

LAWS8DB H1 (0L-0T-0P-20S-140H-70R-0F-0G-10A-15W-24C)
Content: On completion, students will understand the latest developments in the childrens rights movement
nationally and internationally. They will have sufficient critical understanding of International Agreements to be able to
support the application. They will be understand the significance of cultural differences and the effect of these on the
upbringing of children. Students will understand State and inter-State child care obligations.
Assessment: Assignments & presentations (40%), and examination (60%)
DP Requirement: 40%
Role of Professional in proceedings

LAWS8DC H1 H2 (0L-0T-0P-20S-140H-70R-0F-0G-10A-15W-24C)
Content: Students will, on completion, have the following skills: how to interview children; investigate their
circumstances, prepare documents for court; give evidence; advocate for children; assist in non-adversarial and court
resolutions. They will have an understanding of the procedures and jurisdiction of courts and alternatives to courts.
They will understand the roles of professionals in child care proceedings
DP Requirement: 40%
Child Care Policy & Legislation

LAWS8DD H2 (0L-0T-0P-20S-140H-70R-0F-0G-10A-15W-24C)
Content: This module will enhance both the knowledge and skills of students with a view to enabling them to work
effectively with children and their families in the following categories: street children, neglected and abandoned
children, children with disabilities, extra-marital children, and children affected by divorce. They will understand the
procedures and solutions offered by adoption, foster care and residential care in its various forms. They will acquire
knowledge of the law and social work practice in relevant sub-fields incl. Education and health
DP Requirement: 40%
Crime: Children as victims & perpetrators

LAWS8DE H2 (0L-0T-0P-30S-207H-3R-0F-0G-0A-15W-24C)
Content: Students will be provided with up-to-date knowledge and skills to enable them to work effectively in crime-
related aspects of the child care field. They will acquire practical skills and knowledge of current law, criminology and
social work theory, and skills relevant to domestic violence, juvenile crime, child abuse, and substance abuse. They
will be able to write pre-sentence reports, know when to recommend diversion from the criminal justice system, and
will know the duties of probation officers and other involved professionals, such as prosecutors.

DP Requirement: 40%
Medico-Legal & Social Aspects of Child Care &

LAWS8DF H2 (0L-0T-0P-20S-140H-70R-0F-0G-10A-15W-24C)
Content: Students will acquire the inter-disciplinary knowledge and practical skills to enable them to help develop
policy and work with children affected or infected by terminal and chronic diseases (incl. AIDS). They will understand
the latest significant medico-legal developments in procreation when these impact upon the rights of children, parents
and donors. They will know the legal procedures and social work support services required in the relevant sub-fields
such as: abortion, sterilisation, artificial insemination, paternity testing and surrogacy. Students will be sensitized to
the strength and potential of differing family forms.
DP Requirement: 40%
Dissertation
LAWS8DG H1, H2, P1, P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Content: Each student, in consultation with his/her Supervisor, will choose a topic within the field of Child care and
Protection. Appropriate research methodology and design will be selected. Students who successfully complete the
mini-dissertation of between 15 000 and 20 000 words in length (excluding the table of contents, footnotes,
bibliography and appendices), must have demonstrated an ability to successfully undertake a major research
project. They must also demonstrate an ability to present their findings in a systematic, logical and critically evaluative
manner with proper citation of all sources used
International Law & Organisation

LAWS8DH H1 (0L-0T-0P-20S-140H-70R-0F-0G-10A-15W-24C)
Content: This course aims to equip the students with basic principles of Public International Law and the international
institutional framework. It will cover the history, the sources and the subjects International Law with special emphasis
on States and international organizations, as well as the relationship between International Law and the Municipal
legal system.
International Criminal Law

LAWS8DL H1, P1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Topics include general principles of International Criminal Law; ad hoc international tribunals and the
International Criminal Court; international crimes such as genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, aggression;
modes of participation; grounds for excluding criminal responsibility; procedural aspects and sentencing.
LAWS8DZ H1 H2 (0L-0T-0P-20S-140H-70R-0F-0G-10A-15W-24C)
Content: Students will be trained in Social Science and Legal Research Methodologies and also in relevant electronic
techniques. All of the above training will be oriented towards the Child Care field. Upon completion of the Module,
students must have the skills and knowledge required to prepare a Position Paper and Dissertation. They will
understand the requirements commonly needed for writing an article for publication. Importantly, students will know
how to look up the latest law and latest social work (and other relevant) findings in the Child-care field.
Assessment: Research Methodology (100%)
DP Requirement: 40%
Gambling Law
LAWS8GL P1 (0L-0T-0P-36S-105H-45R-0F-0G-54A-15W-24C)
Content: Background and policies that determine gambling regulation; various models of gambling regulation;
gambling legislation; gambling regulatory bodies; legalised gambling operations; interactive gambling; criminal and
contractual aspects of gambling law; and miscellaneous issues.
Syllabi 195
Sports Law 1
LAWS8LA H2 (0L-0T-0P-36S-155H-45R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Trends and characteristics of the international sports industry; models of sports governance; sports
governing bodies and the law; specificity and autonomy of sport; the regulation of South African sport; race-based
sports transformation in South Africa; professional team sports and employment law (including restraint of trade law,
remedies for breach of players contracts and transfer restrictions); sport and commercialisation (including athletes
image rights, sports broadcasting and ambush marketing); sport and competition law; sport and human rights
(including gender testing and doping control); and miscellaneous issues (including new competitions and leagues,
sport and gambling, corruption and match-fixing).
Assessment: Seminar presentation (40%; and examination (60%)
DP Requirement: Attendance of at least 11 of the 13 seminars.
Consumer Law in South Africa

LAWS8LC H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: An overview of both South African and International consumer law; access to the courts and private
consumer bodies; consumers and the law of contract; product liability; health and safety legislation; consumer credit;
the micro lending industry; insurance problems; advertising controls; banking issues, SA competition policy, common
consumer problems and popular scams.
Assessment: Seminar presentations (25%), and examination (75%)
Politics of Law
LAWS8LE H2 (0L-0T-0P-26S-155H-45R-10F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: The module comprehensively examines the field of constitutional law and its interrelationship with politics
through a current and case-based analysis of the most socially significant High Court, Supreme Court of Appeal and
Constitutional Court matters involving constitutional law.
Assessment: Class work, comprising either a single assignment, consisting of an analysis of a particular legal issue,
or a series of shorter problem-based assignments, and presented either in written form, or in the form of a seminar, or
both: 40%; written examination: 60%.
Criminology
LAWS8LG H2 P2 (0L-0T-0P-28S-90H-114R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: Topics include: Definitions, Terminology and the Criminal Process; Crime and the Media: Public
Conceptions and Misconceptions of Crime; Policing and Crime control; Sociological explanations of Crime; Anomie,
Strain and Juvenile Subculture; Control Theories; Female Criminality; Psychological Theory of Criminality; Biological
Factors and Crime and Intelligence, Mental Disorder and Crime.
Sentencing
LAWS8LJ H2 P2 (0L-0T-0P-36S-105H-45R-0F-0G-54A-15W-24C)
Content: Topics include: Theories of punishment; General principles of sentencing; Minimum sentence provisions;
Penalty clauses; Pre-sentence procedures; Sentencing discretion; Mitigating and aggravating factors; Imprisonment;
Fines; Correctional supervision; Sentencing young offenders; Suspension of sentence; Caution and discharge;
Forfeiture, suspension and other punitive measures; Post-sentence procedures and Capital punishment.
Marine Insurance
LAWS8MI H2 (0L-0T-0P-30S-120H-0R-30F-0G-60A-15W-24C)
Content: Topics includes: Overview of Marine Insurance Law - The History & Sources of Marine Insurance Law; The
recent Developments in South African Marine Insurance Law; The English, Marine Insurance Act, 1906; The
Principles of Marine Insurance Law; Maritime Risks/Marine Risks; Actual Loss/Constructive Total Loss; Types of
Policies; The Institute of London Underwriters; Institute Clauses; The subject matter of Marine Insurance The Ship,
Freight etc.; The Inchmaree Clause and P & I Clubs (Mutual Insurance).
Assessment: Form, content, presentation, defence of own seminar paper. Content of submission on other seminar
papers (50%), and examination.(50%)
DP Requirement: Students must attend at least 80% of the seminars, prepare and participate in the same. Students
must also write a three hour examination.
The History & Philos. of Constitutionalism

LAWS8MO H2, P2 (0L-0T-0P-26S-150H-60R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Content: The module comprehensively examines the history of Constitutional Law and the ideas which have shaped
it, from ancient times to the present day.
Assessment: Class work, comprising a single paper, consisting of an analysis of a particular issue and presented
both in written form and orally at a seminar: 50%; written examination: 50%.
DP Requirement: 100% seminar attendance, together with preparation.
M Thesis First Reg

LAWS8MT H1,H2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-0W-192C)
International Environmental Law

LAWS8PB H2 P2 (12L-0T-0P-12S-192H-8R-0F-0G-16A-15W-24C)
Content: Introduction: Customary International Law; Treaties; Sovereignty and national resources. Pollution: Air;
Marine; International Waterways; Atmosphere; other. Conservation of Endangered Species: Conservation; Trading of
endangered species. Conservation of resources: Fisheries; Deep sea-bed mining. Environmental protection and
economic development.
Advanced Tax II
LAWS8TA H2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-98H-125R-0F-0G-4A-15W-24C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Must have passed Advanced Tax I
Content: Taxation of individuals and entities; employment and taxation; special inclusions; deemed income; exempt
income and Public Benefit Organisations; special deductions; farming; tax avoidance and s103 of the Income Tax Act;
Capital Gains Tax.
Leadership
Leadership & Learning

LEAD601 W1,W2 (24L-0T-0P-18S-72H-22R-0F-0G-24A-15W-16C)
Content: To introduce learners to appropriate learning approaches in order to develop their competencies as leaders
in the conduct of their work. Topics include: leadership and learning; action learning, workplace learning strategies,
systems thinking.
Assessment: Participation in group tasks: 3000 word personal assignment (50%), 1 three-hour examination 50%)
Syllabi 197
Soft Systems Methodology

LEAD604 W1,W2, P1, P2 (24L-0T-0P-18S-72H-22R-0F-0G-24A-15W-16C)
Content: Development of a basic understanding of Checklands soft systems methodology; the design and initiation
of a situation improvement project, including the development of a Human Activity System model for an
organisation/institution in order to provide a basis for discussion by all problem owners.
Assessment: Participation in group tasks: 3000 word personal assignment (50%). 1 three-hour examination (50%).
Project & Programme Evaluation

Content: Pre-project evaluation including alignment with strategic intent and the principles of sustainable
development interventions; development in theory and in practice, situation analysis, renewable and non-renewable
resources; the short and long term impacts of development interventions. The dynamic evaluation of project
processes and the impact assessments during implementation and post-implementation phases of the project;
quantitative and qualitative assessment practices; introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM) in theory and
practice.
Managing Projects
Content: Topics include: leadership and management in projects; project definition and purpose; project planning;
hard and soft issues in projects; systems thinking and project planning; monitoring and evaluating projects.
Assessment: Participation in group tasks: 3000 word personal assignment (50%), 1 three-hour examination (50%)
Partnerships
Content: To introduce learners to the process of developing cross-sector partnerships to facilitate development and
enhance service delivery. Topics include: the partnership paradigm; the leader as partnership broker; defining
partnerships; characteristics of sectors; managing partnerships; evaluating partnerships; ethics in partnerships.
Organisational & Staff Development

Content: To develop learners understanding of, and competencies derived from, development principles and
strategies for staff and organisations necessary to regenerate and direct learning in the workplace and community.
Topics include: organisational development; theories of organisational leadership; learning meaning and identity in the
workplace; phases and contexts of learning in relation to work.
Contemporary Issues in Professional Practice

Content: Critical review of development of management/organisational thinking; the emergence of systems thinking
and an overview of the major working ideas and definitions relevant to systems thinking and organisation learning. To
engage learners in a dimension of contemporary importance in their professional field to inform their practice and to
draw out the leadership implications and competencies. Topics include: professionalism in the contemporary period;
major issues in professional practice; case studies of professional practice.
Assessment: Participation in group tasks: 2500 word personal assignment (50%), one three hour examination (50%)
Contemporary issues in Service Delivery

Content: To focus and extend learners practice base through action learning relating to contemporary issues in
service delivery in their area of professional practice.
Knowledge Management
Content: The role of management information systems in organisations; the relationship between decision-making
and need for information to support decision making approaches; contemporary approaches to information system
development and operation in support of "system based" approaches in organisational settings. Introduces concepts
related to organisational ecology in the wake of discontinuous change. It incorporates the application of information
technology to develop organisational competence, intellectual capital, and systems wide relationships. A distinction is
made between human capital and social capital and the development thereof. A case is made for developing a deep
knowledge management framework based on a solid theoretical footing as opposed to the superficial application of a
benefit to organisations.
None
Strategy & Organisational Dynamics

Content: Strategy development and implementation is examined from the point of view that the future is inherently
unknowable in nonlinear dynamic systems, and hence strategy in organisations has of necessity to be emergent
rather than based on prior organisational intent of organisational leaders. The module applies chaos and complexity
concepts to strategic management within such a paradigm.
Service Learning
Content: Investigating Service Learning as a phenomenon as a subject designed to provide students to integrate
academic learning with practical experience in communities. The module thus has a small conceptual component and
a substantial component of applying academic learning in the professional field of the student in a service learning site
provided by the course leader.
Assessment: Assessment through comprehensive contextual learning reports.
Managing Complexity
Content: The foundational concepts of the new sciences of Chaos and Complexity, and their applications to social
systems including organisations, are covered.
Principles of Corporate Citizenship

Content: The sustainability, ethics, economics and decision making processes relating to key technological
developments; changing social values and global development agendas. Environmental and social impacts of
technologies; development and the techno-economic paradigm; African and Southern African development agendas.
Syllabi 199
The role of business, government and civil society in the development and use of new technology. Managing
technological change and the systemic consequences of technological change.
Action Research
LEAD6AC W1,W2 (40L-0T-20P-36S-208H-0R-0F-0G-16A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of first four modules of this programme.
Content: To participate as an action researcher in work-related community contexts. Topics include: different
approaches to research; the characteristics, uses and limits of action research; action research and professional
development; planning and conducting action research; reporting on and presenting findings.
Assessment: A 5,000 word action research project report (100%)
Advanced Issues in Leadership

LEAD6IL W2 (40L-0S-32H-8G-80A-26W-16C)
Content: The systemic dimensions of leadership in action. Decision making processes in the technological age. The
role of new technologies and social media. Issues of culture, gender, ethics, social and environmental justice.
Assessment: An individual written assignment / examination that requires a reflective analysis of own paradigmatic
framework influencing leadership, both as a leader and as a follower (50%) and an individual written assignment that
requires students to compare and contrast the perspectives emanating from a dialogue with a fellow
student/colleague who clearly approaches leadership from a different paradigmatic framework (50%).
Critical Reflection of Leadership Skills

LEAD6LS W2 (40L-0S-47H-8G-65A-26W-16C)
Content: Contemporary models of leadership skills. Relationship between leadership and the individual, group and
organisation. Personal, interpersonal and group skills. Systemic relationships between intra, personal, interpersonal
and group attributes and skills.
Assessment: Individual written assignment / examination on the analysis of the conceptual models and framing of
the portfolio of leadership skills (50%) and individual written assignment on the analysis of own leadership skills in
relation to the conceptual models (50%).
Managing Complexity
LEAD6MC W2 (40L-0S-72H-8G-40A-26W-16C)
Content: Systems and complexity theory. Systems methodologies and diagramming. Participatory planning
techniques. Soft systems methodology.
Assessment: Individual written pre-course assessment on a literary review (40%). Individual written assignment on
assimilating and interpreting the theory embedded in the module. Individual written assignment / examination that
necessitates the application of the theory in a case study (50%).
Organisational Dynamics
LEAD6OD W1 (40L-0S-40H-8G-72A-26W-16C)
Content: Definitions and theory relating to the dynamics of organisations. Core theory on organisations, and the
various issues impacting on organisations. The role of power, organisational culture, change and ethics in
organisations. The role of the leader in managing organisational dynamics. Analysing and diagnosing problems and
developing interventions for improvement.
Assessment: Individual written assignment / examination on the theory of organisational dynamics (50%) and
individual written assignment on the theory of organisational dynamics to a practical case study (50%).
Project Leadership
LEAD6PL W2 (40L-0S-40H-0G-80A-26W-16C)
Content: Project management knowledge areas and practice. Critical review of project management. Alternative
project management approaches. Systems thinking in project management practice.
Assessment: Individual written assignment / examination which requires the application of project management tools
to a case study located in the students organisational experience (50%) and individual academic paper critically
evaluating current project management practice to identify challenges and make proposals on alternative approaches
(50%).
Practitioner Research for Leaders

LEAD6RL W2 (40L-0S-172H-8G-100A-52W-32C)
Content: Key concepts, ideas, characteristics, uses and limits of practitioner research. The value of practitioner
research in the work context. Research Methodology. The problem statement and research questions emanating from
the statement. Reporting on and presenting research findings. Stages in a research project and competencies
required at each stage.
Assessment: Individual written research proposal (10%) and individual research project (90%).
Strategic Leadership
LEAD6SL W1 (40L-0S-47H-8G-65A-26W-16C)
Content: Definitions of strategy, strategic leadership and other cognate terms. Ten schools of strategy. Relationship
between strategy and leadership. Major strategic tools. Practical strategy: strategic question, problem structuring,
futures, organisational configuration, stakeholder and resource analysis.
Assessment: Individual written assignment / examination on the theory of strategic leadership (50%) and individual
written assignment on the application of strategic tools to a practical case study (50%).
Systems Thinking
LEAD6ST W1 (40L-0S-40H-0G-80A-26W-16C)
Content: Critical review of organisational thinking and practice. Philosophical and theoretical basis for systems
thinking. Systems thinking in practice. Systems tools and methodologies. Decision support using systems thinking.
Assessment: Individual written assignment / examination on the theory of systems thinking (50%) and individual
written practice-based assignment (50%)
Advanced Leadership Theories and Practice

LEAD6TP W1 (40L-0S-120H-0G-20A-26W-16C)
Content: Core theories around leadership. Leadership and learning practices. Action and workplace learning for
leadership development. Current and future trends in leadership.
Assessment: Individual written assignment that necessitates the application of the theory and practice of leadership
in a case study (50%) and individual written assignment / examination that requires students to demonstrate
competence in relation to key knowledge areas embedded in the module (50%).
Systems Theories and Practices

Content: The emergence of systems thinking in organisational settings; the major concepts and philosophies which
have informed the development of systems thinking; the working ideas and definitions relevant to systems thinking,
including introduction to the major directions of thought in the field, e.g. hard systems analysis, soft systems
engineering, soft systems methodology, critical systems thinking; use of metaphor in organisational settings. Models
and theories of learning; learning and implications of learning styles; the concept of learning in the organisational
setting; the relationship between individual and organisational learning; the relationship between organisational
learning and successful organisational change; and the effectiveness of intervention in organisational settings.
Syllabi 201
Leading in Turbulent Environments

LEAD802 W2 (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Systems Theories and Practices (LEAD801 W1)
Content: The development of management thinking; the distinction between management and leadership; theoretical
development of leadership and critical examination of the major theories; various leadership paradigms and their
implications for practice; the role of leader as facilitator of group processes and dynamics of group behaviour; global
impacts and the need for systems thinking; the leader as catalyst for organisational learning and knowledge creation;
skills for systemic leadership. The foundational concepts of the new sciences of Chaos and Complexity, and their
application to social systems including organizations, are covered; the concepts of non-linear feedback, balancing and
reinforcing loops, and the nature of dynamic complexity. The importance of dialogue and organisational interaction is
highlighted. Further develops the use of advanced systems techniques and methodologies and decision tools and the
appropriate selection of intervention methodologies according to situation of concern; concepts and practices of TSI
(1) and TSI (2).
Management Cybernetics
Content: The principles of control and organisational design; the self-organising system; organisational diagnostics;
detailed consideration of the Viable Systems Model and its application in practice. .
Soft Systems Methodology

Content: Development of a basic understanding of Checklands soft systems methodology; the design and initiation
of a situation improvement project, including the development of a Human Activity System model for an
organisation/institution in order to provide a basis for discussion by all problem owners. Advanced consideration of
the philosophical roots of various systems approaches and research paradigms, including theories and ideas relative
to complexity, chaos and risk as these inform understanding and resolution of complex problems.
Project Management 1
LEAD805 W1 (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: The formulation of project proposals, including exercises in value management; defining project scope and
packaging of projects based on a thorough understanding of the project environment; the potential systemic impact of
the project on the physical and social environment; project packaging. The detailed planning, programming and
budgeting for projects: risk analysis: project implementation, including procurement practice: ongoing project
monitoring against programmes and budgets: cash flow management.
Project and Programme Evaluation

Content: Pre-project evaluation including alignment with strategic intent and the principles of sustainable
development interventions; development in theory and in practice, situation analysis, renewable and non-renewable
resources; the short and long term impacts of development interventions. The dynamic evaluation of project
processes and the impact assessments during implementation and post-implementation phases of the project;
quantitative and qualitative assessment practices; introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM) in theory and
practice.
Organisational Development
Content: Essential factors influencing effective organisational functioning and change; the relationship between
organisational context and individuals; the systemic approach to understanding the influence of organisational
member behaviour (functional or pathological) on organisational health. The idea of system-wide improvement; value
systems and their impact on the notion of improvement; resistance to change, organisational alignment towards goal
achievement; accommodating uncertainty in the change management process; resolving conflict in organisational and
project settings
Principles of Corporate Citizenship

Content: The comparative basis for ethical decision-making in organisational settings; development of ethical
positions in organisations; the role of cultural diversity in the establishment of ethical standpoints; the movement from
corporate philanthropy to community involvement through to corporate citizenship. Emphasis is placed on the role that
business plays in relation to the nation state, particularly in relation to the impact of globalisation on national and local
economies. The sustainability, ethics, economics and decision making processes relating to key technological
developments; changing social values and global development agendas. Environmental and social impacts of
technologies; development and the techno-economic paradigm; African and Southern African development agendas.
The role of business, government and civil society in the development and use of new technology. Managing
technological change and the systemic consequences of technological change.
Managing Partnerships
LEAD814 W1,W2, P1 (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: An emergent characteristic of organisational governance is the development of strategic and operational
partnerships. Emphasis is placed on generation 1 and generation 2 partnerships a move from a more technical
understanding to a more organic understanding.
Knowledge Management
Content: The role of management information systems in organisations; the relationship between decision-making
and need for information to support decision making approaches; contemporary approaches to information system
development and operation in support of "system based" approaches in organisational settings. Introduces concepts
related to organisational ecology in the wake of discontinuous change. It incorporates the application of information
technology to develop organisational competence, intellectual capital, and systems wide relationships. A distinction is
made between human capital and social capital and the development thereof. A case is made for developing a deep
knowledge management framework based on a solid theoretical footing as opposed to the superficial application of a
benefit to organisations.
Syllabi 203
Service Learning
Content: The practice of service learning; the development of community-based sites suitable for teaching, research
and service; principles of critical engagement; community development theory and practice in the context of service
learning; change and transformation.
Strategy & Organisational Dynamics

LEAD819 W2,W1, P1 (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Strategy development and implementation is examined from the point of view that the future is inherently
unknowable in non-linear dynamic systems, and hence strategy in organisations has of necessity to be emergent
rather than based on prior organisational intent of organisational leaders. The module applies chaos and complexity
concepts to strategic management within such a paradigm.
Systems Dynamics
Content: Identification of key variables in decision making and relationship between those variables; constructions of
systems diagrams; dynamic modelling and testing of existing situations and future possible scenarios.
Managing Complexity
Prerequisite Requirement: Systems Theories and Practices (LEAD801)
Content: The foundational concepts of the new sciences of Chaos and Complexity, and their applications to social
systems including organisations, are covered.
Scenario Planning
Content: The rationale for scenario planning as a pre-cursor for decision making in turbulent environments; the
techniques for developing scenarios to enable actions founded on established vision and foresight, rather than a
response to crisis; the role of conversation in the development of scenarios and organisational alignment relevant to
scenarios.
LEAD830 W1,W2, (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction to the ontology epistemology and axiology of quantitative, qualitative and critical research
paradigms. Methodologies and methods associated with the various paradigms; Critical Systems Thinking. The
characteristics, uses and limits of action research; action research and professional development; planning and
conducting action research; reporting on and presenting findings.
Assessment: A comprehensive research proposal.
Project Management 2
Prerequisite Requirement: Project Management 1 (LEAD805 W1)
Content: Identification of key variables in decision-making and relationships between those variables; decision
support systems for projects; construction of systems diagrams and systems thinking as an aid to decision-making
and project planning; Critical review of project management practices. Use of systems thinking as an alternative
approach to project development and control; achieving strategic objectives through projects; critical chain project
management.
Special Studies A
LEAD8AA W1,W2 (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: This module, in combination with Special Studies B, or individually, is intended to enable learners to elect
modules of their own choosing from those available generally at the University, subject to the approval of the
Academic Leader of Research and Higher Degrees.
Assessment: According to the rules relative to the selected module(s).
Special Studies B
LEAD8AB W2,W1 (32L-0T-0P-44S-80H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: This module, in combination with Special Studies A, or individually, is intended to enable learners to elect
modules of their own choosing form those available generally at the University, subject to the approval of the Director
of the Leadership Centre.
Assessment: According to the rules relative to the selected module(s).
Masters Thesis in Leadership

LEAD8D1 W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Content: To conduct independent research.
Research Dissertation Leadership

LEAD8DD W1,W2, P2 (0L-0T-0P-40S-920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Research Methodology (LEAD830 W1,W2)
Content: A research project in an area of study approved by the Programme Director and the production of a
supervised dissertation of 20 000-40 000 words. The dissertation aims to show that students have a firm grasp of the
basic principles of the general field, understand how these principles are related to other parts of the field, are able to
select and analyse a specific theme from within the part chosen, and are able to present and develop an argument
with the accepted principles of academic discipline and scholarship
Research Dissertation Leadership Subseq Yr

LEAD8DS W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-40S-920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Content: A research project in an area of study approved by the Programme Director and the production of a
supervised dissertation of 20 000-40 000 words. The dissertation aims to show that students have a firm grasp of the
basic principles of the general field, understand how these principles are related to other parts of the field, are able to
select and analyse a specific theme from within the part chosen, and are able to present and develop an argument
with the accepted principles of academic discipline and scholarship
Syllabi 205
Masters Thesis in Leadership Subseq Yr

LEAD8DY W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
PhD-Leadership Studies
LEAD9LA W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
PhD-Leadership Studies Subseq Yr

LEAD9YA W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Managerial Accounting and Finance
Managerial Accounting & Financial Mgt 200

MAFM200 P2 W2 (27L-18T-0P-0S-36H-37R-0F-0G-42A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ACCT101 and ACCT102 both with a minimum pass of 55%.
Aim: To provide an introduction to the principles of management accounting and financial management.
Content: Introduction to costing and costing terminology. Cost assignment. Job costing. Process costing. Joint & By
products. Absorption vs Variable costing. Introduction to Cost Volume Profit analysis. Financial Management
Overview. Time value of money. Risk and Return. Financial Statement analysis. Introduction to capital budgeting.
DP Requirement: : A class mark of at least 40%, attendance at 80% of the tutorials and the submission of a
satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for MAFM 200) at 80% of the homework exercises.
Managerial Accounting & Financial Mgt 300

MAFM301 PY, WY (78L-30T-0P-0S-92H-42R-0F-0G-78A-30W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Accounting 200 and Managerial Accounting and Financial Management 200.
Corequisite: none
Aim: To further students understanding of and competency in managerial accounting and finance principles,
concepts and techniques in terms of the competencies outlined by the South African Institute of Chartered
Accountants (SAICA).
Content: The module content will include a revision of the introduction to costing, costing terminology, and costing
systems. Thereafter tools for managing and controlling cost are covered in detail, together with those for providing
information for decision making. In respect of financial management the introduction to financial management will be
revised. The introduction to tools for evaluation of risk and return and financial statement analysis will be expanded.
Investment decisions, working capital management and valuations will be covered in detail.
Practicals: none
satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for MAFM 301) at 80% of the homework exercises.
Business Strategy
MAFM714 W1 (27L-9T-0P-0S-24H-64R-0F-0G-36A-12W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of the approved curriculum per rule LMU23. Accounting (I), (II), (III), Auditing
(II) (III), Business Ethics for Accounting and Management Economics (I), (II), Information Systems and Technology (I),
Development and Applications fundamentals Introduction to Commercial Law and Special Topics in Business Law,
Management (II) and Business Enterprise Law, Managerial Accounting and Finance (II) (III), Quantitative Methods,
and Specialised Business Statistics, Taxation (III).
Corequisite: There are no co-requisites
Aim: To develop students ability to understand, apply and integrate Business Strategy principles, concepts and
techniques following closely the outcomes as set by the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (UK) (CIMA).
Content: The module introduces students to the process of developing and evaluating a business strategy for an
organisation. Tools for analysing the business environment are introduced, together with an evaluation of the key
external factors that impact on an organisations strategy. In addition the impact of marketing strategy on
organisational strategy will be explained. The process of formulating strategy and evaluating strategic options will be
covered, together with an evaluation of the tools and techniques used in strategy formulation. The importance of
control over strategy implementation will be explored as well as tools and techniques for affecting control over strategy
implementation.
Assessment: The method of assessment is based upon tests under examination conditions and a final examination.
The overall mark comprises the class mark (35% of the overall mark), and the year-end exam (65% of the overall
mark).
DP Requirement: Students must attempt both tests and achieve a minimum of 40% class mark.
Performance and Decision Management

Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of the approved curriculum per rule LMU23, Bachelor of Commerce
(Accounting) programme.
Aim: To develop students ability to understand, apply and integrate performance evaluation principles, concepts and
Content: The module develops the learners undergraduate knowledge of techniques for analysing and managing
costs for competitive advantage. Furthermore the principles and application of alternative approaches to budgeting will
be further developed, as well as the ability to apply sensitivity analysis to the variable factors in budgets. An
understanding of the broader managerial factors arising from the use of budgeting will be introduced. The use of
responsibility centres in organisation structure and control will be introduced, together with relevant financial
information suitable for control and performance measurement of responsibility centres. An understanding of the
broader managerial issues arising from the division of the organisation into responsibility centres will be introduced.
Additionally the module develops the learners undergraduate knowledge of techniques for identifying and analysing
relevant costs in decision making. Furthermore the potential conflicts between cost accounting for profit reporting and
the information required for decision making will be further developed. The advantages of dividing costs into fixed and
variable components and the implications of this on decision making in the short term will be fully explored at an
advanced level. Finally the implications of cost on the pricing decision will be fully explained, as well the financial
consequences of alternative pricing strategies. An approach to pricing based on profit maximisation in imperfect
markets will be introduced.
mark).
DP Requirement: Students must attempt both tests and achieve a minimum of 40% class mark.
Syllabi 207
Applied Business Management

Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of the approved curriculum per rule LMU23, Bachelor of Commerce
(Accounting) programme.
Aim: To develop students ability to understand, apply and integrate business management principles, concepts and
Content: This module introduces students to the concept of organisational change and the important elements in the
change process. Approaches to managing change are introduced, and tools and techniques employed in effective
change management are introduces. The role of change management in strategy implementation is explored.
Furthermore the module will introduce students to the principles of effective project management, including suitable
structures and frameworks for identifying common project management issues. The module will cover identifying
projects, tools and techniques for evaluating project proposals, and producing a basic project plan. Finally the roles of
key players in project organisation will be explored. Finally the module will introduce students to key concepts around
the management of relationships such as leadership, bureaucracy, authority and responsibility. The importance of
organisational culture will be explored. The nature of causes of conflict will be discussed, as well as alternative
approaches to conflict management. The manager/subordinate relationship will be analysed, and tools and techniques
for effective management and control of individuals and teams will be covered.
mark).
DP Requirement: Students must attempt both tests and achieve a minimum class mark of 40%.
Introduction to Marketing
MARK2MK W1 P1 H1 (26L-0T-0P-0S-48H-0R-0F-0G-6A-15W-8C)
Corequisite: BAgricMgt students can offer AGEC220 and AGEC270 in place of MGNT102
Aim: The aim of this module is to introduce students to the conceptual and theoretical foundations underlying
Marketing. It serves as a stand alone module but also as the basis for the more advanced level modules offered in the
discipline.
Content: An overview of Marketing and its organisation within the business entity; Analysis of the marketing
environment; Understanding consumer decision making; Marketing Information Systems and Market Research;
Overview of Marketing Strategy; Segmentation, targeting and positioning; Product decisions; Marketing Channels and
the role of intermediaries; Promotional Strategies and Marketing communications; Pricing Concepts; Overview of the
marketing plan.
Assessment: Assignments, Tests, Projects, Presentations (33%), Exam (67%)
Consumer Behaviour
MARK301 W1 H1 P1 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MARK2MK and 1 other 8 credit point level 2 module offered in the School.
Content: Students learn how to critically examine the most important elements of the marketing environment, namely,
consumer markets and consumer buying behaviour. The course examines models of consumer behaviour; the various
factors that affect consumer behaviour; types of buying-decision behaviour; the buying-decision process and buying
decisions relative to new products and services, including consumer behaviour across international borders.
Assessment: Tests and/or Assignments, Essays and seminars (33%), 3hr Exam (67%)
Marketing Communications
Content: The course outlines the various promotional mix tools and the steps in developing marketing
communications, as well as the promotional-budgeting process used to enhance integrated marketing
communications in an organization. In examining the changing communications environment, students learn about the
strategies used in marketing to promote socially responsible marketing as well as techniques used to coordinate the
promotion elements in order to deliver a clear, consistent and compelling message about the organization and its
products.
Assessment: Tests and/or Assignments, Essays and Seminars (33%), 3hr Exam (67%)
Marketing Research
Content: Students examine the marketing research process and tools used by marketers to identify and manage
marketing information effectively. Students learn to apply the principles of marketing research, which include the
systematic design, collection, analysis and reporting of relevant information specific to various marketing situations
faced by an organization. Special emphasis is made of how marketing research can help marketers to assess market
potential and share; understand customer satisfaction and purchasing behaviour and measure the effectiveness of
pricing, products, distribution and promotional activities.
Assessment: Tests and/or Assignments, Essays and Seminars (33%), 3 hour Exam (67%)
Special Topics in Marketing

MARK305 P2 H2 W2 (39L-8T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: This module may include, but is not restricted to, advanced concepts, theories and principles of e-commerce
and e-marketing; customer-relationship marketing; marketing ethics; knowledge management and other specialist
areas in marketing such as services marketing and business-to-business marketing.
Assessment: Tests and/or Assignments, Essays and Seminars (33%), 3 hour exam (67%)
Market Research Project

MARK600 P2 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Marketing Management A.
Aim: To enable learners to conduct supervised research on an approved topic leading to a Research Report.
Content: Directed readings and preparation of a research report on an approved topic.
Assessment: Presentations (20%), Exam (80%).
MARK6AO P2 W2 (30L-0T-0P-4S-101H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in MARK6IO
Syllabi 209
Business Law
MARK6BO P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-4S-92H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Business Statistics
MARK6CO P2 W2 (39L-0T-16P-0S-80H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To acquaint learners with statistics and econometrics techniques widely used in business
Content: Descriptive statistics; Index numbers; Introduction to probability; Regression Models.
Practicals: Computer-based exercises.

MARK6EO P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-3S-93H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
issues and availability of staff capacity to cover them. Topics may include an introduction to specialist disciplines such
as change management and total quality management and/or an analysis of specific contemporary issues facing
managers e.g. impact of HIV/Aids or environmentalism on SA organisations
Bank Management A
MARK6FO P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-92H-0R-4F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
types of banks and how they operate, and internal aspects of bank management
management.

MARK6GO P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-20S-4H-92R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)

MARK6HO P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-92H-0R-4F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To give students an appreciation of the nature of the business organisation and it's environment and the concept
of management.
of a firm; Introduction to the Management Process including planning, leading, organising & controlling.
Finance & Accounting

MARK6IO P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-4H-92R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: Accounting concepts; Financial statements; Capital budgeting and forecasting.
Marketing Management A
MARK6JO P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-92H-0R-4F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: Introduction to marketing concepts, the marketing environment and its impact, marketing strategy and
planning, segmentation, targeting and positioning, marketing mix strategies.
MARK6KO P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-20S-92H-0R-4F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MARK6JO.
MARK6LO P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-3S-93H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MARK6JOP1.
Aim: to integrate the knowledge students have acquired in their undergraduate degrees, and first post graduate
Syllabi 211

MARK6MO P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-4H-92R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Aim: To provide students with the theory and analytical skills required in the design and control of systems for the
productive use of human resources, raw materials, equipment and facilities in the development of a product or
service.
MARK6NO P2 W2 (39L-0T-0P-3S-93H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Research Paper Subseq Sem

MARK6SY PB WB (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Marketing Research Project

MARK700 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Four Marketing level 3 modules
Global Marketing
MARK7AO W1, P1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Two Marketing level 3 modules
Content: This is a marketing course with an international/global focus. Its primary objective is to teach students
advanced concepts and principles in order to formulate and implement marketing strategies, policies and decisions,
taking into account the critical global factors that shape the marketing function. This course also deals with
International vs. Global Marketing, the global environment, developing international / global marketing strategies.
Advanced Topics in Advertising

MARK7BO W1, (0L-0T-0P-39S-59H-13R-0F-0G-49A-15W-16C
Prerequisite Requirement: Marketing Communications MARK302 and one other level 3 Marketing module.
Content: This course critically examines advanced concepts, theory and principles of advertising with specific
reference to the different dimensions and structures of the advertising industry and its regulations, measurements and
effectiveness and creative promotional activities and strategies
Advanced Topics in Consumer Behaviour

MARK7CO W2 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Consumer Behaviour MARK301 plus one other level three Marketing module.
Content: This module covers a broad spectrum of topics in consumer behaviour, which critically explore current
issues relating to the South African consumer markets, market segments, brand loyalty and equity, consumption
patterns, innovation and value-added consumerism.
Advanced Topics in Marketing

MARK7EO P2 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Special Topics in Marketing MARK305 plus one other level three Marketing module.
Content: This module covers contemporary topics in Marketing at an advanced level.
Strategic Marketing
MARK7FO W1, P1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Four Marketing level 3 modules
market-driven corporate, business and functional strategies.
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects, Presentations (40%), Exam (60%)
Business to Business Marketing

MARK7HO W1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Content: Analysis of B2B environment in Southern Africa, inter-cultural issues in B2B marketing, the role of the
internet in B2B markets, case studies in B2B marketing, Customer Relationships Management, models for the
business to business marketing, emerging trends in B2B marketing, ethics in B2B marketing, new product
development and branding in business markets, inbound marketing, role of social media marketing and B2B
environment.
Advanced Marketing Planning

MARK7IO P2 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Strategic Marketing MARK7FO
Content: This module focuses on the process and content of marketing plans developing learners' skills as well as
knowledge to perform this essential strategic marketing function for any organisation they eventually work for.
Strategic Brand Management

MARK7KO W2, P2 (39L-0T-0P-3S-93H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: None.
Aim: To extend learners with a greater understanding and working knowledge of brand management and its impact in
value creation in an organisation from a strategic perspective. This module is intended for any potential marketing
managers and to provide an understanding of the role and importance of Brand Equity within an organisation.
Syllabi 213
Content: Strategic Management of Brands; Strategy & Management of New Brands in Marketing; Identifying &
Establishing Brand Positioning; Planning & Implementing Brand Marketing; Measuring & Interpreting Brand
Performance; Growing & Sustaining Brand Equity; The Impact of Brands in Globalization.
Research Methodology in Marketing

MARK7RM W1, P1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Marketing Hons Dissert Subseq Yr

MARK7S1 W1 W2, P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Marketing Res Project Subseq Semester

MARK7SY P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Advanced Contemporary Issues in Marketing ll

MARK8CI W2 (0L-0T-0P-13S-97H-16R-0F-0G-34A-15W-16C)
Aim: To expose students and to engage them in leading edge contemporary issues in marketing.
Content: Changing content may include topics: product proliferation, channel development etc.
Assessment: Year work (40%), 1 Four Hour Exam (60%)
Advanced Market Research

MARK8FO W1 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: This module focuses on advances in the formulation of competitive strategies, sustainable competitive
advantage, competitor analysis, customer management, diversification strategies, strategic relationships with key
stakeholders and strategic evaluation and control.
Assessment: Assignments, Projects, Presentations (40%), 1 Four Hour Exam (60%)
Business to Business Marketing

MARK8GO W1 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: Analysis of B2B environment in Southern Africa, inter-cultural issues in B2B marketing, the role of the
internet in B2B markets, case studies in B2B marketing, Customer Relationships Management, models for business to
business marketing, emerging trends in B2B marketing, ethics in B2B marketing, new product development and
branding in business markets, inbound marketing, role of social media marketing and B2B environment.
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects and Seminars / Presentations(40%), 1 Four Hour Exam
Core module
Adv Contemporary Issues in Marketing 1

MARK8KO W1 (0L-0T-0P-13S-97H-16R-0F-0G-34A-15W-16C)
Aim: This module is designed to expose students and to engage them in leading edge contemporary issues in
marketing.
Content: Changing content may include topics: bottom of the pyramid, ROMI, marketing ethics, consumer boycotts,
marketing to children etc.
Assessment: Year work (40%), 1 Four Hour Exam (60%).
Core module
Market Research
MARK8MR W1 W2 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: This module provides a detailed understanding of the concepts and principles of business research
methods.
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects and Seminars / Presentations (40%),1 Four Hour Exam (60%).
M Thesis Marketing Yr1

MARK8O1 W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
to solve problems.
Assessment:
M Thesis Marketing Subseq Yr

MARK8O2 W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
to solve problems.
Advanced Research Methodology in Marketing

MARK8RM W1 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
presentation of data.
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects and Seminars / Presentations (40%), Exam (60%)
Core module
Dissertation in Marketing Subsequent YR

MARK8SS W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Dissertation in Marketing
MARK8TO W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
to solve problems
PhD Marketing Yr1

MARK901 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
PhD Marketing Subseq Yr

MARK902 W1 W2,P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Syllabi 215

Management
Management 120
MGNT102 P1 P2 W1 H2 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: The aim of this module is to provide learners with an introduction to the development of management
theory, the management process, different levels of management and the business environment.
Assessment: 2 Tests(33%); 3hr Examination (67%)
Service - Learning
MGNT1SL W2, P2 (39L-0T-0P-4S-28H-10R-21F-0G-58A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: Business Language Development A and B, Elementary Microeconomics, Elementary Macroeconomics,
Foundation Mathematics.
Aim: Service-Learning is a process where students are engaged in reflexive learning practices in the commercial
world. The aim of the module is to expose students to experiential learning in the working world. To develop
understanding and appropriate skills which enable students to apply a range of strategies to facilitate the learning
about commerce in the real world, as well as the development of skills related to Service-Learning.
Content: Introduction to the commercial world, Service-Learning and related issues: Developing a meaning for the
commercial world and Service-Learning. Exploring journals and readings in Service-Learning, Economics, Accounting
Management, Governance and Finance. The commercial process and the Service-Learning process: Steps of the
commercial process; models and research. Models of Service-Learning and reflections. Research into selected topic:
Formal student conducted research into selected topics. Preparation and presentation of research project.
Practicals: Visit retail outlet. Report/present on the focus project.
Assessment: Course work: 50% : 3 assignments and 1project, examination: 50%.
DP Requirement: At least 40% course work component; 80% attendance
Intro to Ethics & Bus Ethics for Acct & Mngt

MGNT2BE W1, P1 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Aim: To introduce students to the fundamental of ethics and business ethics and provide them with the necessary
basic tools for addressing ethical issues in accounting and management.
Content: Introduction to Ethics: basic ethical theories, ethical reasoning processes, ethical issues/dilemmas in
business and society, Corporate Governance, Professionalism and Codes of Professional Conduct, theory and
practice of ethical decision making in accounting and management.
Assessment: 2 Tests/Assignments (33%). 3hr Examination(67%).
Corporate Strategy
MGNT307 W1 P1 H1 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: The strategic management process is specifically explored as it establishes company direction: vision,
objectives, strategies; industry and competitive analyses; evaluating resource and competitive capabilities; strategy
and competitive advantage; tailoring strategy to fit specific situations; strategy in diversified companies; building
resource strengths and core competencies; managing the internal organization; and related issues.
Assessment: 2 Tests/Assignments (33%), 3hr Examination (67%)
Business Ethics
MGNT310 W2 P2 H2 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: The nature and importance of ethical behaviour; Ethical theories to guide ethical behaviour and decisions;
Organizational Ethics as a field of applied ethics; Models of ethical decision-making in organizations and ethical
guidelines; Corporate Social Responsibility, Corporate Governance and Corporate Compliance.
Assessment: 2 Tests/Assignments, (33%), 3hr Examination (67%)
Technology Management
MGNT314 W1 H1 P1 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: Understanding of multiple facets of strategically managing technology, including the nature of technological
competitiveness and dominance, innovation, new product development the emergence and diffusion of technology
into the public domain, managing different forms of intellectual property, and the management of specific forms of IP
encountered in knowledge management, project management and in venture funding.
Assessment: 2 Tests/Assignments(33%), 3hrs examination (67%)
International Business
MGNT315 W2 H2 P2 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Content: To provide an understanding of organisational activities in the global trade and investment environment, the
strategy and structure of international business and the difference between national and international business
operations, including exporting, importing and countertrade, global manufacturing and materials management, global
marketing and new product development, global human resource management.
Assessment: 2 Test/Assignment (33%), 3hr examination (67%)
Research Paper
MGNT600 W2 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MGNT601 - Business Strategy and Management

MGNT601 P1, W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-92H-0R-4F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
of management.
of a firm; Introduction to the Management Process including planning, leading, organising & controlling.

MGNT602 P1 W1 (39L-0T-0P-20S-4H-92R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Syllabi 217

Content: Accounting concepts; Financial statements; Capital Budgeting and forecasting.
Practicals: None.

management and personnel management.
Business Statistics
Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in MGNT602.


Business Law

Prerequisite Requirement: MARK6JO
Prerequisite Requirement: MARK6JO
Syllabi 219
develop skills in critically analyzing Marketing situations and preparing plans for marketing strategy implementation
Bank Management A
management.
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all prescribed work and have a mark of 40% or more.
Research Paper Subseq Semester

MGNT6SY P1 P2 W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Collective Employment Law

MGNT6CE H1 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of collective labour relations, strikes
and lock-outs, collective bargaining and interest disputes.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: collective labour relations, strikes and lock-outs,
collective bargaining and interest disputes.
Assessment: Assignments and/or tests (40%), 1 three-hour examination (60%).
DP Requirement: Attendance at 80% of lecture sessions and submission of all assignments.
Contemporary Issues in Labour Law

MGNT6CL H1 (32L-0T-0P-0S-102H-22R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of collective labour relations, strikes
and lock-outs, collective bargaining and interest disputes.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: collective labour relations, strikes and lock-outs,
collective bargaining and interest disputes.
Assessment: Test/Assignments 40% and examination 60%
Management of Conflict
MGNT6CM H1 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of labour dispute resolution; conflict
management, negotiation skills conciliation and mediation.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: labour dispute resolution; conflict management,
negotiation skills conciliation and mediation
Labour Dispute Resolution

MGNT6DR H2 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of labour dispute resolution; conflict
management, negotiation skills conciliation and mediation.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: labour dispute resolution; conflict management,
negotiation skills conciliation and mediation.
Individual Labour Law

MGNT6LL H1 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of individual and substantive labour
law, unfair dismissal and unfair labour practice.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: individual and substantive labour law and unfair
dismissal and unfair labour practice.
Assessment: Test/Assignments 40% and examination 60%.
Principles of Legal Practice

MGNT6LP H2 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of the law of evidence; legal drafting
skills and drafting of settlement agreements.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: this module will be comprised of the following topics:
the law of evidence; legal drafting skills and drafting of settlement agreements.
Assessment: Test/Assignments 40% and Examination 60%
Procedural Labour Law A

MGNT6PA H2 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The course is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of applications and reviews; advocacy
and court skills relevant to labour law.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: this module will be comprised of the following topics:
applications and reviews; advocacy and court skills.
Procedural Labour Law B

MGNT6PB H2 (32L-0T-0P-0S-124H-0R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Aim: The module is designed to ensure that candidates are trained in aspects of applications and reviews; advocacy
and court skills.
Content: This module will be comprised of the following topics: applications and reviews; advocacy and court skills.
DP Requirement: Attendance at 80% of lecture sessions and submission of all assignments
Management Research Project

MGNT700 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Any four level 300 Management modules (MGNT307, MGNT310, MGNT313, MGNT314,
MGNT315)
Content: Dissertation reading and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic.
Syllabi 221
Corporate Strategy
MGNT7AP W1,P1 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Content: : An advanced study in strategic management principles and theories and it applications in the business
environment, the economic analysis of strategic decisions, change management, global issues, organizational
development, corporate governance, social responsibility
Assessment: Assignments, Projects, Presentations (40%), 3hr Examination (60%)
Special Topics in Advanced Business Studies

MGNT7BP W1, P1 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MGNT307 & MGNT315
Content: Selected topics are covered and include the management of strategic change, organisational culture, cross-
cultural communication and conflict management, multinational ethical behaviour with a focus on sustainability and
responsible management, and innovation in the global business environment.
MGNT7GO (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-13W-16C)
Project Management
MGNT7PR W2 P2 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MGNT307 and one level 300 module in any fields offered by the School of
Management, IT and Governance
Content: An advance study in the theory and practice of project management, including the project selection
framework, project negotiation, human resource aspects of project management, the critical evaluation of project
management tools, and an evaluation of project management knowledge.
Research Methodology in Management

MGNT7RE W1 P1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Management Res Project Subseq Semester

MGNT7SY W1 W2 P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Any four level 300 Management modules (MGNT307, MGNT310, MGNT313, MGNT314,
MGNT315)
Content: Dissertation reading and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic.
Advanced Global Business

MGNT7VO W2,P2 (20L-0T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-20G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: : MGNT307 & MGNT315
Content: An advance study in global business to provide the student with the knowledge and skills needed to manage
a multinational company in a highly competitive global environment. The topics covered include national differences in
the political economy, global trade and investment, global monetary system and capital market, the strategy and
structure of international business, international business operations.
Assessment: Assignments, Projects, Presentations (40), 3hr Examination (60%)
M Thesis Management Yr1

MGNT801 W1 W2 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
M Thesis Management Subseq Yr

MGNT802 W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Management of Advanced Strategy

MGNT8AM W1 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: This module presents students the discipline of Strategic Management as the art and science of formulating,
implementing and evaluating cross-functional decisions that allow the organization to achieve its objectives. The
module provides students with the advanced conceptual knowledge required to integrate the various management
disciplines in strategies aimed at achieving organizational success.
Assessment: assignments (40%), 1 four-hour examination (60%)
Advanced Business Research Methods

MGNT8BO W2 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
presentation of data
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects and Seminars / Presentations (40%), one four hour exam (60%)
Core module
Masters Dissertation
MGNT8DH W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Content: A dissertation of 30,000 words on an approved topic and supervised by a member of the School.
Assessment: Presentation (oral and written) of research proposal (20%), research dissertation (80%)
Advanced Strategic Management

MGNT8GO W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Advanced Topics in Management

MGNT8LO W (26L-0T-0P-10S-85H-20R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: To provide an advanced study in management topics with particular focus on the role of middle and top
management in managing a business in a global environment. Fundamental managerial skills and competencies will
be explored and developed and topics include creativity, innovation, corporate entrepreneurship, knowledge
management, risk management and compliance, ethics and governance, diversity and talent management.
Assessment: Tests, Assignments, Projects and Seminars / Presentations (40%), 3hr Examination (60%)
Syllabi 223
Market Research
MGNT8MR W1 W2 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Content: This module provides a detailed understanding of the concepts and principles of business research
methods.
Strategic Brand Management

MGNT8NO W1 W2 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Strategic Marketing at honours level or Consumer Behaviour at honours level.
Content: This module explores advanced theories and principles supporting brand management. Topics include:
Contemporary issues in brand management, consumer behaviour theory relating to branding, critical evaluation of
brand equity models, sector specific issues in branding, advanced branding research methods, critical evaluation of
branding and its impact on society, analysis of branding scenarios in the future, branding for new ventures, co-
branding, case studies of brand management in South Africa and branding issues for online marketing.
Adv Research Methodology in Management
MGNT8RE W1 (26L-13T-0P-10S-80H-17R-0F-0G-14A-15W-16C)
presentation of data
Core module
Research Dissertation Subseq Yr

MGNT8SH W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
to solve problems.
PhD Management Yr1

MGNT901 W1 W2, P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
PhD Management Subseq Yr

MGNT902 W1 W2, P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Marketing and Supply Chain Management
Market Research Project

MSCM600 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Marketing Management A or Supply Chain Management A


Business Statistics
Aim: To acquaint learners with statistics and econometrics techniques widely used in business
DP Requirement: Write all tests and submit all prescribed work and have a term mark of 40% or more
Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in MARK6IO.

Syllabi 225
Aim: To provide students with the theory and analytical skills required in the design and control of systems for the
productive use of human resources, raw materials, equipment and facilities in the development of a product or
service.
Business Law
Ethics in Business
Aim: To introduce students to theories of ethics and ways of moral reasoning that will equip Commerce students to be
able to competently address ethical quandaries in the business context.
Content: Introduction to the major ethical theories and values; ethical reasoning and thought; cases in business and
accounting ethics; the nature of the modern corporation; ethical dilemmas in the business context relating to : strategy
and marketing; human resource management; accounting and corporate governance; the environment
Assessment: Term mark 40% (seminars, case tests), exams 60%.

Prerequisite Requirement: none.
issues and availability of staff capacity to cover them. Topics may include an introduction to specialist disciplines such
as change management and total quality management and/or an analysis of specific contemporary issues facing
managers e.g. impact of HIV/Aids or environmentalism on SA organisations
Prerequisite Requirement: Marketing Management A (MARK6J0)
Aim: to integrate the knowledge students have acquired in their undergraduate degrees, and first post graduate
market driven corporate, business and functional strategies and the development of appropriate marketing plans
Bank Management A
management.
Supply Chain Management B

Aim: The purpose of the module is to provide learners with an overview of the vast field of Supply Chain Management
from vision to implementation. A balanced approach will be presented from three perspectives: the building blocks of
supply chain strategy; designing the global supply chain; collaborating across the supply chain. This will provide
insight to learners about how supply chain management impacts all areas and processes of a business and its supply
chain partners.
Content: This module consists of three main parts, namely: 1.The building blocks of supply chain strategy,
2.Designing the global supply chain, and 3.Collaborating across the supply chain
Supply Chain Research Project

Prerequisite Requirement: Supply Chain Management A
Syllabi 227
Supply Chain Research Project Subs Yr

MSCM618 P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Market Research Paper Subseq Sem

MSCM6SY P1 P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: To enable learners to conduct supervised research on an approved topic leading to a
Research Report
Maritime Law and Maritime Economics
Admirality Jurisdiction & Practice

MSLE6AJ H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Enrolment in a MSLE qualification or permission of the Programme Director.
Content: History; applicable law; jurisdiction agreements; maritime liens; the nature of the action in rem; court
structure; current admiralty practice; maritime claims; arrests and attachments; freezing injunction; joinders; judicial
sale and the fund in court; the ranking of claims against the fund.
Assessment: 3000-word research paper, and one 3-hour open book examination.
DP Requirement: Satisfactory attendance at lectures and seminars.
Applied Port Economics & Ports Policy

MSLE6AP H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: Port Economics (MSLE6PE)
Content: This module will examine the operation and management of seaports in developed and particularly in
developing economics. Topics addressed will include port privatisation and concessioning, harbour tariff policy and
efficient/strategic port pricing, inter-port competition and role of seaports as energisers of economic activity in their
immediate host regions and in their wider hinterlands. The Southern African ports sector and regional port policy will
receive particular attention.
Gen Tax Implications of Cross Border Trans

MSLE6AT H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: The module serves as an introductory module and covers basic principles in Double Taxation and VAT
particularly in relation to international transactions, including the impact of taxes on imported and exported goods and
the basis on which certain goods and services will be exempted from taxes. The module further introduces students to
international customs law.
Customs Theory & Administration

MSLE6BT H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: The module introduces students to certain principles of customs theory including the policy and principles of
customs administration.
Assessment: 3000-word research paper and one 3-hour open book examination.
Customs & Excise

MSLE6CE H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: The module explores certain basic principles of customs theory and introduces students to methods of
regulatory compliance management and risk management principles. The concept of excise is in addition introduced.

MSLE6CG H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: History; applicable law; issuing of a bill of lading; functions of a bill of lading; common law rights and
obligations; common clauses in bills of lading; identifying the parties to the contract; title to sue; cargo claims and their
defences; the common carrier; the international liability regimes; implied undertakings; limitation of liability for cargo
claims.
Charterparties
MSLE6CP H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: A study of the history of ship chartering; the business of negotiating a charterparty; types of charterparties;
certain standard form contracts; certain common clauses found in charterparties; demurrage; laytime; business
practice associated with chartering.
DP Requirement: Satisfactory attendance at all lectures and seminars.
Analysis of Sea Freight Markets

MSLE6FM H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: This module will examine the organisation of the international maritime transport industry and the major
factors affecting the demand, supply, price and underlying cost structure of the liner and bulk shipping industries. The
behaviour of freight and charter markets will receive particular attention, as will the instability that characterises many
of these market segments.
COMPULSORY MODULE
International Trade Economics

MSLE6GT H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: To provide a theoretical and empirical understanding of those issues in economics that are critical to
decision making in international business. Topics include: trade flows between countries; their determinants and the
institutions governing these flows; international monetary environment in relation to trade and investments flows.
Int Business Transactions in Shipping

MSLE6IB H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: International sales transactions; payments in international transactions; letters of credit and UCP 600;
electronic commerce; shipping documents; incoterms 2010; contracts of carriage by sea; customs & trade.
Syllabi 229
COMPULSORY MODULE
Marine Insurance
MSLE6MA H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: Topics include: history & origins; international marine insurance practice; general principles; hull insurance;
cargo insurance; war risks insurance; standard 'Institute' cover; P&I insurance; general average.
DP Requirement: Satisfactory attendance at lectures and seminars. Satisfactory completion of the research
assignment.
Port Economics
MSLE6PE H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: This module seeks to provide an understanding of the economic role and function of ports in their widest
sense. Topics covered will include the role of the public and private sectors in typical seaports, port management
models, the behaviour of port costs and the pricing of port functions.
Research Article in Maritime Studies

MSLE6RA H1 H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of 64 credit points in the MSLE PG Dip qualification with an average of 60%.
Content: A maritime research article of about 10 000 words.
Assessment: The completed Research Article is examined by one internal and one external examiner.
Res Article in Maritime Studies Subseq Yr

MSLE6SY H1, H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Satisfactory progress in MSLE6RA
Carriage of Goods by Air

MSLE8AC H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: This module covers the following topics in varying degrees: Principles governing aviation, the principles of
liability, border processing of cargoes and passengers and certain international security issues.
Admiralty Jurisdiction & Practice

MSLE8AJ H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: History; applicable law; jurisdiction agreements; maritime liens; the nature of the action in rem; court
structure; current admiralty practice; maritime claims; arrests and attachments; freezing injunctions; security;
evidence, inspection and discovery procedures; stay of proceedings; declining jurisdiction; joinders; judicial sale and
the fund in court; the ranking of claims against the fund.
Customs Theory & Administration

MSLE8BT H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Enrolment in a MSLE qualification or permission of the Programme Director
Content: The module introduces students to certain principles of customs theory including the policy and principles of
customs administration.
Customs and Excise

MSLE8CE H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: The module explores certain basic principles of customs theory and introduces students to methods of
regulatory compliance management and risk management principles. The concept of excise is in addition introduced.
Charterparties
MSLE8CP H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: A study of the history of ship chartering; the business of negotiating a charterparty; types of charterparties;
certain standard form contracts; certain common clauses found in charterparties; demurrage; laytime.

MSLE8CS H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: History; applicable law; issuing of a bill of lading; functions of a bill of lading; common law rights and
obligations; common clauses in bills of lading; identifying the parties to the contract; title to sue; cargo claims and their
defences; the common carrier; the international liability regimes; implied undertakings; limitation of liability for cargo
claims.
Excise and Duty at Source

MSLE8CT H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: The module introduces students to the principles and workings of excise taxation. Topics include: use of
excise to facilitate policy objectives; administration and compliance; various roles of excise; excise and consumption
of goods and services.
Analysis of Sea Freight Markets

MSLE8FM H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: This module will examine the organisation of the international maritime transport industry and the major
factors affecting the demand, supply, price and underlying cost structure of the liner and bulk shipping industries. The
behaviour of freight and charter markets will receive particular attention, as will the instability that characterises many
of these market segments.
Syllabi 231

COMPULSORY MODULE
International Trade Economics

MSLE8GT H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: To provide a theoretical and empirical understanding of those issues in economics that are critical to
decision making in international business. Topics include: trade flows between countries; their determinants and the
institutions governing these flows; international monetary environment in relation to trade and investments flows.
Assessment: Coursework (50%), Examination (50%).
Intl Business Transactions in Shipping

MSLE8IB H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: International sales transactions; payments in international transactions; letters of credit and UCP 600;
electronic commerce; shipping documents; Incoterms 2010; contracts of carriage by sea; customs & trade.
COMPULSORY MODULE
Marine Insurance
MSLE8MA H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: Topics include: history & origins; international marine insurance practice; general principles; hull insurance;
cargo insurance; war risks insurance; standard 'Institute' cover; P&I insurance; general average.
Dissertation in Maritime Studies

MSLE8MD H1,H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of 96 credit points in a MSLE Masters qualification.
Content: A maritime dissertation of about 20 000 words.
Assessment: The Short Dissertation is examined by two independent examiners.
*COMPULSORY
Dissertation in Maritime Studies Subseq Yr

MSLE8MS H1, H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Satisfactory progress in MSLE8MD.
Content: A maritime dissertation of about 20 000 words.
Assessment: The Short Dissertation is examined by two independent examiners.
Port Economics
MSLE8PE H2 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Content: This module seeks to provide an understanding of the economic role and function of ports in their widest
sense. Topics covered will include the role of the public and private sectors in typical seaports, port management
models, the behaviour of port costs and the pricing of port functions.
Research Article in Maritime Studies

MSLE8RA H1, H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Completion of 64 credit points in the MSLE Masters programme with an average of 60%
or above, subject to the discretion of the Programme Director.
Content: A Maritime research article of about 10 000 words.

Research Article in Maritime Studies Subs Yr

MSLE8SS H1,H2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-160H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Satisfactory progress in MSLE8RA.
Maritime Transport Policy & Applications
MSLE8TP H1 (27L-0T-0P-0S-54H-76R-0F-0G-3A-15W-16C)
Corequisite: Analysis of Sea Freight Markets (MSLE8FM)
Content: The focus of this module will be directed to an understanding of the regulatory framework within which liner
and non-liner maritime transport markets operate, and on the formulation and implementation of commercial shipping
policy. Maritime transport development and shipping policy in developing maritime nations in general, and in Southern
Africa in particular, will receive specific attention.
Public Governance
Introduction to Public Management
PADM1B0 W2 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: The module syllabus covers the following aspects: Public Management, Introduction to new public
management approaches, theoretical concepts, public management environment, public management functions, skills
and applications, management ethics, public management challenges and potential remedies.
Assessment: CAM ( 50%), 3hr exam (50%)
Introduction to Public Administration

PADM1CO W1 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: The content of this module is summarized as follows: The nature and scope of politics, state, government,
constitutions, democracy, introduction to Public Administration, the theory of Public Administration, introduction to
Provincial and Local Government service delivery; and the impact of globalization.
Assessment: CAM(50%), 3hr exam (50%)
Introduction to Local Government

PADM2A0 W1 (39L-26T-0P-0S-79H-38R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C
Prerequisite Requirement: Any Level 1 PADM module.
Content: This module provides a broad overview of local government management and development in South Africa,
with particular reference to the restructuring and transformation process, expose undergraduate students to the theory
and practice of local governance, with emphasis on recent trends and development, review the African experience in
local government focusing on democratization, decentralization and development.
Assessment: CAM (50%), 3hr exam (50%)
Syllabi 233
Introduction to Public Sector HR Management

Prerequisite Requirement: Any Level 1 PADM module
Content: This module provides a conceptual framework of HRM, introduce concepts of HRM, develop an
understanding of the activities of HRM, understand the legal framework of HRM, examine the various approaches to
leadership and motivation, understand personnel ethics, understand performance management and introduce the
challenges that impact on HRM.
Introduction to Public Sector Financial Management

PADM2C0 W1 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: The content is summarised as follows: The concept and theory of public financial management, the
ideological basis of public finance, the financial functions of government, the financial infrastructure and role-players,
statutory framework governing public finance, budgeting and budgeting systems, performance management, linking
planning to spending, intergovernmental financial relations, control and accountability in managing public monies,
auditing and audit committees, ethical conduct, professionalism, and the impact of globalization.
Introduction to Public Policy Management

PADM2EO W2 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Content: The content of this module can be summarised as follows: The nature and role of public policy, environment
of public policy, stakeholders in public policy-making, overview of theories and models for the public policy process,
policy agenda setting, design, implementation, monitoring, evaluation and policy analysis.
Development Policy and Project Management

PADM3A0 W1 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Two Level 1 PADM modules and at least 2 Level 2 PADM modules
Content: This module covers the following kept areas: The history and necessity of development planning,
international development agencies, institutional and legal framework for development planning, participatory
systems, development issues to be considered in development planning and social development research.
Management of change, theory and application, the rationale for project management, project management processes
and techniques, skills, the role of project managers and case study applications.
Public Service Delivery:Principles & Process

Prerequisite Requirement: Two Level 1 PADM modules and at least 2 Level 2 PADM modules.
Content: Principles of public service delivery and the Batho Pele Principles, different approaches to public service
delivery such as public-private partnerships, enabling public administration concepts that facilitate public service
delivery such as strategy, policy, organization, monitoring and evaluation.
Global & Regional Trends in Public Administration.

PADM3D0 W2 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Two Level 1 PADM modules and at least 2 Level 2 PADM modules.
Content: Across the globe, public governance is evolving and redesigning itself in the face of 21st century influences
of globalisation and regionalisation. This module traces old governmental approaches yet captures new global,
regional, and local governance strategies. Through problem-based learning students discover, design and simulate
application of public governance trends, building critical thinking skills and ability to manage real-life governance
issues.
Organisational Change & Leadership

PADM3EO W1 (39L-26T-0P-0S-80H-11R-0F-0G-4A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Two Level 1 PADM modules and at least 2 Level 2 PADM modules
Content: This module focuses on organizational theory, principles and processes. Emphasis is also placed on
organizational culture, behaviour and politics. The role of leadership in promoting organizational change is also
highlighted.
Public Sector Human Resource Management

PADM7C0 W2 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: The students will be able to analyse and evaluate the models of Human Resources Management in the
public sector environment. Demonstrate knowledge of the values and principles underlying Human Resources
Management in the public sector. Ability to show relationship between theory and practice.
Public Administration Research Project

PADM7E0 W2 (0L-0T-0P-88S-180H-45R-0F-0G-7A-15W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: All modules must be completed
Content: This module focuses on the rationale, significance and relevance of public administration research. The
content includes inter alia, problem statements, aims and objectives, research design, methods and techniques,
analysis, presentation, discussion of findings and applied value of recommendations relative to research.
Assessment: Final assessment 100%
Public Policy Analysis

PADM7F0 W2 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: Students will be able to understand and interrogate the public policy process in public administration,
participate in policy analysis, understand ethics in the context of policy analysis and review policy analysis models,
critical issues and the constraints in policy analysis.
Advanced Local Government Management

PADM7G0 W2 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: This module provides a broad overview of local governance and development in South Africa within the
context of the new developmental paradigm. It has been designed to expose postgraduate students to the advanced
theory and practice of local governance, with the emphasis on recent trends and developments in the African context.
Development Planning and Project Management

PADM7H0 W2 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Syllabi 235
Prerequisite Requirement: NIL

Content: : This module focuses on theories in development planning; approaches to development planning and
project management; theoretical foundation of development planning and project management; context and
operations of the project management body of Knowledge; critical issues impacting on development planning, project
management and municipal service delivery.
Public Service Delivery (Theory & Practice)

PADM7PO W1 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Nil.
Content: This module focuses upon contemporary organisational issues critical to public service delivery in an urban,
rural, national and continental context.
Assessment: CAM (50%), 3hr exam (50%).
Research Methodology in Public Administration & Development

PADM7RM W1 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: This module highlights the importance of research in Public Administration and Development; the role of
research methodology; research paradigms; strategies, processes and application of research methods and
techniques in public administration.
Assessment: CAM (50%), 3hr exam(50%)
Public Sector Theory & Practice

PADM7RO W2 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: This module focuses upon public sector theory, constitutional and legislative aspects, management and
organisational issues, and significant contemporary issues pertinent to a developmental state in a global era.
Public Sector Financial Management

PADM7SO W1 (40L-0T-0P-20S-75H-20R-0F-0G-5A-15W-16C)
Content: This module focuses on the theoretical foundations of public financial management; legislative and
institutional frameworks governing public financial management; role players involved in public financial management;
the formulation and execution of public budget and comparative studies in public financial management.
Core module
Public Administration Research Project Subseq Semester

PADM7SY W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: Continuation of Honours Research Project in Public Administration.
Assessment: Final assessment 100%.
M Thesis Public Administration and Devel Yr1

PADM801 W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A recognized Honours degree in Public Administration or in a cognate discipline.
Content: Students are expected to undertake research on an institutional-based problem. Critically demonstrate
knowledge of research processes and scientific writing skills. Integrate and apply research techniques to institutional-
based research issues.
Assessment: Examination of dissertation 100%
M Thesis in Public Admin and Devel Subseq Yr

PADM802 W1, W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
Prerequisite Requirement: A recognized Honours degree in Public Administration or in a cognate discipline.
Content: Students are expected to undertake research on an institutional-based problem. Critically demonstrate
knowledge of research processes and scientific writing skills. Integrate and apply research techniques to institutional-
based research issues.
Assessment: Examination of dissertation 100%
Research Methodology and Applied Techniques

PADM8MO W1 (42L-0T-0P-0S-53H-0R-0F-25G-40A-15W-16C)
Content: The purpose of the module is to enhance the capacity of students to understand and engage in the
conceptualisation and execution of research projects.
Assessment: CAM (50%), Dissertation Research Proposal (50%)
Advanced Provincial and Local Governance

PADM8AP W2 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Content: The purpose of the module is to critically analyse the broad policy and legislative framework for local and
provincial governance in South Africa and in an African context with a view to ensuring the sound integration of theory
and practice and ultimately efficient and effective service delivery.
Sustainable Development and Governance

PADM8NO W2 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: All core modules must be completed
Content: The module engages with the theoretical and practical aspects of sustainable development in public
administration and development management processes nationally, regionally, continentally and internationally. It
enables students to gain advanced knowledge of and attitudes towards sustainable development by exploring
pertinent governance principles and processes.
Dissertation Yr1
PADM8O0 W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Content: The student will be able to carry out research on an institutional-based problem. Demonstrate knowledge of
research processes and scientific writing skills. Integrate and apply research techniques to institutional-based
research issues.
Assessment: Coursework (50%) and Dissertation (50%)
Legislative & Ethical Fnd of Pub Adm & Dev Mg

PADM8PO W2 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Content: Legislative & Ethical Foundations of Public Admin & Dev Management Insert updated content which should
be: The student shall be expected to analyse the legislative measures that underpin Public Administration and
Development Management. Explore the various ethical theories and approaches to Public Administration and
Development Management. Integrate legislative measures and ethical foundations in an applied context.
Project Management and Planning

PADM8PP W2 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Content: The module aims to develop skills, knowledge and values in project planning, monitoring and evaluation so
Syllabi 237
as to create an understanding of the context within which public sector programmes and projects operate as well as
the social responsibility pertinent to their implementation.
Public Admin & Development Management: Theory Processes & Practice

PADM8QO W1 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Content: Theoretical and conceptual overview of public Administration and development management, constitutional
principles and values governing public administration, Analysis and evaluation of processes and practices constituting
public administration and development management, comparative perspective of public administration and
development management
Assessment: CAM (50%), 3hr exam, (50%)
Managing Rural Development

PADM8RD W2 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Content: The purpose of this module is to critically analyse and evaluate management challenges impacting on rural
development in a national, regional and international context.

PADM8SY W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-960H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-96C)
Prerequisite Requirement: All core modules must be completed and 1st year of dissertation
Content: The students will be able to carry out research on an institutional-based problem. Demonstrate knowledge
of research processes and scientific writing skills. Integrate and apply research techniques to institutional-based
research issues.
Assessment: Coursework (50%) and Dissertation (50%)
Advanced Public Sector Financial Management

PADM8WO W1 (42L-0T-0P-5S-88H-0R-0F-5G-20A-15W-16C)
Content: Contextualise public sector financial management within public administration, legislative and institutional
framework of public financial management; critical issues impacting on public financial management, inter alia, risk
management, auditing, performance management, monitoring and evaluation, ethics and corporate governance and
public reports, and Comparative analysis of public sector financial management best practices.
Advanced Public Sector HR Management

PADM8XO W2 (42L-0T-0P-5S-80H-0R-0F-5G-28A-15W-16C)
Content: : Contextualise HRM within public administration, legislative and institutional framework of HRM, critical
issues impacting on HRM: Capita selecta and comparative analysis of HRM best practices.
Doctor of Administration Thesis

PADM9DO W1,W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Rationale, justification and significance of the study, aims and objectives of the research,
research design, data analysis, interpretation and original contribution to knowledge in Public Administration.
Content: Rationale, justification and significance of the study, aims and objectives of the research, research design,
data analysis, interpretation presentation and original contribution to knowledge in Public Administration
Assessment: Examination of thesis 100%
Doctoral Research in Public Admin Subseq Yr

PADM9DS W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-2560H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-256C)
Prerequisite Requirement: 1st Doctoral research should be completed
Content: Rationale, justification and significance of the study, aims and objectives of the research, research design,
data analysis, interpretation presentation and original contribution to knowledge in Public Administration
Assessment: 100% research

Introduction to Operations Management
SCMA2OP W2 H2 P2 (20L-0T-0P-0S-54H-0R-0F-0G-6A-15W-8C)
Prerequisite Requirement: MGNT102 OR (See Corequisite)
Corequisite: BAgricMgt students can offer AGEC220 and AGEC270 in place of Management 120
Content: An introduction to the theoretical base and practical applications of the principles and concepts underlying
operations management.
Assessment: Tests and/or assignments (33%); 2 hour examination (67%).
Operations & Supply Chain Management

SCMA301 P1 W1 (39L-12T-0P-0S-90H-12R-0F-0G-7A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: SCMA2OP and any other one 8 credit point level 2 module offered by the School.
Content: The Scope of Operations Management; Strategy & Objectives; New Product and Service Development;
Project Management; Role of Technology in Operations; Quality Management & Control Tools: Facility Location and
Layout; Capacity Planning; HR Issues in Operations; Dependent & Independent Demand Planning; JIt, Preventative
Maintenance; Selected Topics.
Assessment: tests/assignments (33%), 1 exam. (67%)
Purchasing Management & Contemporary Issues

Content: Purchasing Objectives, Ethics, Supplier Selection, Capital and Projects Purchasing, International
Procurement, Insourcing/Outsourcing, Standardization, Value Analysis/Value Engineering, selected topics.
Assessment: Test/Assignment (33%); 1 exam. (67%)
Logistics & Physical Distribution

Content: Transport, transport modes, materials handling, warehousing, distribution centres, physical distribution.
Assessment: Test/Assignment (33%); 1 exam (67%)
Special Topics in Supply Chain Management

Aim: Further study of the selected topics in supply chain management.
Content: Special topics in the fields of Purchasing Management, Operations Management and Logistics
Management.
Syllabi 239
Assessment: 1 test; 1 group presentation assignment, 33%, 1 exam, 67%

Supply Chain Management Research Project

SCMA700 P1 P2, W1 W2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: Directing readings and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic
Adv Purchasing & Operations Mngt (Inbound Log

SCMA7AO P1 W1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: SCMA301 , SCMA305, SCMA306 and SCMA311
Content: Advanced Operations Management: Operations Planning and Control for manufacturing and service.
Facilities location and layout. TQM, JIT, and SCM. Advanced Purchasing with particular reference to South Africa.
Supplier selection and management. Advanced Negotiation, Negotiation, Practical. Selected topics in Purchasing and
Operations Management.
Assessment: Assignment; Negotiation Practical (40%); Exam (60%)
Adv Tran & Phys Distr (Outbound Logistics)

SCMA7BO P1 W1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: : SCMA301, SCMA305, SCMA306 and SCMA311
Content: Transportation and Physical Distribution with particular reference to SA and SADC. Selected topics in
Transportation and Physical Distribution
Strategic Supply Chain Mngt & Project Mngt

SCMA7CO P2 W2 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: SCMA301, SCMA305, SCMA306 and SCMA311
Content: World Class Supply Chain Management (WCSCM) incorporating World Class Supply, Demand, and
Logistics Management. Supply Chain Risk Management. Selected topics in Strategic Supply Chain Management.
Project Management: Project Management and SCM, Microsoft Project.
Operations Management
SCMA7OM W2 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: SCMA301, SCMA305, SCMA306 and SCMA311
Corequisite: None.
Content: The module studies the principles, concepts and practices underlying the management of operating systems
whether they are in manufacturing or service industries. It includes plant layout, inventory management, capacity
management, quality assurance and total quality management, outsourcing and strategies to achieve world-class
manufacturing performance
Res Methodology in Supply Chain Mngt

SCMA7RM P1, W1 (20L-20T-0P-20S-60H-30R-0F-0G-10A-15W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: : SCMA301, and SCMA305, SCMA306 and SCMA311.

primary data collection techniques, qualitative analyses and data preparation analysis.
Practicals: Students are required to conduct practical exercises in sampling questionnaire design, data collection and
capturing, data processing and analysis.
Assessment: Assignments, Projects, Presentations (40%), Exam (60%).
SCM Research Project Subseq Semester

SCMA7SY W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-320H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-32C)
Content: Directing readings and preparation of a dissertation on an approved topic
M Thesis Supply Chain Mgt Yr1
SCMA801 W1,W2,P1,P2 (0L-0T-0P-0S-1920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-15W-192C)
to solve problems.
M Thesis Supply Chain Mgt Subseq Yr

to solve problems.
PhD Supply Chain Mgt Year 1

PhD Supply Chain Mgt Subseq Yr

Tax and Estate Planning

Tax & Estate Planning 300
TAXA300 PY,WY (78L-30T-0P-0S-92H-42R-0F-0G-78A-30W-32C)
Prerequisite Requirement: ACCT200
Aim: To develop the ability to interpret and apply laws and procedures relating to the taxes levied in terms of the
Content: General comprehension and application of fiscal legislation. The calculation of the different types of taxes
contained in the Income Tax Act. The calculation of the taxes contained in the Estate Duty Act and Value-Added Tax
Act.
Syllabi 241
satisfactory attempt (as defined in the Student Guide for TAX300) at 80% of the homework exercises.
Research Dissertation Taxation

TAXA8RD W1,W2 (0L-40T-0P-0S-920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-96C)
Content: A research dissertation consisting of at least 20 000 words on an aspect of taxation approved by the
Programme Director.
Special Topics
TAXA8RM WY (26L-26T-0P-26S-142H-72R-0F-0G-28A-30W-32C)
Content: Topics of current interest from theoretical and policy perspective are offered.
Assessment: Assignments and tests (20%), one examination (80%)
Research Disst Taxation Subseq Yr

TAXA8RS W1,W2 (0L-40T-0P-0S-920H-0R-0F-0G-0A-30W-96C)
Content: A research dissertation consisting of at least 20 000 words on an aspect of taxation approved by the
Programme Director.
MODULES FROM OTHER COLLEGES
In the College of Agriculture, Engineering & Science
Computer Science
Offered in the SCHOOL OF MATHS,STATS & COMP SC
Introduction to Computer Science

COMP100 P1 W1 (39L-0T-36P-0S-63H-16R-0F-0G-6A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Either Matric Maths HGD or SGA or NSC Maths at Level 5.
Aim: To introduce students to the basics of computer science.
Content: Overview of computer science. Basic computer literacy. Problem solving and algorithm design. Numbers
and their representation. Logic design (switching algebra, gates, synthesis of circuits). Simple machine architecture.
Simple programming in a high level programming language. Program debugging and testing.
Assessment: Class mark 50% (at least 2 theory tests (25%), at least 1 practical test (10%), practicals / assignments /
tests (15%)), 3 h exam (50%), with a sub-minimum of 40% on both.
DP Requirement: Class mark 40%, attendance at 80% of the practicals.
Credit may not be obtained for both COMP100 and any of COMP106, ISTN100 or ISTN101.
Computer Programming
Prerequisite Modules: COMP100.
Aim: To introduce students to programming in a high level language.
Content: Procedural programming in a high level programming language. Structured data types. Sorting. Searching.
Recursion. Program testing. Program documentation. Introduction to object-oriented programming.
Assessment: Class mark 50% (at least 2 theory tests (25%), at least 1 practical test (10%),
practicals/assignments/tests (15%)), 3 h exam (50%), with a sub-minimum of 40% on both.
Object-Oriented Programming
Prerequisite Modules: COMP102, MATH130.
Aim: To introduce students to the fundamentals of object-oriented programming.
Content: Object-oriented programming with Java: classes, inheritance and polymorphism. Object-oriented design
methodology and notation. Introduction to abstract data types. Container classes and iterators. Advanced
programming constructs. Object-oriented GUI.
Assessment: Class mark 50% (at least 2 theory tests (25%), at least 1 practical test (20%), at least 1
assignment/quiz (5%)), 3 h exam (50%), with a sub-minimum of 40% on both.
DP Requirement: At least 40% for continuous assessment, attendance at 80% of the practicals.
Data Structures
Prerequisite Requirement: At least 40% in COMP200.
Syllabi 243
Prerequisite Modules: MATH140.

Aim: To introduce students to the fundamentals of data structures.
Content: Data abstraction and encapsulation. Specification and implementation of data structures. Linear structures.
Order and iterators. Trees, sets and dictionaries. Graphs. Canned data structures. Introduction to algorithms and
complexity.
Assessment: Class mark 50% (at least 2 theory tests (25%), at least 1 practical test (20%), at least 1
assignment/quiz (5%)), 3 h exam (50%), with a sub-minimum of 40% on both.
Artificial Intelligence
Prerequisite Modules: COMP200 and COMP201.
Aim: To introduce students to Artificial Intelligence concepts.
Content: Problem & knowledge representation. Logic, search & heuristics. Applications from game-playing. Expert
systems. Neural networks. Genetic algorithms. Automatic theorem proving.
Assessment: Class mark 30% (2 tests (20%), practicals/assignments/quizzes (10%)), 3 h exam (70%), with a sub-
minimum of 40% on both.
Computer Systems
Prerequisite Modules: COMP200, 201.
Aim: To introduce Operating Systems and Data Communication concepts.
Content: The Unix Operating System. Operating Systems Concepts including process management, memory
management, input/output, concurrency, deadlock and file systems. Data communications and Networking concepts.
Net-centric programming. Computer security concepts.
Assessment: Class mark 30% (2 tests (20%), practicals assignments / quizzes (10%)), 3 h exam (70%), with a sub-
DP Requirement: 40% Class mark, attendance at 80% of the practicals.
Theory of Computation
Prerequisite Modules: COMP200, 201, 16C of Level-2 MATH.
Aim: To introduce students to formal languages, computability and complexity.
Content: Formal languages: regular and non-regular languages, context-free languages. Computability and
complexity theory: Includes (but is not limited to) Turing machines, the Universal Turing machine, Church-Turing
thesis, decidability, complexity classes P and NP.
Assessment: Class mark 30% (2 tests (20%), practicals/assignments/quizzes (10%)); 3 h exam (70%), with a sub-
DP Requirement: 40% class mark, attendance at 80% of the practicals.
Advanced Programming
Prerequisite Modules: COMP200, 201.
Aim: To introduce advanced programming techniques necessary for the development of large, complex software.
Content: Advanced programming concepts and techniques. Advanced object-oriented programming. User interface
design. Software engineering practice. Major programming project.
Assessment: Class mark 50% (At least 2 tests (25%), practical assignments/programming project (25%)) 3 h exam
(50%) with a sub-minimum of 40% on both.
DP Requirement: 40% class mark, attendance at 80% of the practicals and satisfactory completion of programming
project.
Mathematics
Augmented Quantitative Methods 1
MATH105 P1 W1 (78L-78T-0P-0S-99H-54R-0F-0G-11A-13W-16FC-16DC)
Prerequisite Requirement: HG E or SG D Matric Maths or Level 3 NSC Maths; acceptance into the BCom-4
programme.
Aim: To introduce mathematical techniques for business mathematics and to develop problem solving skills.
Content: This module covers the syllabus of MATH134 and, in addition, supplementary material designed for
students who are under-prepared for University-level Mathematics. Students are expected to attend additional
lectures, tutorials & undergo additional assessment to a maximum of 160 hours (39L-39T-0P-0S-49.5H-27R-0F-0G-
5.5A-13W).
Assessment: Class tests and/or assignments (33%); 3 h exam (67%).
DP Requirement: 35% Class mark, 80% attendance at lectures and tutorials.
Credits may not be obtained for MATH105 and any of MATH130, 131, 134, 150 or 195. This module is worth 16
degree credits and 16 foundation credits.
Introduction to Calculus
MATH130 PB WB (49L-39T-0P-0S-51H-15R-0F-0G-6A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Higher Grade D or Standard Grade A for Matric Mathematics, or NSC Level 5 Maths, or
60% for MATH199.
Aim: To introduce and develop the Differential Calculus as well as the fundamentals of proof technique and
rudimentary logic.
Content: Fundamental Concepts - elementary logic, proof techniques. Differential Calculus - Functions, graphs and
inverse functions, limits and continuity, the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of derivatives,
antiderivatives.
DP Requirement: 35% Class mark, 80% attendance at lectures & tutorials.
Credit may not be obtained for MATH130 and any of MATH105, 131, 134, 150, 151 or 195.
Quantitative Methods 1
MATH134 H1 P1 W1 (39L-39T-0P-0S-56H-20R-0F-0G-6A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Higher Grade E or Standard Grade B for Matric Mathematics or NSC Level 4 Maths.
Aim: To introduce mathematical techniques for business mathematics and to develop problem solving skills.
Content: Matrices and matrix models. Solution of systems of linear equations and simple linear programming
problems. Elements of the mathematics of finance. Differential calculus in one and several variables, applications,
partial differentiation, maxima and minima. Exponential and logarithmic functions. Integral calculus with applications.
Elementary differential equations.
Credit may not be obtained for MATH134 and any of MATH105, 130, 131, 150, 151 or 195.
Calculus and Linear Algebra

MATH140 PB WB (49L-39T-0P-0S-51H-15R-0F-0G-6A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in MATH130.
Aim: To develop the Integral Calculus and to introduce elementary Linear Algebra.
Content: Integral Calculus - the definite integral, techniques of integration, applications of integrals, Taylor series,
polar coordinates, complex numbers. Introduction to Linear Algebra - vectors, lines and planes in space, matrices,
systems of linear equations, determinants.
Credit may not be obtained for MATH140 and any of MATH141, 143, 145 or 196.
Syllabi 245
Foundation Mathematics for Commerce

MATH194 PY WY (78L-78T-0P-0S-91H-54R-0F-0G-19A-26W-32FC-0DC)
Aim: To provide a foundation for the basic mathematics underpinning mathematical techniques for commerce, and to
develop elementary problem solving skills.
Practicals: Real numbers and the real line, the Cartesian plane, straight lines, inequalities, number patterns and
sequences, applications to commerce. Exponents and radicals, algebraic expressions, algebraic fractions.
Simultaneous equations, systems of linear equations, introduction to simple linear programming, simple problem
formulation. Logarithms, elementary mathematics of finance. Introduction to differential calculus with applications to
commerce.
Assessment: Class mark (Assignments, Class tests, 3 h June test, and tutorial tests), (50%); 3 h exam. (50%).
DP Requirement: 40% class mark, 80% attendance at all lectures and tutorials.
For students in the BCom4 (Access initiative) only.
Advanced Calculus & Linear Algebra

MATH212 P1 W1 (49L-39T-0P-0S-47H-19R-0F-0G-6A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Modules: MATH130, 140.
Aim: To give a coherent treatment of basic theories & problem solving techniques from Advanced Calculus and
Linear Algebra and their applications.
Content: Advanced Calculus: Functions of several variables. Partial derivatives, differentiability, chain rules, implicit
differentiation. Extrema and Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, change of variables. Linear algebra: axioms for
vector spaces. Linear independence, bases and dimension. Matrices and linear transformations. Change of basis.
Eigenvectors and eigenvalues, diagonalization and its applications (including linear differential equations).
Orthogonality, Gram-Schmidt process.
DP Requirement: Class record 35%. 80% attendance at lectures and tutorials.
Credit may not be obtained for MATH212 and MATH238.
Introduction to Algebra & Analysis

Aim: This module introduces basic concepts from Set Theory, elementary Number Theory, Modern Algebra and
Mathematical Analysis which are fundamental to Pure Mathematics.
Content: Algebra: sets, mappings, equivalence relations and classes, partitions, integers, prime factorization, integers
modulo n, binary operations, algebraic systems, groups and examples of groups. Analysis: Completeness Axiom,
sequences and series of numbers, tests for convergence of series, limits of functions, continuity, differentiability, Mean
Value Theorems, properties of continuous and differentiable functions.
Assessment: Class tests and/or assignments (33%), 3h exam (67%).
Mechanics
MATH235 W1 (39L-39T-0P-0S-52H-24R-0F-0G-6A-13W-16C)
Aim: To provide the student with a systematic development of advanced applications in mechanics.
Content: Newtons laws of motion and conservation laws. Keplers laws, central forces and planetary motion. Moving
frames and Coriolis forces. Motion of a rigid body and Eulers equations. Lagranges equations. Introduction to
mechanics of continuous media.
Discrete Mathematics with Applications


Aim: To study basic concepts of discrete mathematics & applications to cryptology and graph theory.
Content: Basic set theory. Relations & functions, equivalence relations. Counting principles, inclusion-exclusion &
pigeonhole principles, combinations, identities with binomial coefficients. Modular arithmetic, basic number theory:
GCD, extended Euclidean algorithm, Eulers totient function, basic group theory, Fermats Little Theorem, Eulers
Theorem. Cryptology: encryption, decryption of well-known private-key cryptosystems, cryptanalysis of shift,
substitution & Vigenre ciphers, stream ciphers, Shannon theory, public key cryptography, product cryptosystems.
Recursions & generating functions.
Assessment: Class mark (33%); 3 h exam (67%).
Further Calculus & Differential Equations

Aim: To provide a foundation in the theory and methods of Applied Mathematics.
Content: Further multiple integrals, vector functions and fields. Line and surface integrals in higher dimensions.
Divergence and Stokes theorems. Series and tests of convergence. Linear differential equations and their solution.
First order and higher order equations, undetermined coefficients, variation of parameters. Boundary value and Sturm-
Liouville problems.
Credit may not be obtained for MATH241 and MATH248.
Intro to Numerical Mathematics

Aim: To provide the student with a knowledge and understanding of fundamental material in numerical methods.
Content: Error analysis, interpolation and polynomial approximation, numerical differentiation and integration,
numerical linear algebra. Basic numerical methods in differential equations.
Recommended co-requisite: MATH 251.
Mathematical Modelling
Aim: To develop skills to construct and analyse mathematical models of real world situations.
Content: Formulation and construction of mathematical models for real world problems in terms of difference and
differential equations. Case studies from finance, population theory, mathematical biology, epidemiology, geometry
and mechanics. Relevant properties of difference and differential equations and systems. Basic methods of analysing
these models.
Recommended co-requisite: MATH 251.
Further Calculus and Introductory Analysis

Aim: To provide a foundation for advanced study in mathematics and applied mathematics.
Content: Review of multiple integrals. Vector functions and vector fields, including curl and divergence. Curves, line
integrals, path independence, Fundamental Theorem of Line Integrals. Green's Theorem. Surfaces, surface integrals,
divergence and Stokes' Theorems. The Completeness Axiom. Sequences and series of real numbers, tests for
Syllabi 247
convergence of series. Linear ordinary differential equations, solution of first and second order equations. Laplace
transforms.
Assessment: Class tests (33%); 3 h exam (67%).
DP Requirement: 35% Class mark; 80% attendance at both lectures and tutorials.
Statistics
Introduction to Statistics
STAT130 PB WB (39L-36T-0P-0S-65H-13R-0F-0G-7A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Higher Grade D or Standard Grade A for Matric Mathematics or NSC Level 4 Maths.
Aim: To introduce a wide range of statistical techniques required for the analysis of quantitative data.
Content: Descriptive statistical methods. Measures of central tendency and dispersion. Permutations and
Combinations. Basic probability concepts. Discrete random variables and their properties: Bernoulli, Binomial,
Poisson, Hypergeometric. Normal distributions. Point and interval estimation. Correlation and simple linear regression.
Hypothesis tests for proportions, means and variances. Reporting on the output of appropriate statistical computing
packages.
Assessment: Two tests (30%); 3 h exam (70%).
DP Requirement: 30% Class mark, 80% attendance at tutorials.
Credit may not be obtained for both STAT130 and STAT370.
Statistical Methods
STAT140 P2 W2 (39L-36T-0P-0S-65H-13R-0F-0G-7A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: At least 40% in MATH130.
Prerequisite Modules: STAT130.
Corequisite: MATH140.
Aim: To introduce the student to basic probability concepts and theory as well as nonparametric techniques.
Content: The axioms of probability. Conditional probability and Bayes' Theorem. Random variables, probability
density functions and distribution functions. Expectation and variance of discrete and continuous random variables.
Linear functions of a random variable. Discrete bivariate distributions. Tests of independence and homogeneity.
Nonparametric methods: sign test, Wilcoxon signed rank test, Mann-Whitney test, Kruskal Wallis test, Friedman test.
Probability Distributions
Prerequisite Modules: MATH140, STAT140.
Aim: To introduce the student to univariate and bivariate distributions.
Content: Discrete probability distributions. Hypergeometric, Binomial, Poisson, Negative Binomial, Continuous
probability distributions. Normal, Gamma family, Beta, t-distribution, F-distribution. Transformation of random
variables. Moments and generating functions: probability-, moment- and factorial generating functions. Bivariate
distributions: marginal and conditional distributions, moments and correlation. Bivariate Normal distribution.
Statistical Inference
Prerequisite Requirement: 40% in MATH212.
Prerequisite Modules: STAT230.
Aim: To introduce the student to statistical inference.

Content: Sampling distributions. Point estimation: maximum likelihood, method of moments, ordinary least squares.
Properties of estimators. Interval estimation: Hypothesis testing: likelihood ratio test, best critical regions, uniformly
most powerful tests. Least squares estimation and inference for the simple linear regression model. Principles of
Bayesian estimation.
In the College of Humanities
Applied Language Studies
Offered in the SCHOOL OF ARTS
Effective Writing for Commerce

APLS113 PB (30L-0T-0P-36S-100H-0R-0F-0G-0A-0W-17C)
Aim: To develop writing skills by helping students improve grammar and expression, and by providing opportunities to
practice writing in a variety of styles which are appropriate in the commercial world. The course teaches students how
to write effective essays, a business report and to document sources correctly.
Content: A handbook dealing with expression in essay writing and a course reader with suitable passages for
analysis with accompanying exercises.
Assessment: Class work 50%, Examination 50%
DP Requirement: Submission of all written work on time; writing of tests and 80% attendance at classes.
English Language Development
Business Language Development A

ELDV1C1 P1 W1 (58.5L-0T-0P-0S-45H-18R-0F-0G-38.5A-13W-16C)
Aim: To develop the English proficiency of students in the Access Programme of the BCOM4 and to build business-
based language competency.
Content: This module will seek to introduce students to and to extend their current lexis relevant to the context of
language in the business genre. It will consist of 5 units, each aiming to develop at the micro level the skills of reading,
writing, listening and comprehension in English.
Assessment: Class mark: 60%; examination: 40%
DP Requirement: A minimum of 80% class attendance and submission of all assignments
Business Language Development B

ELDV1C2 P2 W2 (58.5L-0T-0P-0S-79H-18R-0F-0G-4.5A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Business Language Development A
Aim: To develop further, at the macro level, the English proficiency of students in the Access Programme of the
BCOM4.
Syllabi 249
Content: This module will introduce students to additional vocabulary relevant to the context of language in business
and will further develop skills related to reading, writing, listening and comprehension in English.
Assessment: Class mark: 60%; examination: 40%
DP Requirement: A minimum of 80% class attendance and submission of all assignments.
Isizulu Studies
Basic IsiZulu Language Studies A

ZULN101 H1 P1 WB (39L-10T-19P-0S-74H-5R-10F-0G-7A-13W-16C)
Prerequisite Requirement: Open to students who have not written an Nguni mother tongue Grade 12 examination.
Aim: To achieve elementary fluency in both the oral and the written language.
Content: This module introduces basic grammar, history and culture of the amaZulu. Lectures combine an academic
study of IsiZulu with the use of a communicative method of language learning.
Assessment: Class work: 40% Examination: 60%
DP Requirement: Students must submit of all written work on time and must comply with the attendance
requirements for the School of IsiZulu Studies.
Core module for the major in IsiZulu Studies

Law & Management Handbook 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Law & Management Handbook 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Law & Management Handbook 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COLLEGE OF LAW AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES

HANDBOOK FOR 2015

Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Head of College

Dean and Head of School: Law

Dean and Head of School: Accounting, Economics and Finance

Dean and Head of School: Management, IT and Governance

Dean and Head of School: Graduate School of Business and Leadership

Dean: Teaching and Learning

Director: College Professional Services

Manager: College Academic Services

College Management Support Office

School of Accounting, Economics and Finance

School of Management, Information Technology and Governance

VISION AND MISSION

MESSAGE FROM THE DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR

LIST OF SCHOOLS AND ACADEMIC STAFF

Graduate School of Business and Leadership

Honorary Research Fellows

School of Accounting, Economics and Finance

Khumalo, T BCom, MCom (UKZN),(SA)

Honorary Research Fellows

UKZN Law Clinic (Howard College Campus)

School of Management, IT and Governance

Prabhakar RS BSc), MPhil(Bharathiar), MSc (Bharathidasan), PhD (Bharathiar)

Teaching and Learning Unit

Coordinator: Academic Monitoring and Support

Unit of Maritime Law and Maritime Studies

THE UKZN TRANSFORMATION CHARTER

OUR CURRENT CONTEXT

Therefore, we the staff and students of the University of KwaZulu-Natal

The University shall be a place where:

A holistic approach to education, characterized by excellence in teaching and learning, will

University of KwaZulu-Natal Pact

Isivumelwano seNyuvesi yaKwaZulu-Natali

SESSIONAL DATES 2015

FIRST SEMESTER Monday, 9 February Wednesday, 24 June

Final date for payment of all fees

Thu, 25 Jun Tue, 21 Jul MID-YEAR BREAK (Winter Vacation)

Final date for submitting curriculum

ACADEMIC MONITORING AND EXCLUSION

INFORMATION for STUDENTS

CLASSIFICATION OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE

The implementation of the policy is illustrated in the flow diagram overleaf.

Calculation of Points for the National Senior Certificate

NSC Rating NSC Percentage NSC Points Rating for UKZN

Calculation of Points for the International students

GENERAL ACADEMIC RULES FOR DEGREES,

internal examination means examination by a person or persons involved with the

GR7 Selection for postgraduate studies

GR11 Concurrent registration

GR25 Limitation on awarding supplementary and special examinations

GR30 Academic exclusion

Rules for Bachelors Degrees

Rules For Honours Degrees

Rules for Postgraduate Diplomas

consecutive semesters after admission in terms of Rule PR2.

Rules for Masters Degrees by Coursework

b) the research component is completed at the University.

CR17 Award of degree cum laude and summa cum laude

Rules for Masters Degrees by Research